i fl Teach Yourself Books E Kinchin Smith T. W MelluishTEACH YOURSELF BOOKS GREEK Many people who would welcome an oppor- tunity to get on nodding terms with Greek are repelled by the austerity of the traditional Greek Course. They want to be able to read, not to write, Greek. The long apprenticeship of translating sentences from English into Greek is for them a tedious irrelevance that stands between them and their limited objective. Many, it is to be feared, turn away sorrowfully from the prospect, and are the poorer in con- sequence. "It is primarily for this class that the authors of this book have endeavoured to cater, They believe that it is possible to introduce simple pieces of actual Greek from the very beginning. They provide no translation from English into Greek. They expect no previous know- ledge of Latin or any other inflected lan- guage.TEACH YOURSELF BOOKS GREEK F. KINCHIN SMITH, M.A, and T. W. MELLUISH, M.A. Sometime Scholar of Christ's College, Cambridge Formerly Senior Classical Master of Bec School ob yap mi vv ye KdyGec, GA’ det mote Cy toute. Soph, Ant, 456 “For these things live not today or yesterday, but for all time,’ TEACH YOURSELF BOOKS ST. PAUL'S HOUSE WARWICK LANE LONDON EC4First printed Apvil 1947 Second Edition 1968 This Impression 1970 Second Edition Copyright © 1968 The English Universities Press Ltd. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording, or any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publisher. ISBN 0 349 05793 9 Printed in Great Britain for The English Universities Press, Ltd., by Richard Clay (The Chaucer Press), Ltd., Bungay, SuffolkCHAP, Il. III. Iv. VI. VI. VII. IX, XI. AIL. XIIE. XIV. XV. XVI. XVII. CONTENTS PREFACE . . . . . . INTRODUCTION . A e - THE ALPHABET , . . . . PRONUNCIATION . . READING PRACTICE . . . InFLEXIONS. First aNnD SEconD DE- CLENSION Nouns AND ADJECTIVES SECOND DECLENSION (contd.). D . Tue DEFINITE ARTICLE . + . Tue First DECLENSION . . ‘ THe VERB—PRESENT AND FUTURE Turrp DECLENSION. CONSONANT STEM , Tutrp DecLension Nouns (contd.) a THE VERB: First and SECOND AoRIST, IMPERFECT, INFINITIVES AND Parti- CIPLES—ACTIVE THE VerRB: PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT— ACTIVE TuIrD DECLENSION (contd.). VOWEL Stems, DirpHtTHoncs AnD IRREGULARS Tur MrIppLE VoIcE . . . = Tue Passive Voice. . . o THE -mi VERBS . . . . . More -mi VERBS -) . . . v PAGE 1x xv 21 28 32 39 46 52 57 66 76 85 92 110 120 128 137 148 167vi CHAP, XVIII. XIX. XX. XXL XXII. XXIII. XXIV. XXV. XXVI- XXVIII. XXVIII. CONTENTS Tur ADJECTIVE . 5 . COMPARISON AND ADVERBS . 2 CONTRACTED VERBS . . IMPERATIVES . . : f PREPOSITIONS c . Numerals . a e e PRONOUNS AND CORRELATIVES ‘: IRREGULAR VERBS 5 D ei Tue INFINITIVE, VERBAL ADJECTIVE AND IMPERSONAL VERBS . PARTICIPLES THE SUBJUNCTIVE AND OPTATIVE Moops VOCABULARY . : : . Keys. . ' . Pack 176 185 191 204 215 235 241 254 261 271 278 293 317CHAP, VI > VIII, IX, XI. XII. XIII, KIV, XV. XVI. XVII. XVIIL. XIX. XX. XXI. XXII, XXIII, XXIV. XXVI. XXVII. XXVIII. GREEK PASSAGES Flower Song, Some famous Greek sayings ewe Anacreontea. Septuagint . * . 67, 70 schylus. Epigrams of Plato, etc. . + 81-3 Herodotus. . . . . . » 89 #Esop. Euripides. Strabo . 9 96, 103, 107 Theophrastus. Anacreontea . z - 4, 118 Sophocles. Euripides. Sappho . . 124-6 Story of the beginning of the Iliad . = 131-6 Story of Orpheus and Eurydice . - 138-143 Anacreontea - ; a « - » 144 New Testament, Fragments of lost plays 153, 155 Xenophon . 3 e a q S - 162 Xenophon. . . . . . - 173 Lines mostly from plays g a _ - 182 Lines mostly from plays. Epigrams, ete. » 189 Plutarch y “ . . . 198 Miscellaneous, The Lord's Prayer. Euclid 208, 211, 212 Miscellaneous. The New Testament » 232, 233 Epigtams. Riddle “ < fe + 238, 239 Miscellaneous. Epigrams from the Anthology 245, 246, 251 Miscellaneous * oO S| . « 264-266 Plutarch . . . . . . + 276 Anacreontea. Papyrus Letter. Plato . 289-292 viiPREFACE MAny people who would welcome an opportunity to get on nodding terms with Greek are repelled by the austerity of the traditional Greek Course. They want to be able to read, not to write, Greek. The long apprenticeship of translating sentences from English into Greek is for them a tedious irrelevance that stands between them and their limited objective. Many, it is to be feared, turn away sorrowfully from the prospect, and are the poorer in consequence. It is primarily for this class that the authors of this book have endeavoured to cater. They believe that it is possible to introduce simple pieces of actual Greek from the very beginning. They pro- vide no translation from English into Greek. They expect no previous knowledge of Latin or any other inflected language. On the other hand, no attempt has been made to include the whole of the grammar; the Dual, for instance, is omitted; the syntax is but sketchily outlined. It is not, indeed, a book for the scholar or the specialist. One of the most familiar experiences of the teacher of Greek is the delight and surprise of pupils upon discovering that they have actually been using Greek words in the English language without being aware of it. M. Jourdain’s pleasure on learning that he had been talking prose all his life without knowing it is only faintly comparable. The authors have tried ixx PREFACE to make capital out of this attraction by stressing from the outset the close connection between Greek and English. In fact, for the first few chapters Greek is taught through English, and a systematic attempt is made to build up a vocabulary in this way. The original intention in writing this book was to admit no made-up Greek. Unfortunately it proved impossible to adhere strictly to this resolution. To give practice in the verb, “synthetic” Greek was employed in the chapters on the Middle and Passive. With the greatest reluctance it was then decided to give further practice in the fresh points of Grammar made by inserting exercises, which should have the extra function of preparing the reader for each piece of translation. It has not been possible to include extracts from all the great writers such as Homer, Eschylus, and Thucydides, but less-known writers such as Strabo, Menander, Plutarch, and Euclid have been drawn upon, and easy passages included from Euripides and the New Testament. Simple lines from the tragedians are given with the object of facilitating the approach to Greek Drama. Occasionally the text has been slightly adapted or simplified. Here and there a phrase from modern Greek has been included where it resembles the ancient usage, Greek is a living language, and has changed less in two thousand years than any other spoken tongue. The translations in the Key are, for the most part, literal, it being assumed that this is what the reader wants rather than an elegant or polished rendering.PREFACE xi Accents have been omitted. If Ancient Greek is pronounced as Modern Greek there is a case for their tetention. Otherwise there is no case for them whatever. They were not written originally in Greek. Greek is always intelligible without them. They were introduced by an Alexandrian grammar- ian to guide foreigners in a pronunciation which to us now must be largely a matter of conjecture. If Plato and Euripides did not need them, why should we? The price which must be paid for variety of reading matter is a large vocabulary. An ad hoc vocabulary of new words has been added to most chapters, and there is a general vocabulary at the end of the book. The difficulty of Greek to most beginners is not the script (which is a fascination if thoroughly mastered at the beginning by practice in reading and writing) or the syntax (which is simpler than that of Latin and more like English), but the large variety of the verb forms and the number of irregular verbs. The commonest of these have been listed in Chapter X XV, and the student is advised to read them over and over again, until he can recognise any part of them in a passage of Greek. Finally, it is hoped that for his interest and en- lightenment the reader will study the notes given on the texts. They contain a good deal of informa- tion more or less relevant, and are meant to interest the student of literature at large no less than one whose interest is directed in particular to the social life and history of the Greeks. And if, as the result of this book, here and there a casual reader may be tempted to struggle on yet further towards thexii PREFACE treasure he has glimpsed from afar, the authors of this volume will feel that their labours have not been wholly in vain. ‘ Greek is a door that opens straight to Paradise.” F. K.S, T. W.M. PREFACE TO SECOND EDITION Mr. Francis Kinchin Smith died on October 16th 1958, but his bright spirit, I am sure, lives on in these pages. Experience has shown that the omission of English meanings to the Greek words of the Vocabulary proves a hindrance to the rapid reading of the book. I have therefore decided, though fully aware of the weaknesses of an ‘‘ Ad hoc ”’ vocabulary of this kind, to insert the English meanings, in order to help the reader as much as possible. T. W. M.HOW TO USE THIS BOOK 1. I suggest that you make a resolution at the start (and stick to it!) that you will not use the Key at the back until you have done all in your power to manage without. If you constantly have one eye on the Greek in front and the other on the English at the back, you will no more make progress than if you tried to learn to swim always keeping one foot on the bottom of the bath. Making the Greek fit the English merely retards progress. 2. Make sure you have thoroughly mastered the grammatical explanation. Then attempt the exercise, where there is one, placing a piece of paper over the Key underneath, and jotting down on it your attempt. If you come across a word you don’t know, look for it in the vocabulary at the end of the next piece of connected. Greek. If it is not there, you have had it before; turn to the general vocabulary at the end of the book, which will indicate the meaning and where it first occurs. Then look it up. Never be slack about looking things up. Do not remove the paper which covers the Key until you have made a full attempt on that piece of paper. 3. When you have mastered the grammar, learnt what you have been told to learn, and done the preliminary exercise, you will be in a fitter state to tackle the piece of actual Greek. Read it through two or three times before beginning the translation. You will find it comes easier that way. Use the notes. They will give you much assistance. Again we insist, when you are xiiixiv HOW TO USE THIS BOOK given a cross reference, look it up. When you think you understand the Greek, write down the translation on a piece of paper, Then compare it with the Key. Have it in writing. Don’t look at the Key and say to yourself, ‘‘ Well, that’s roughly the idea that I] had in my mind.”’ Lay not that flattering unction to your soul. 4. If any piece of Greek seizes your fancy, learn it by heart., It’s good to have Greek inside you. Recite it constantly to yourself, letting your mind linger on its meaning and getting its full flavour. Repeat it to your triends, wife, children, mother, or long-suffering landlady. You will be surprised how extraordinarily fond of Greek you will grow in the process. 5. Don’t bite off more than you can chew. Work slowly through the book section by section, never passing on to new work till you have thoroughly mastered the old. Constantly revise. 6. This book does not require you to write much Greek. It is obvious, however, that the alphabet must be learnt, and the best way to do this is to practise writing a number of Greek words, This has the addi- tional advantage that it enables you to remember them. 7. Try to acquire a vocabulary as you go along. The most important words have been underlined for you. Whenever you come across a word that is new to you in your reading—let us say ‘‘ allergic’’ or ‘‘ pediatrician” —try to think of it in terms of its Greek components. It will pay you to look it up in an English etymological dictionary. You will find thus that English will become for you a language richer and lovelier far than it was before.INTRODUCTION IsoLaTIoNniIsM we hope is dead and buried for ever. No one believes now that it is possible or proper to withdraw from the world of his fellow human-beings, confining his interest to his country-men, his habits of thought and his own language. Suppose that this view is denied. We will return with another question. Does it pay to be an Isolationist in time? Is it possible, in other words, to believe that the achievements of the age in which we happen to live alone merit our attention? Is it right to allow greatness to the twentieth century only? Unless this insular view is taken, one must concede that humanity has had its great moments before today, and that these are as well worth our study as we hope our own will be worth posterity’s. The Greeks.—The truth is that, boast as we may of our technicolour talkies or our atomic bombs, many centuries ago there lived in the Mediterranean a people whose achievements were no less remark- able. They were the Ancient Greeks. History tells us that half way through the thirteenth century B.c. a tall fair-haired race came down from the North to settle in the Greek peninsula and on the coasts of Asia Minor, They had much to learn from xvxvi INTRODUCTION the inhabitants they met, much too, perhaps, to give. Their coming caused a ferment in Greece, and an age followed of expansion, adventure and colonisation, in token of the restless activity which always characterised the Greeks. By the eighth or ninth century there had already appeared one who seems to mark the culmination of a brilliant, if forgotten, epoch. The two poems of Homer, the Iliad and the Odyssey, long epics telling of the fortunes of the Greeks before Troy, and of the adventures of Odysseus on his way home from Troy, have deservedly won for their reputed author the title of “the father of poetry”. Not only have these poems provided for the delight of succeeding ages a rich store-house of fireside yarns and bed- time stories, but they are acknowledged by all to be literary masterpieces. Greek Ancient and Modern.—Many are under the impression Greek is a dead language. But it is spoken today by millions round the shores of the Eastern Mediterranean. Every week there is printed in London a newspaper in Greek which Plato would have had no difficulty in reading. Notices in trains in Greece, such as “‘ Don’t lean out of the window’ or “ Don’t spit’ are written in good classical Greek. An ancient and a modern Greek greeting each other with a “Good day” (kalé [h]éméra) would use exactly the same words, although the ancient might be a little surprised at the modern’s pronunciation, Of course new words have been added to the language, and many gram- matical forms have been changed, but the languageINTRODUCTION xvi has changed less in 2000 years than any other spoken tongue. Modern Greek is nearer to the Greek of Homer than modern English is to Chaucer. The alphabet and the script are the same, Greek Words in the English Language.—More- over every Englishman uses every day, possibly without knowing it, many words in “ broken Greek ’’—e.g. telephone, cinema, theatre, gyroscope, atomic, and hundreds of others. We are going more and more to Greek for new words. ‘At no other time in our history have there been so many words of Greek origin on the lips of the English- speaking peoples,” says Mr. Bodmer in the Loom of Language. Greek is by no means ‘‘dead” in English. Pronunciation.—The biggest change wrought by the years has been in the pronunciation of Greek. The modern Greek pronounces according to the accents on his words, and there has been some change in the value of the vowels. A guide to the modern Greek pronunciation is provided in Chapter II. At one time schoolboys were taught to pronounce Greek exactly as if it were English, and to this day many retain the English pronunciation they learnt in their schools. Since the beginning of this century, how- ever, a committee of experts has given guidance in the pronunciation of Greek, which, as far as is known, will enable those who use it to pronounce Greek at least approximately as it was spoken by the Greeks of Classical times. This is called the Revised Pronunciation, and it is given here. At the same time, it is admitted that much of it is uncertain,xviii INTRODUCTION and if you should decide to pronounce Greek as if it were English, you will not find your enjoyment greatly hampered. Accents.—If you have seen Greek written else- where, you will be surprised at this book, because Greek is here written without accents. This has been done deliberately. The writing of accents on Greek is a conservative tradition from which we might with advantage break away. The ancient Greeks themselves never wrote them. They are said to be the invention of a grammarian named Aristo- phanes of Byzantium (260 B,c,) who wanted to guide his readers in the reading of Homer. Accents do not appear in manuscripts before the seventh century A.D, The Greek language, however, is quite in- telligible without accents. Sappho and Plato did not need them. We may well be rid of an unneces- sary burden,ee Letter. Alpha Beta Gamma Delta Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta lota Kappa La(m)bda Mu Nu t Xi Omikron Pi Rho Sigma Tau Upsilon Phi Chi Psi Omega CHAPTER | THE ALPHABET English. cAmR op (short) on (long) + o oN ea gp cRr™ (short) uw BeBece ge ° = 3 aq > Greek small, n 4 a E€€x@cHdAavwA ome F YK HK O3H 4 OX D ° 7 “ Capital. E€xXEOA-OINMUeE ADD orQ22 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Names of the Letters.—Here is a jingle to help you remember the names of the Greek letters, and the order in which they come :— “This is Greek, and how they spelt her— Alpha, Beta, Gamma, Delta, Epsilon, Zeta, Eta, Theta, Then Iota, Kappa too, Followed up by Lambda, Mu, Nu, Xi, Omikron, Pi, After that, Rho, Sigma, Tau, Upsilon, Phi, and still three more, Cui, Psi, and Omega’s twenty-four.” How to Write Greek.—Draw a double line across the paper, and practise writing the letters thus :— It is best to begin making the letter at the point indicated by the asterisk, Nearly all the letters can be made without lifting the pen from the paper, and should be so made. Do not attempt to join one letter to another. Keep the letters close to- gether, however, with good spaces between the words. Greek small letters are really a develop- ment of hastily written Greek capitals, which was the only form of writing the Greeks themselves knew before the seventh century a.D. You willae os I. THE ALPHABET 23 notice that the letters B 6 2 6A € » and w protrude above the top line, and B y 37 19 p x and w below. Greek is usually written with a very slight slope. Be careful not to give too large a tail to 3 and & and 5; distinguish between the rounded and pointed bottoms of v and v; and don’t give omikron a peaked cap, or he will look like sigma. Capitals—Don’t worry too much about the capitals at first. You will find that you can pick them up as you go along. You need only use capital letters to begin proper names with, as in English, but it is not necessary to begin a sentence with a capital. Many of them are identical, of course, with the English forms, but beware of H P X and Y. What sounds do they represent in Greek? How would you write in Greek the English letters P and X? Breathings—As a matter ot fact in the very earliest times H represented the aitch sound. But you must remember that the Greek language travelled both East and West. The Ionians to the East had no use for aspirates, and transferred the symbol H to another sound, the long E (as in pére). The Greeks of Italy, however, liked to distinguish between an aspirated and an unaspirated vowel, took the old symbol H and chopped it in half, using F in front of a vowel which was preceded by the aitch sound, and 4 before a vowel with no aitch sound. It was not long before these signs were being written thus— ‘ and ' before the vowel, In the standardised script they are written like commas ‘ and ’ over the vowel, or just in front24 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK if they are used with capital letters, Thus the Greek for a horse, hippos, is written trios, and Hector is written ‘Extwp. This sign is called a ‘rough breathing’. If a word begins with a vowel, it must have either a ‘rough breathing’ or a ‘smooth breathing’. A smooth breathing is the * sign placed over a vowel not preceded by the aitch sound. Thus ‘alpha’ is written dAga, and Agamem- non ’Ayopepveov. The Greek p at the beginning of a word always has a rough breathing—e.g. AntopiKn (rhetoric). That is why so many English words begin with rh-. Vowels.—Greek not only has the same vowels as English (a ¢€ 1 9 vu), but two of the vowels have separate letters for the short and long sounds, viz. e (short e) and 7 (long e), also o (short 0) and w (long 0). The letter 1, never dotted in Greek (so sensible !), when it follows a long vowel at the end of a word is written in miniature underneath the vowel, and is called ‘ Jota subscript’. In capitals it must be written on the line—e.g. to Daphne, Aapvy or AAQNHI. Tota subscript also occurs in the middle of one or two words—e.g. ov, an egg; “WiSel0v, the Odeon. The letter s is written as 5 when it is the last letter of a word, but in all other positions it is written as o. E.g, stasis—a revolt—is written in Greek oTaais. Notes on the Alphabet. af, AB Now you know why the alphabet is so called.w 1. THE ALPHABET 25 Gammadion is another name for a swastika, formed by four [s, There was an ancient letter in Greek called Digamma, “, formed by placing one gamma on another, It had the sound of W, but dropped out of Greek, al- though it frequently shows up again in Latin words beginning with v: e.g. oivos, wine; Latin, vinum. Its Hebrew counterpart, Daleth, meant the ‘tent-door’. Upside-down it is the shape of the island at the mouth of the Nile, the Delta. éyrAov—' simple’ e, so called to dis- tinguish it from a diphthong which had the same sound in later Greek, English zed. Don’t confuse with the English ‘n’— it’s easily done !—nor its capital H with the English aspirate. The counterpart of H in Russian is H, ‘ee’. An ominous letter—the initial letter of 8avatos (death). Scratched on a pot- sherd, it was the juror’s vote for the death-penalty. So insignificant was the iota subscript that in English the word is ‘jot’ or ‘particle’, The above four letters gna: mean “ Live!” in Greek. Always hard in Greek. The Chinese are prone to lambdacism !26 groaom < ca MUON Z=z <4 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Written in earliest times thus—m. Don’t confuse with the English ‘ v’, and don’t write carelessly, or it will be confused with ‘vu’. This difficult letter needs practice. o-mikron means little (short) ‘o’. An old friend of geometry students ! Don’t confuse it with its predecessor. Another common form of the capital was C, which survives in Russian. ¢ only at the end of the word. St. Anthony’s cross was a tau-cross. u-psilon. ‘Simple’ u, to distinguish it from a similar sound in late Greek, represented by a diphthong (see Epsi- lon). Y is called the Pythagorean letter, as it was used by Pythagoras to teach the divergent paths of Good and Evil. Phi Beta Kappa—an American College Society—from Dirccogia Biou KuBep- vntns—Philosophy (is) of Life the Governour, Do not confuse with the English ‘x’. Chiasmus is a parallelism which has become crossed like a chi (x)—e.g. Do not live to eat, but eat to live. Survives in English in words such as psalm, psychology, etc. o-mega. Big ‘o’. The w shape was formed by running two o’s together, thus oo.1. THE ALPHABET 29 The first two letters of the name of Christ (XPIZTOZ) are sometimes seen in churches as a monogram, ; sometimes also the first three letters of the name Jesus, "IHZ (ous) or IHS. The Christians frequently used the sign of a fish as a mark of their faith. The Greek for a fish is "IXOY=, said to be the initial letters of ‘Inoous Xpiotos Ocou Yios Zwtnp, Jesus Christ, Son of God (and) Saviour. An illiterate rustic in Euripides’ play ‘‘ Theseus ”’ tries to describe a word of six capital letters that he has seen in Jines that might be translated like this— “Qi baint no scholard in my chriss-cross-row, The shapes Oi’ll tell thee, an’ thee’ll know for sure. A ring, marked out, as ‘twere, wi’ pin and string, Slap in ’er middle wur a mark to see. The second it wur first a brace o’ stroaks, Kept wonn from t’other by a bar midmoast. The third were curly as a twist o' hair. The fourth wur straight an’ uproight as a poast, Three traverse beams a-jointed to it athwart. The fifth to tell aroight be moighty hard, A pair o’ stroaks that start from East and West Run plumb together to a single foot. The last, the selfsame letter as the third.” What word did the rustic see? A short invitation to lunch—n 6 1!CHAPTER II PRONUNCIATION Here is a guide to help you with the pronunciation of Greek. The pronunciation is the Revised Pro- nunciation, as recommended some years ago by a Committee of the Classical Association. For your interest the modern Greek pronunciation is added. VOWELS Ancient Greek. Modern Greek. a (i) Long as in father. a Asin father, but shorter, (ii) Short as in aha. € As in fret. e As in fret. 1 (i) Long as in feed. 1 As in feed. (ii) Short as in pit. ° As in not, o As in not, v (i) Longasin French rue. u As in feed. (li) Short as in French du pain. n As in French pére. 1 As in feed. wo As in home. ® As in fortune. DIPHTHONGS Ancient Greek. Modern Greek. oa As in Isaiah. ot As in fret. or As in boil. ot As in feed, vt Asin French lui. wt _As in feed. Before vowels and Before | yPSzAuvp Kirrx poo fy av As in gown. ou = av. au = af. ev Asin few. eu = ev. eu = ef. nv Asin few. jw = iv. ny = if, some- times iv, ov As in moon. ov Ag in put. et As in grey. é: As in feed. 28senting the sound ‘ee Il. PRONUNCIATION 29 It will be noticed that there are six ways of repre- * in Modern Greek. There are no real diphthongs in Modern Greek, and no distinction between long and short vowels, Qo? dmer 2% ow CONSONANTS Ancient Greek. Modern Greek. As in bad. B Asvinvase. The Eng- lish ‘ b ’ sound is repre- sented by un. Thus ‘bar’ is spelt in Modern Greek prrap. As in get. y As in get. When y precedes an- Also y and y1 some- other it is pro- times represent the nounced as ‘ng’ in ‘y’ sound, as in Eng- ‘anger’, before K, as lish ‘ yes’. yy is pro- ‘ngk’ in Chungking, nounced as ‘ng’ in before x, as ‘nkh’ in ‘anger’. monkhkood ’, before €, as ‘nx’ in ‘lynx’. As in does. & As ‘th’ in father. The English ‘d’ sound is represented by vr. A Greek official may write the name Dodd thus—Nrovtvt! As ‘zd' in Mazda. 3. As in zeal. As ‘th’ in thin. 6 As in ¢hin. As in ding. «x As in fing, As in lyre. A Asin lyre. As in muse. pw As in muse. As in ow. v Asin now. As in war, § Asin war. As in push. am As in push. As in rich (trilled). p As in rich (trilled), As in rhombus. As in mouse. os As in mouse. Before B y 6 or pas English ‘s’ im has been, has gone, has made. Before B y & por v pronounced as English Ses:jo TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Ancient Greek. Modern Greek. t+ Asin tap. + Asin fap. 9 Asin fish. q@ Asin fish. x As in loch. x As in loch; also soft as in the German ‘ich’, ‘recht’, y As in lapse. yw Asin lapse. Note—In giving the Revised Pronunciation, considera- tion has been given to the convenience of the student as well as to strict accuracy. It is probable, for instance, that 8 and @ were pronounced by the ancient Greeks themselves as the ‘th’ in ‘ pothook’ and the ‘ph’ in ‘ haphazard’. In view of the difficulty of English readers in pronouncing an aspirated consonant, it has been thought wiser to retain the modern Greek pronunciation of those letters. Pronunciation Exercise—Read the Greek of the Lord's Prayer, keeping the English pronunciation covered up: then test your pronunciation by teference to the next line. é = éas in pére; i =i asin mine; 6 =o asin home; 4 = a as in father. THE LORD’S PRAYER Tlectép quay & & Tols obpavdis, &yiao8ntea 70 Pater hémoén ho en tois ooranois, hagiasthété to Svoua cou, "EASeto f Paoihern cou. yevnEnta onoma soo. Elthets hé basilaya soo. genéthéta To cAnua cou, as tv ovpave Kal él yrs Tov to theléma soo, hés en oorano ki epi gés; ton dptov fav tov émioucioy bos piv onpEpov. arton hémén ton epioosion dos hémeen sémeron ; Kor des Aly Ta SpeiAnHaTa fev ds Kat ki aphes hémeen ta ophaylémata hémén hés_ kill, PRONUNCIATION 3r Teig aonkapev Tos SpelAetaig fyoov. = Kart UT) hémace aphékamen tois ophayletice hémon. Ki mé eiceveyns fas els treipaopov, dAAa fuoa as ace-enengkés hémAs ace payrazmon, alla rhoosi hémas é&mro Tou movnpou. éti cou éotiv tf Paoileia apo too ponéroo. Hoti soo estin hé basilaya Kat 7) Suvapis Kat f Gof els tous aleovas. ki hé dewnamis ki hé doxa ace toos idnas. ary. amén. Exercise 2.—Pronounce the following words—cover up the key until you have made your attempt. I. ulos. 2, vauTou, 3. pahay€. 4. omoyyos. 5. Bpoyxia. 6. "Apaguwv, 7. GoBeotos. 8. nupnKa. g. Xaopa. To, evrrewia. II. XapaktTnp. 12. éployov. KEY I. Hweeos. 2. Now-too., 3. Phalanx. 4. Spon-gos, 5. Bronchia. 6. Amazdine. 7. Azbestos. 8. Heuréka. g. Chasma. 10. Eupepsia. 11, Charactér, 12, Emizgon.CHAPTER III READING PRACTICE Exercise | Tuts story contains every letter of the alphabet in words that are identical with English words. Read it, transliterating the Greek letters. Then correct your solution from the key at end of book. KATAZTPO®H “Extwp and Aagvn were exploring the untpo- troAis. They dined at the Kprtnpiov on duBpocia, untpoToAis from pntnp (mother) and troAss (city). Kpitnpiov «= See xptows. ‘A means of judging, standard, test.’ GyBpocia a heavenly food, the food of the immortals. &u- or & at the beginning of a word negatives the rest of the word (cf. ‘un-’ in Engl.), Bpotos (a mortal). 32Il, READING PRACTICE 33 drank a delicious vecrap and listened to the épynotpa. After that their iSca was to go to a Kiwnua to see a Spayo. But before they got there things reached a horrid KAipo§ for poor Aapvyn, who was overcome with Koya accompanied by strange convulsions of the Opa. She collapsed in the arms of the faithful “Extoop, who exclaiming “‘ peu, geu,’’ called a physician, whose Sicryvwors, after a careful dvaduors of the symptoms, was that the yeveois of her trouble was not her wuyn but Suotreyia contracted from a long épynotpa originally the circular dance-floor in front of the stage, where the chorus danced, {Sec ‘form’ a favourite word of Plato. He is famous for his ‘ theory of ideas’. xivT|a ‘a thing moved’ (hence a ‘ moving picture * in mod, Gk.). Bpapa ‘a thing done or acted’. The termination -wa regularly has this sense at end of a Gk. root. §Spa—the root of the verb Bpav, ‘ to do’. waters originally ‘a ladder’, later ‘a gradual ascent to a climax’. Koa, ‘deep sleep, slumber’—a word as old as Homer, peu Phew, but in Gk. the exclamation for grief or anger. geu= ‘oh!’ ‘ahl’. Biayvects bia—preposition meaning ‘through’. yvaois— ‘the process of investigating’, ‘ knowing’. So 81a-yveors, ‘ distinguishing’ or ‘ looking right through’ something. An agnostic is ‘one who does not know’, The termina- tion -o1s denotes the ‘active’ process of a verb. dvoduets ‘taking to pieces’. dva, prep. ‘up’, ‘ from bottom to top’. Avois, ‘a setting free’, “loosing ', ‘ unravelling '. ‘YYevecis ‘ origin, source, manner of birth ’. uxn a very common Gk, word for which Engl. has no equivalent—neither exactly ‘breath’,4 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK sojourn in the tropic zavn. Daphne’s doPeotos digestion had not been proof against the vextap. She reached and passed the xprots three days later, although the affair nearly ended in a Kataotpogn. Fate, however, was determined to punish her, in spite of the fact that dyBpooia was avodepa to her after- wards; for it was soon found that she was suffering ‘ life’, ‘ spirit ’, nor ‘ soul’, yet something of each. In Homer it is ‘the life or spirit of man which survives death ’, almost ‘ ghost’. In Gk. philosophy ‘the vital principle, the animating spirit (e.g. of the Universe)’, In Gk. art frequently represented as a butter- fly. Cf. the lovely story of Cupid (or rather Eros) and Psyche (‘YYXH) in the Golden Ass of Apuleius. SvoTreyia =‘ indigestion’. Suo-memrros, adj. ‘hard to digest’. The prefix 6uc- common in Gk. has the notion of ‘hard, bad, unlucky, etc.’. Cf. out wn- or mis- (e.g. in unrest, mischance, etc.). Zoovn) In Gk. a ‘ belt or girdle’. So ‘ zone’ in Eng. ‘a girdle of the earth, or the part which the girdle encloses ’. caBeotos *‘ inextinguishable ’, and so ‘ incombustible xpIoIS originally the process of separating, distinguish- ing. Its translation ‘judgment’ in the N.T. disguises the true meaning of the word, which contains no idea of condemnation, but means ‘separating’ (e.g. sheep from goats). So ‘crisis’, frequently wrongly used in English, should be kept for ‘ turning- points that necessitate a parting of the ways’. KaTaotpopn Kata (down) orpogn (turning). ‘ Overturning, sudden end’. vodepa an interesting word. Originally ‘anything offered up or dedicated’. In the NA ‘an accursed thing’ because pagan votive offerings were regarded as such,Ill. READING PRACTICE 35 from égaoia brought on by the vextap, which left its ot1yya upon her for the rest of her life. The fx of her hollow groans used to scare the passers- by, who wondered what strange yapoxtnp dwelt there. At last veyeois overtook her, and she faded away, the sad oxnvn reaching the axun of trados. edpacia ‘ speechlessness ’. a (not) pacts (the process of speaking, speech). vexTap Homer’s word for the ‘ drink of the gods’, as éuBpooia was their food. oTiyua ‘a thing pricked, tattooed’, so ‘a tattoo mark’, ‘a brand’. From root otry—‘ to brand’. Cf. St. Francis and his stigmata. AXo the Greeks personified Echo. ‘ Lost Echo sits amid the voiceless mountains’, Shelley, Adonais. yapoxtnp ‘a mark engraved, impress, stamp’. So ‘a distinctive mark’, ‘the peculiar nature of someone ’. VEECIS ‘righteous indignation of the gods’, ‘ divine vengeance '—one of the many words for which we have no exact equivalent. Others are UBpls, 805, &petn, caoppoouvn. oxnvn originally the hut or dressing-room at the back of the Gk. stage, which was painted to represent a ‘scene’ or ‘ scenery ’. éxpn ‘highest or culminating point’ of anything. Trabos ‘experience’, gen. calamitous experience, so ‘ suffering ’. Exercise 2 Here are some more actual Greek words that are the same in English, to give you practice in reading. Look up any that you don’t know in an English dictionary. It is good to transliterate them into English, and then back again into Greek without looking at the Greek words. B36 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK koohov Kowcoy For practice in placpa Geppos capitals. évTidecis OTOAT "EAAAZ Bados Trveupoviat TIHNEAOTIH paray§ cobpa AQPOGEA Ipis pias ZWH éuqacis XAOS *ATAOA auTopatov acro8ewois XAOH Boypa SiTrAcpa AHOH 180s pavTacia KYKAWY UBpis ouyKoTr @OINIZ KOoLOS SeATAX ZEIPHN évu§ KuU5Os *AKPOTIOAIE tnro€ecis The following table of equivalents should be carefully studied :— Greek. English. Example, u y e.g. Yuxn = Psyche, ot ae Alywa = /Egina. et i Eipnvn = Irene. | Doibn = Phoebe a1 oe or sometimes e but olkovopia = economy. ov u Olbitovs = CEdipus, yy ng &yytAos += Angelus. yg nx Zoryé == Sphinx. Y« ne ‘Aykupa = Ancyra, Exercise 3 The following story contains more words which were originally Greek, and which we have introduced into our language. Try to read them, and where you can’t, write the letters in English and they will become clear.ill. READING PRACTICE 37 Daphne’s Mishap Early one morning, taking her dtAas,} Aapvn wandered down to the Baois? of the kpatnp? to write the cuvowis * of her @ecis ® on the “Y&pa ® of the Tlapdeveov. The ipis and dvepovn? and dotnp § were in bloom, and she thought of all the #poes*® who had trod this zovn before. With this [Sea in. her vous,!° she heard from over the water a yopos 1! as if from the paptupes.! Suddenly to her great SiAnuua } near the Sprzwv 14 what should she see but a Trude, a travénp, a Auy€ anda Piowv making their tEoSos 15 from “Ar5ns! 16 In her screams she burst her Anpuy€ and was taken with acute wapaAuots 17 1. Called after the Titan who held up the sky. 2. Originally a ‘ stepping ’ or ‘step’, then ‘ what you step on’, a‘ pedestal’ or ‘ base’. 3. Originally a ‘ mixing-bowl ’, or large ‘ cup’. 4. Lit. ‘a seeing together’ or ‘general view’. Cf. the synoptic Gospels. 5. Lit. a ‘ placing * or ‘ arranging ’. 6. ‘ Watersnake ’, der, from Usp, ‘ water’ (why is hydrogen so named ?). 7. Lit.‘ wind-flower’ (avepos, ‘ wind’), Olympia is carpeted with them (red and blue) in April. 8. Lit. ‘ star’. 9. Nom, plur. of #jpws (3rd decl.). to. ‘ Mind’. 11. Originally ‘dance’, then ‘those who made up the dance’, 12. Nom. plur. of yaptus, ‘a witness’. In Eng. there is of course no‘e’. Very common word in the N.T. 13. Lit. ‘ double proposition *. 14. Participle from épizew, to ‘ bound ’. 15. 6805 ‘way’, #€ ‘out’ (prep.). At the exit of the Underground Station in Athens today is a notice EZOAOZ. 16. Eng. has dropped the ‘i’ in this word. 17. Lit. ‘a loosening by the side of’, so ‘ a disabling of the nerves in the limbs of one side ’.38. TEACH YOURSELF GREEK of the o1rAnv. Hearing her cries, Doin hastened to offer her a tTrAspaovn,?® but found she had succumbed. already to the Boxtnpia ?* of xoAepa, leaving only an IaooxeAes *° oxeAetov behind. 18, Lit. tae ‘from afar’ (adv.), gavn ‘voice’, A mod. Gk. compound from two classical Gk. words. 19. Lit. ‘ little sticks ’, as microbes appear to be when seen through a microscope. Latin “ bacilli’. 20, loos, ‘ equal’; oxeAos, ‘ leg’.CHAPTER IV INFLECTIONS: FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSION NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES I. ayadr Kopp Aeuocel KaKov évOperov. (A) good girl sees (a) bad man. 2.0 &yatn Kopn, guAaccou! O good girl, be careful! 3. & KaKos avOpetros Gptrage: thy &yotnv Kopny. The bad = man seizes the good _ girl. 4.“ Kone dvOpeorre,” — Aeyer KOPN Te KoKED “© bad man,” says the girl to the bad évOpwtre, ‘* &mri61””. man, “ goaway!” 5. & dvOpcotros KAeTITEL Tov Ths c&yaOns Kopns The man steals the {ef the:pood gu : good girl’s. coKov bag 6. Koa Acyel TH cyaty Kopy KoKov Adyov. And says to the good girl (a) bad_ word. 7. 1) &yatn Kopn TuTrTEl To Tou KaKou dvOputrou The good girl smacks the{! the bad man } . bad man’s Ttpoceotrov. face. Let us follow the fortunes of the good girl in this -human drama. You will observe that she undergoes some surprising transformations. In the first sen- 3940 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK tence she is just dyo@n «xopn. In the second she is much the same, except that we try to attract her attention by prefacing with the word (0). In the third sentence she has become, however, thy &yoOnv kopnv, although the English still seems to regard her as the same good girl, Omit for a moment the fourth. In the fifth sentence she has become tn éyafns Kopns. Well, but hasn’t ‘girl’ become ‘girl's’? True, but ‘ good’, we notice, has changed in the Greek as well. In the sixth the good girl has broken out into a rash of iotas subscript, as Ty éyady Kopp. What is the explanation of all this? You cannot have failed to notice that in each of these sentences, although she is the same girl, she plays a different part. For instance, in sentence 1 she does the seeing. She is the doer of the action implied in the verb. The word or words representing the doer is called the subject. In sentence 2 she is the person addressed. In sentence 3 she is the person immediately affected by the action of the doer. A person or thing suffer- ing the action of the doer is said to be the object. In sentence 5 she is simply the owner of the bag. In sentence 6 she is the person indirectly affected by the doer’s action. The doer is ‘the man’, What he does is ‘says’. The thing immediately suffering his action is ‘a bad word’ (it gets said). The good girl is indirectly affected by his saying the bad word, because he says it fo her, She is therefore called the indirect object.IV. FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS 41 In English we have two ways (or even three) of showing the part played by a word in a sentence, We usually find the subject or object of a verb by the order of the words; the subject usually pre- cedes, the object usually succeeds the verb. The way to get at this is to ask Who? or What? in front of the verb to get the subject, and Whom? or What? after the verb. Try it. “My mother bids me bind my hair.” Who bids me bind my hair? Subject. Bids whom or what bind my hair? Object. If we deviate from the natural. order of the words, as we often do, we have to rely on the sense of the passage to tell us which is the subject, and which the object. It may be obvious (“ Hell!” said the Countess), less obvious (‘ Hands that the rod of empire might have swayed ”’), or not obvious at all (‘‘ And all the air a sudden stillness holds ’’). Secondly, prepositions like ‘to’ or ‘of’ may denote the indirect object or the owner, respectively. “The ploughman . . . leaves the world ¢o darkness and fo me.” ‘‘ The bosom of his Father and his God.” Thirdly, the actual form of the word may, in one or two words, change in accordance with the part played by the word: e.g., subject, ‘ girl ’—pos- sessor, ‘girl’s’; subject, ‘he ’—object, ‘him ’— possessor, ‘his’, Inflections.—It is on this third method that Greek relies. Greek indicates the part that a word plays in the sentence by having a fixed part of the word (called the stem) into which a number of different42 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK tailpieces can be slotted as the word is required to do one job or another, These endings are called case-endings. The cases are five. Cases.—NOMINATIVE to represent the SUBJECT. VOCATIVE to represent the PERSON AD- DRESSED. ACCUSATIVE to represent the OBJECT. GENITIVE to represent the PosSESSOR.* DATIVE to represent the INDIRECT OBJECT. atiy There is a different set of endings for the plural. The Importance of Endings.—Remember that it is not the order of the words, as in English, that decides the meaning of the sentence in Greek. If sentence 3 ran: Thy c&yoOnv Kopny c&pTrazer 6 KaKos davOpcttos (as it well might), the meaning would be almost the same. It follows that the exact form of the word-ending is of paramount importance, Small boys who have learnt the difference between the doer and the sufferer of an action soon become sensitive as to their endings. Prepositions are sometimes used in Greek in addition to case-endings of nouns, but they only serve to define with a little more exactness the case already shown by the ending. There are a good many other meanings of the five cases besides those given. You will meet them later. Adjectival Agreement.—You will have already noticed that dyadn changes in the same way as * Note the curious order of Sentence 7. Frequently in Greek a genitive comes in between the article and the noun on which it depends.IV. FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS 43 Kopn. Kopn is a noun, but dyo@n (good) an adjective describing the noun. An adjective always adopts a similar case-ending to the noun which it describes. It is then said to agree with the noun. Although at first the noun endings and the adjective endings are similar in sound, it will not always be so—but where an adjective qualifies a noun it will always be in the same case, number, and gender. Thus, when ‘ girl’ becomes ‘ girl’s’ kopn becomes kopns, and when ‘ good girl’ becomes ‘ good girl’s’ éryatn Kopn becomes cyatns Kopns. Number,—What do we mean by number? Num- ber is the quality of being one (singular) or more (plural). In English we add ‘s’ on to the noun to show the plural number—e.g. boy, boys; or it may be -en, e.g. ox, oxen. Greek has various plural endings which you will learn later. Gender.—Let us turn to the villain of the bag- snatching episode. You will observe that he under- goes even more transformations than his fair victim. See if you can identify the cases of the Kaxos évoperos from what you already know of their functions. In sentence 1 he is the object of her gaze. Case? Tn sentence 3 he does the seizing. Case? In sentence 4 he is first addressed by her. Case? In sentence 4 she says “Go away!” fo him. Case? Tn sentence 7 he owns a smacked face. Case? One thing you cannot fail to have noticed: that the man possesses an entirely different set of tail-pieces44 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK from the girl. Why is this? The answer is to be found in the difference between the man and the girl. The man possesses masculine endings (-o5 -€ ~ov -ou -«o), the girl feminine (-n -1 -nv -ns-n). There is a further category that is neither masculine nor feminine, which is called neuter. Its endings (-ov -ov ~ov-ou -c), differ only in the nominative and vocative singular, and nominative, vocative and accusative plural. All nouns come into one or another of these three classes. Sometimes the meaning, as in man and girl, will enable you to at once determine what gender the noun is. But more often you will not know whether the word is masculine, feminine, or neuter until you have seen the actual Greek word. What, for instance, is the difference between a man’s face and a bag? (We are speaking grammatically.) Yet Greek has it that the man’s face is neuter (to tTpocctrov), and the girl’s bag is masculine (6 &oxos). It is mainly the form of the word itself which will enable you to determine whether the word is masculine, feminine, or neuter. Ist and 2nd Declension.—It is time now to tabulate the endings met so far. As it happens, the feminine, masculine, and neuter endings of the adjective Kaxos (bad) exactly correspond with the feminine nouns of the rst declension and the mascu- line and neuter nouns of the 2nd declension. If, therefore, you learn the word across (kaKos, KoKn, xoxov), you will have an adjective at your finger- tips, and if you also learn it downwards (kaxos, Karke, KoKOV . . . Kakn, KoKN, KoKnv), you will have three nouns.IV. FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS 45 Kaxos—Bad Sing. Mas. Fem. Neuter. Nom. KoK-O5, KOK-1}. KaK-OV, Voc. Kak-é. KOK-n]. Konk-ov. Acc. KaK-OV, KaK-nV. KaK-ov. Gen. Kak-ou. KaK-n5. KetK-Ou. Dat. KOK-@). KQK-T). KaK-@, Plur. Nom. KOK-O1. KOK-O. KOK-o. Voc. KQK-OL, KOK-OXL. KOK-O. Acc, KOK-OUS. KoK-ag. Kak-a. Gen. KOK-oov. KOK-0OV. KOK-COV. Dat. KOK-O15. Kerk-crts. KOK-OIS. Nove.—(r) It is always true of the neuter that the nomina- tive, vocative, and accusative are always the same, whether in the singular or the plural. (2) The dative case always has an iota. It is subscript in the singular of the rst and 2nd declension. (3) The plural of the adjective, if used alone, or with the article, often means that the word ‘ men’ has to be supplied for the masculine, ‘ women’ for the feminine, and ‘ things’ for the neuter, e.g. koxa, evil things—i.e. troubles, evils. of koxol, the wicked; bad men.CHAPTER V SECOND DECLENSION (continued) TuE Greeks to-day still use cases, In the Under- ground in Athens you can read the notice KINAYNOZ OANATOY near the electrified rail. It means ‘danger of death’. In the railway carriages you will see MH TITYETE—i.e. ‘do not spit’, and :— Geceis Kabnpeveov 16, Oeceis SpOicav 40, ie. ‘sitters’ places 16, standing-room for 40’. In the following story are a number of znd declen- sion Greek nouns and some adjectives in various cases. Look carefully at the ends of the words, referring, if necessary, to the declension of Koxos for the case and its meaning. Use the notes and an English dictionary to translate the story. Most of the words have derivatives in English. Stephan’s Secret Weapon (N.B.—The words ttalicised should, of course, be in Greek.) Erepavos Av (was) veos latpos d5 (who) lived povos English derivatives, which will help you to discover the meaning of the Gk. words, Where there is no derivative, the meaning is given. Greek. Derivative. VEOS a. neo-Gk., neophyte, neo-Platonist. lerrpos Ss. a psychiatrist is a mind-doctor. HOVvos a. monologue, monogamy, monoplane. s. = substantive. a. = adjective. 40Greek, THEACIOS olkos weoos vngos Teapyos BeApos Tupavvos Bpoves GAA &piatos Bnuos &Eiog OTEPAVOS yAcopos KpUTTTOS dtrAov PpappaKov VOLOS Vv. SECOND DECLENSION a7 & (in) traAcia olka év peor Th vnow. Pewpyos 6 &Bekpos tv Tupavos Koi sat ém (on) *OAuptrixou Opovou, GAA travtes (all) of dpiotor Tou Snpou thought Ztepavov icov Geq Kar GEiov yAwpou otepavou. lye (he had) kputrrov (secret) éTrAov, papyoKov KpUTTTOV (hidden) Tapa (against) Tov vopov tv ToTape. érret 5. Derivative. paleography, paleolithic — (A:6os, stone), economy (management of the house), Mesopotamia (trotapos, river). Note that in Greek the order is ‘middle the island’. Dodecanese (12 ——). Polynesia (many ——). Peloponnese (—— of Pelops). George (yn—land, tpyov—work. So ‘ farmer ’). Adelphi (called after the Adam brothers), Philadelphia, Christa- delphians. tyrannical. means ‘ throne’. means ‘ but ’. aristocratic, aristocracy (government by the besé). democracy. worthy (takes gen.). means ‘@ crown’. Green olive crowns were the prizes at the Olympic games, chlorine (so called from its yellow- green colour), cryptic, crypt. panoply, hoplite. vapu., pharmacist (because he sells drugs or poison), Deuteronomy (second ——). lew 8, = substantive. a. = adjective.48 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK (when) 6 d&5eApos tv év voxpw Utv@ Trepavos said TH Kafapg Ka KaAT Acovy éti (that) he would give her Sdov wov ei (if) she would be his cryyehos xo run duoia To dveyo Kai get Tov Gnoaupov ds Hv KpUTTTOS tro (under) Acuk Aide. Aagvn began épyov at once, dAra what should she see but Troheniov taupov having Tpocwrrov Ouciov picavOpwie otpatnye. cdAAa To elSaAov Tou KaKou zwou frightened thv cyabnv vuppny so much that she could not utter Aoyov, dAka Greek. wonpos tatvos kabapos Kaos dros pov dryyeros Spoios 8noavpos AeuKos Abas tpyov TrOAELIOS, Taupos pigav@petros oTpatnyos elScoAov 3e0v vunen ” Seep Pperp Ss. 5. Derivative. macrometer, macrocosm. hypnotic (because causing sleep). Katharine, cathartic. (For this end- ing of dat. fem. v. next chapter.) kaleidoscope (beautiful—patterns— see). holocaust (because the whole is burnt), catholic (over (kata) the whole). oval, ovum (originally written dFov v. ch, r under y, notes on Alphabet). an angel is a messenger of God. homceopathic (because such drugs excite symptoms /ike the disease). a thesaurus is a freasury of know- ledge. So= treasure. leucocyte (white corpuscle of blood.) lithograph. erg (unit of work), energy (something that works in you). polemical. Minotaur, Taurus. misanthropic (y1005 = hate). strategic, strategy. So one who leads a. erpaTas (army). idol, originally ‘representation, like- ness, image’. what is kept in the Zoo? nymph. 8. = substantive. a, = adjective.Vv. SECOND DECLENSION 49 held up her BiBMiov evoryyeAikcov Upveov ueTewpov 6 (which) to zqov swallowed thinking 611 tot: Swpov aiTou. A Limerick An author with fancy alc@ntIK(os) Once developed ambitions Koopntik(os). After agonies ypovix(os) And results &uBpuovix(os) His exit was truly trafntix(os). In the following exercise the missing words are English words derived from Greek words listed below. Can youdiscoverthem? E.g, the first is ‘ plutocrat’, derived from mAoutos (wealth) and xpateiv (to have power over), and the third is an animal derived from two Greek words. Some letters are given as a help. The missing English words are each derived from two Greek words, except those marked with a ‘, which are derived from one. The dots represent the number of letters contained in the English words, Read the Greek words below the exercise and their meanings several times before attempting to fill in the missing words. Greek. Derivative. Pipaiov 8. Bible, bibliography, bibliomania, every yeAiKos a. for ee see eulogy, euthanasia, eurhythmics. Why is evayyeMov the Gk. for gospel ? tpvos s. hymnal, PETECOPOS a. a meteor is a star that shoots in mid ay. Sapov 8. Dorothy, Theodore—a gift from God. OITOS s, parasite (one who is at hand to pick up the food). s. = substantive. a. = adjective.50 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Hector’s Misadventure ‘Extwp was a pil....... who grew prize Glo oocoocaccaon He kept a pet h....p...... and owned the H......... featpov, As if this wasn’t enough for one man, he studied o....d.. th..l..., and what with walking among the Eee eee Eee brandishing a s’...... , declaiming eee Can ceae before the m......... , and calling upon the h...a.... to e.ore... his Poacrnpic, it was all too much for the poor creature, and he became an a’...... and interested in p-..g.... But after that it became worse, for he used to ride a c’.... round the c...t..., studying Bcc eaueee and b..1... aloud and declaring that he was a m’....... M’...ese- t. Then he tried CAE Eey and s’....... , contracted 0’......... and ch’..... h....ph.... and turnedad’........1 h t colour, dvdos \ al Bpopos racecourse. — lower, é dvOepov i out of. number. THTAPIOS lit. on a tomb. dpruos to do with HAtos sun. Epiduntixos numbers, - : Geos god épxn beginning, = : — first place lepos. sacred. or power. {rrros horse, &Oe05 non-believer — in God. REVOS empty. Bios life. order, adorn- —_— = . KOoLOS ment, yous marriage. KOOPNTIKa things that bevipov tree. adorn BiaBoAos devil, lit. Kpote to have power sianderer. over, Bota opinion. KuKAOS circle, wheel.Vv. SECOND DECLENSION 51 Aoyos word, reason. otpaTnyos a general. petoSos scientific en- TApOS tomb. quiry. place. IKpos small. . Tomes. F do with a Wuotikos = a mystic, TOTTIRES place, local. SpGos tight, straight. —-tporros turning, Spxos oath. UBop water. Spharyos = eye. popes fear. TAovTos — wealth. gavn voice. | TrOAU much. xpucos gold. TOTAPOS river. - (time oe OVO . fobov rose. io {8 do with cKnirtpov — sceptre. XpoviKos time.CHAPTER VI THE DEFINITE ARTICLE GREEK has a word for ‘the’, but not for ‘a’, unless there is special need to express ‘a’ as meaning ‘a particular or certain (person or thing) ’, when ‘tis is used following the noun (see c. 24). This is one of the many examples where the Greek language avoids ambiguity and makes for definite- ness. 6, f, To, called the definite article, is declined like KoKos in all cases except the nominative and accusative singular and the nominative plural. It is well worth learning its declension by heart. Learn it across. DEFINITE ARTICLE—: THE” Sing. Mas, Fem. Netter. Nom. ° q To Acc. Tov Thy To Gen. Tou TS Tou Dat. Te TH To Plur. Nom. of ai TH Acc. TOUS Tas Ta Gen. Tov TOV TOV Dat. TOS TeLls TONS As a general rule use the definite article in Greek whenever you have the definite article in English. Note, however, the following :— 52VI. THE DEFINITE ARTICLE 53 1. Abstract Nouns. Abstract nouns (those like wisdom, faith, courage, honour, etc.) usually have the definite article, e.g. wisdom—# copia, courage— 4 dpern. 2. Whole Classes. When a plural noun denotes all members of a class, use the definite article, e.g. Horses are noble animals; i.e. all horses; translate of itrrot. 3. Proper Names. The definite article is often used with proper names, e.g. Greece—i ‘EAAas, Hector—6 “Extop. A FLOWER SONG Here are two lines of an ancient Flower Song, which Greek children used to sing—like our ‘ Nuts in May * :— (Leader) trou pot ta po8a; Tou Yor Ta lo; where for me the roses ? violets ? == where are my roses... . Trou pot Ta KaAa oeAiver; beautiful parsley ? (Chorus) tafe ta poSa, taSe ta ta, tobe Ta Koha (i.e. here) these are the roses, etc., oeAiva. Parsley was admired by the Greeks because of its feathery leaves, and used to make the victors’ crowns at the Isthmian games. A town in Sicily was called after this word. Greek Punctuation, Comma (,) and full-stop (.) are the same as in English. The sign (;) is used as a question mark.54 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK A point above a line (:) is used for the semi-colon or colon. ORIGINAL GREEK You should now be able to translate some original Greek. ot (is) is understood in I, 2, 3, 5 and 7. I. peyo BiPAtov, peya Kkaxov.—Callimachus. 2. & c&veEetaotos (unexamined) Pros ov PiwTos (livable) év@petra.—Plato. avoportres TrOAITIKov zq@ov.—Aristotle. 6 pidos Eotiv KAAOs (another) odrros (self). &Od10g5 (wretched) 6 Bios Teov deco. ypovos traSever (educates) tous copous, 6 Urrvos lartpos vooou. év &pyn tv (was) 6 Aoyos, Kai 6 Aoyos hy Trpos tov Ocov, Kal Oeos Hv 6 Aoyos.—S. John I. 1. g. tyw ely (am) to *AAga Kai to “Wyeya, &pyn Kat TeAos, 6 TpwTOs Kar 6 EoyorTos. PAI AME Y& I, peya, ‘big’ (megaphone). It is neuter of peyas, a 2nd declension adj. BifAiov, ‘book’ (hence bible). 2. Said by Socrates at his trial. Bios. What does ‘ biology ’ mean? ov = ‘not’ (ovx before a vowel, ot before an aspirate). 4. pitos. What does ‘philanthropist’ mean? Here 6 gtaos is the generic use of the definite article, and = ‘ friends’. Gk. says ‘ the friend,’ when we say ‘ friends’ (generally) ’. 5. dbeos, ‘ not godly’, so ‘ godless’ (atheist). 6. gopos, adj. ‘ wise’ (philosophy). 7. vooos (f.) ‘disease’, In Gk. the article goes with the subject (not with the complement as in Eng.). See next section. 8. dpxn, subs. ‘ beginning ’. atpos, prep., ‘ towards, near, relating to’. g. teAos, 3rd decl. neuter subs. = ‘ end.’ ampwtos, ‘ first’ (prototype). toyortos, ‘last’ (eschatology).Vi. THE DEFINITE ARTICLE 55 Three Lines from Greek Plays Read these aloud, and you will notice a similarity of rhythm. They are in the tambic metre, the usual metre of dialogue in Greek drama. I. KoKeV pepoucl KapTroV of KaKoi piAoI.—Menander. 2. Travtoov latpos Tooy dvoryKaiooy KaKoOV yXpovos totiv.—Menander. 3. Ta BapBapav yap SovAa tTravtTa TANY évos. Euripides. THE VERB ‘TO BE’ oti (he, she, it) is. elot (they) are. tv ” was. fhoav ,, were. The verb ‘ to be’ is unlike most verbs, inasmuch as it does not expressaction. Itschief use in statements is to tell us, in conjunction with other words, some- thing about the state, condition, or character of the person or thing indicated in the subject: e.g. The man is bad; Stephan was a doctor. The words bad and a doctor therefore do not stand for a person or thing affected by an action; they are not objects 1. gepouai, ‘they bring’, or ‘ bear’. Kaptrov, acc. of Kaptros, subs., ‘ fruit’. 2. Tavtey, gen. plur. of adj., ras, ‘all’. éverykatos, adj., ‘necessary’. 3. Ta PapPapoy, lit. ‘the things of barbarians’. yap conj. = for (usually placed second word in a sentence—never first). BovAos, adj., ‘enslaved’, as a noun, ‘a slave’. travra, neut. plur. of tras (‘all’). Any évos, ‘except one man’, TAnv, prep., ‘except (takes gen.). tvos, gen. of eis, ‘one’,56 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK (see c. 4); and consequently their equivalents in Greek are mot put in the accusative case. They merely complete the meaning of is and was; they constitute what is called the complement; and in Greek statements their equivalents are put in the same case as the word to which they refer in the subject—namely, the nominative. I. The complement, whether noun or adjective, cannot be in the accusative case after the verb ‘ to be’. ‘To be’ takes the same case after it as before it. e.g. & &vOparTrds got KoKOS. The man (nom.) is bad (nom.). O Ztepavos tv latpos. Stephan was a doctor. 2. The complement never has a definite article, even though there is one in the corresponding English. e.g. 6 Tewpyos fv d&8ekpos Tou Trepavov. George was the brother of Stephan.CHAPTER VII THE FIRST DECLENSION You have learnt Koos, Kakn, Kaxov, and in doing so you have learnt not only an adjective, but also the case endings of a masculine noun of the and declension (koxos); a feminine noun of the rst declension (kaxn); and a neuter noun of the and declension (kaxov). : (Although the nouns ending in -os in the 2nd declension are mostly masculine, there are a few ending in -os, declined in exactly the same way, which are feminine—e.g. vngos (island), 6805 (way), vooos (disease).) The First Declension. 1. Nouns declined like xaxn are many; here are some examples; Texvn (art), Avin (grief), dpyn (anger), yn (earth), wvyn (soul), orn (silence), peAeTn (practice). texvn is declined thus :— Sing. Plur. N.V. texvq Teyvant A. TeXVT|V TEXVES G. TEXVT|S Teyvoov D. TEXVT] Teyvats 2. Nouns ending in a. There is also, however, a large number of Ist declension nouns that end in a, These fall into two classes :— (i) -a after p or a vowel. If the final « follows the 5758 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK letter p or a vowel, the word is declined like teyvn, except that n is everywhere replaced by a. Ex- amples of this kind are wetpa (a rock). (Do you remember St. Peter—‘‘ On this rock I will build my Church’’?) and gidia (friendship). Only the singular is given below; the plural of ai/ rst declen- sion nouns is always the same. N.V. terpa N.V. pidix A. Tetpav A. oiAiay G. tetpas G. piAtas D. wetpg D. gig Further nouns of this kind are :-— Noun. Meaning. Derivative. Xopa country _— Gupa door — apa hour hour tpepa day ephemeral OKLA shadow skiagraphy éotrepa evening Hesperus altica cause _ Adjectives with p or a vowel preceding the ending are similarly declined—e.g. pixpos (small). Mas. Fem, Neuter. N. LIKpos piKpct Likpov Vv. uIKpe Hikpar Likpov A. HIKpov HIKpav HIKpOV G. HIKpoU pIKpas HIkpov D. — pixpoo HIKE BIKpepVil, THE FIRST DECLENSION 59 Other adjectives of this kind are :— Adjective. Meaning. Derivative. Spoios like homeopathic (suffering the like) &€105 worthy _ PlAlos friendly philanthropic (loving mankind) VEOS young neolithic (new stone) TrAAcos ancient palzolithic (old stone) Seutepos second Deuteronomy (second law) lepos sacred hieroglyph (sacred carv- ing) Etepos other heterodox (other opinion) Kaflapos pure Catharine (ii) Nouns ending in « after a consonant (not p). All nouns of this declension in which the final a is not preceded by a vowel or p, but by a consonant, decline in the nominative like terpa, but in the Teyvn), e.g. Gadagoa (sea). , vocative, and accusative genitive and dative like N.V. Sokacoa A. Sakacoov G. Bahkacons D. GoAacon) Other examples are :— Noun. Meaning. Derivative, YAwoon tongue glossary Sofa opinion orthodox Houca muse music60 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK 3. Masculine nouns of the first declension. The Ist declension should really have been a purely feminine affair, and would have been but for the unwarranted intrusion of a few male characters, ending in -ns, and a few in -os. These males are a mixed lot, and may remind you of the English jingle :— “‘ Tinker, tailor, soldier, sailor.”’ Here are a few examples :— UrroKpitns, actor, TroinTNs, poet, KpITNS, judge, Tapia, steward, OATHS, athlete, TPOPHTNS, prophet, SeotroTns, master, vEavias, OTpATiMThs, VvoUTNS, soldier, sailor, AnoTns, KAETITNS, pirate, thief, TOAITNS, citizen, Nikos. young man, Nicias. The singular of the two kinds is thus declined; the plural, of course, is like all other rst declension nouns. Ve A. G. D. Notice three things :— TOAITNS TOAMITX TOAITHY TrOAITOU TOAITT vECTVIOS VEQVIO veaviay VEaVIOU VEQVIE (1) To show that they were masculine, these nouns had to import from the and declen- sion the genitive in -ov. (2) The vocative is rather odd.Vil. THE FIRST DECLENSION 6r (3) In veewias the a, following a vowel, replaces 1 all the way through. trroxpitns has an interesting history. It origin- ally meant ‘the answerer’, and was the title of the person ‘who replied’ to the song and dance of the Chorus in the beginnings of Greek drama. Later it came to mean ‘actor’, and later still, ‘one who pretends to be what he isn’t’, ‘a hypocrite’. Now you should be able to translate the following sentences from actual Greek writers: From Greek Literature I. #) yAwood TroAAoov éotiv aftia Kako. 2. & Bios Bpayus, f Texvn waxpo.—Hippocrates. 3. AuTs larpos éotv 6 yprotos PrAcs.—Menander. 4. TOAA’ éyer ory Koa, Sentence 1. v is added to tov: for euphony, i.e. to sound better. The Greeks dislike a short open -1 at the end of a word when followed by another word beginning with a vowel. The same is true, you will find later, of -¢ in the verb 3rd person singular. Sentence 2. Bpayus, a 3rd declension adjective. See ‘ brachycephalic’. The Latin ‘ Ars longa, vita brevis’ is well-known. Sentence 3. ypnotos, good, useful. What is ‘ chresto- mathy'? When the Romans first heard the name of Christ they did not understand its meaning (the Anointed One); they thought the name must be Chrestus, ie. the Useful, aname that might well be given to slaves. Sentence 4. Poetry and late Gk. frequently omit the article with abstract nouns. todd’ for jToAAa. When a vowel at the end of one word is followed by a vowel at the beginning of the next, in certain cases it is dropped, and an apostrophe is substituted. The vowel is then said to be ‘elided’, Elision of a and e is frequent, especially in poetry.62 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK 5. 6 Be05 dyarn éotiy, Kar 6 peveov (he that remains) év tH &yatrn pever év too Beco, Kor 6 Geos év atte (him). 6. Oncaupos tot Tov KaKeOV KaKN yuVT). 7. evScipovia cot Evepyeia THS WuXTs Kat” dpeThy év top TeAeio Bicd.—Aristotle’s Ethics, 8. icov éotiw dpyt) Kan GaAacon Kat yuvn. Proper Names Many English proper names are derived from Greek words of the 1st and 2nd declensions, e.g. :— Name. From, Meaning. Margaret = papyaprtys a pearl Eunice ev (well) vixn (victory) Dorothy Sepov (gift) Gov (of God) Phoebe PoiPy (bright) the moon Christopher Xptotos (Christ) pepo (I carry) Can you discover the meanings of :— Agatha, Zoe, Daphne, Cora, Irene, Iris, Penelope, Philip, and Timothy—by looking in an English dictionary ? Sentence 5. yarn. See the word ‘Agape’ in the dictionary, which is used of a ‘ love-feast’ of the Earh Christians, at which contributions for the poor were col- lected, and also of ‘ Love’, as in I Corinthians xiii. Sentence 6. For the word yuvn see ‘ gynecology’, * misogyny ’. Sentence 7. evSapovia, the state of having a good spirit (demon) in you, and so ‘happiness’. Kar’ dpetny, * ac- cording to right functioning’. There is no exact equal of épetn in English. ‘Fitness for purpose’ comes nearest to its meaning. The dpetn of a soldier is ‘ bravery’. The dpetn of a knife is‘ sharpness’. TeAe1os, complete. Sentence 8. The neuter ending of adjective may surprise ‘ou, but the adjective is here being used almost as a noun, ie. an equal thing’. épyy = in anger.Vil, THE FIRST DECLENSION 63 The Story of the Archbishop Fill in the missing English words, as in the Exercise in Chapter V. ‘O * APXIETIZKOMTOZ To illustrate first declension nouns. (Some of the Greek words below would be in other cases if the whole was in Greek.) Tt was the fault tov dpylemioxotov. If he hadn’t started running a c..... , of trades would never have developed a powia for yeopetpia? 4 Aagvn was listening to a BiatpiBn tw O Dives 6 tointns was delivering at a late dpa repr fotopias, in the course of which he said that 6 doyiettioxotros éotiv Spoiotepos (comp.) unxavy 4 (than) dvOportre ExxAnoiaotiKe. Of course Tewpyos 6 Tupavvos, és tv vuv (now) paAAov (more) Seotrotns than ever, and becoming something of a k..... m....c, added his remarks Tept Ths tpayabdias.? He said that 6 d&pyxter- I. yeopetpia, Lit.: ‘earth measuring’ (yn = earth, petpery = to measure). At the entrance to Plato’s Academy was written up, pndes ScyecopeTpNTOS tloite, ‘let none who cannot do geometry enter’ 2. TporyepSia, Keopepdic, ‘The derivation of both these words is uncertain. tTpxyos eans‘a goat’. If tpayebia originally meant ‘ goat-song ’, it may be because at early tragedies a goat was the prize, or because the actors dressed in goat skins. poe means ‘ revel’. ” * village ’. Aristotle. prefers the ‘ village-song ’ theory.64 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK oxotros had c..... c trouble through bringing n......1 expressions into his sermons in the Corecess 1. There had been an awful oxnvn one Sunday, when, forgetting his usual p... of manner, he had produced a Avpe and discoursed on it in a very t........* way; and even then, he made no émodoyia for his lapse, He then quarrelled with the trointns, 6s hv somewhat of an a...... , and had written quite a dyaOnv o&nv epi Siortns which really wasn’t in his s..... at all. This Kcop@Sia fv too much for Aapvn, 4 being e....... 1 Kell Oe. »x had an iS« koi married a c....¢ gidogogiag and finally took to h...... and Ean eere yell GOAN TNS athlete. émioxottos one who watches Birra way of life, (oxotros) over Seotrotns a despot. (ém1), so over- Sofa opinion. seer (Eng. de- KodeBpct seat. tiv, ‘ bishop '). xexpBtcx heart. BierpiBry a ane ey va of time). Pree # thiet bxkAnata seesmnly) (of KAWIKOS {ts do with beds. Athens). The fers decider, judge. Christians KQITIKOS able to discern. took over the Hepa Hey, word for ignuepos [living but a day. ‘ church’. 3. Texvn. ‘Craftsmanship’, the skill or ‘art’ of making anything from a pot toa poem. Art with a capital‘ A’ has no equivalent in Greek. 4. THAEpeavia, A modern Greek word, derived from the ancient ThA = far off. gwvn = voice. So ‘a voice from afar’.lotopia povic VOUTNS VOUTIKOS odor Spbos Vil. THE FIRST DECLENSION 65 learning by en- quiry (‘ his- tory’ to the Gks. means ‘ finding out’ things). madness, a sailor. to do with a sailor. rather, here = “more of a’. straight, correct. Trept preposition “about ’ (takes gen). mission, escort, ‘pomp. wisdom, a ball, globe. craftsmanship, skill, art. adv. far off. health, voice. ode.CHAPTER VIII THE VERB—PRESENT AND FUTURE Just as nouns and adjectives in Greek alter their endings to express cases (although in English we do not now do this to any great extent, but put “of’, “by’, ‘to’, etc., in front of a word), so the Greeks alter the ends of the words that express actions (called verbs) when they denote who does anything, or when anyone does it. Sometimes we do this in English—e.g, we say “I dance’, “ you dance ”’, “they dance”, but we do not say “he dance’’. Nevertheless, there is not much differ- ence in the endings in English, and ‘ dance’ would remain exactly the same whether ‘I’, ‘ you’, ‘ we’, or ‘they’ preceded it. This is not so in Greek. Each person, ist, 2nd, or 3rd, singular and plural, in the present and future, at any rate, has an entirely distinct ending. These endings speak so much for themselves that it is not necessary to have a pronoun in front of them, as in English. In English, the meaning of the word ‘dance’ would probably be incomplete until ‘I’ or ‘you’ had been put in front. In Greek, yopevw means ‘I dance’ because of the termination -«, It would be possible to say éyw yopeuw, but it is not necessary to use the pro- nouns, and, in fact, they are not used unless a special emphasis is intended, as if we were to say, “It is I who am dancing.” Look carefully at the endings of the following six words, which make up what is 66vill, THE VERB—PRESENT AND FUTURE 67 called the present tense of the verb in -w. Learn it thoroughly. Termination of— Sing. Ist person -« yopevea I dance. 2nd person -eis Xopevets you dance (referring to a single person ; we used to say “* thou dancest ”*.} 3rd person -et Xopever he (or she) dances, Plur, ist person -ovev Xopevopev we dance, 2nd person -eve XOpeveTe you dance (two more people). 3rd person -ovol(v) xopevouci(v) they dance, N.B.—v is added for euphony (ev, well; avn, voice; pleasant sound) if the following word begins with a vowel— e.g. xopevouaiv &Bpws, they dance delicately. The present tense in Greek describes action going on at the time of the speaker, and in English is equivalent to ‘I dance’, ‘I do dance’, or ‘I am dancing ’. You should now be able to read an actual Greek poem, or at any rate the first five lines of it. It is an ancient drinking song, and we do not know who wrote it. Look for the verb in the first two lines. *H yn peActivar ? srivei, 2 triver Se ® SevBpe" * awthv.5 * I. peAcva, ‘black’. It is the nominative feminine singular of an irregular adj., yeAcs, peAciva, pehav. Why are the Melanesian Islands in the S. Pacific so called ? 2. Tivo means‘ I drink’. So what does ‘ mrve’ mean? 3. S¢ means ‘ and’ or ‘ but’, whichever is appropriate. It must be second word in the sentence. If a vowel follows c68 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Tiver PoxAaooa Kpouvous, § 68 Atos Paraccav, tov & fAtov oeAnvn.” 18 por payeot,” ® éraipot, Korirreo 1° GeAovTi trivetv ; 12 If you would like to learn this poem by heart, you will find that the metre will help you. It is interesting to compare this song with Shelley's poem, “ The fountains mingle with the river,” and to notice his characteristically less bibulous ending. it, as in lines 4 and 5, it loses its final vowel, and an apos- trophe is put instead. This is called ‘ elision’. See lines 2 and 6 4. Loses an a by elision. In Attic Gk. the plural of SevSpov would be SevEpa. SevEpec is an Tonic and older form, 5. autos can be used in two ways. It can mean -self in all cases, ‘ myself’, ‘ himself’, etc., in accordance with the pronoun expressed or implied with which it is used (see line 6), or in the accusative, genitive, and dative, it can mean ‘ him, her, it, them, etc.’. Our word ‘it’ in English suggests a neuter gender, but in Gk. ‘it’ must be in the gender of the noun to which it refers; here‘ earth’, feminine. 6. Kpouvos, ‘ spring’. 7. What drinks (ie. takes the light from) the sun? 8. ‘‘ Why with me do you fight, comrades, when I too wish to drink?” (Lit, with me myself also wishing to drink). g. This is the 2nd person pl. of the Middle verb (see c. 14) paxoum in the present, ‘ you fight’, Io, Katte is what is called crasis (kpaois, ‘mixing’). The vowel of xai is mixed with the first syllable of att. When this happens, the smooth breathing is retained, although the word now starts with a kappa, 11. Notice the ending -etv, which is the form of the present infinitive.Vit. THE VERB—PRESENT AND FUTURE 69 NEUTER PLURAL SUBJECT AND SINGULAR VERB One thing should have puzzled you if you trans- lated the drinking song properly. Sevdpea is plural, ‘trees’, but tmvei is singular, Why not mivovoi? This is due to a very curious rule in Greek, If the subject is neuter plural, the verb is singular. This seems a very puzzling habit, hard to explain, easy to forget. The explanation may be something like this. Neuter plurals usually stand for things, and things in the plural are likely to be thought of as quantity or mass, like the Gadarene swine, and not as individuals, If the neuter plural subject does refer to people, the verb sometimes is plural. kakou yap dvbpos Bwp" Gvnaiv oti Exel. For the gifts (wpa) of a bad man do not bring (singular) blessing. FUTURE TENSE You have now had the whole of the present tense. If you can recognise the six personal endings of this tense, you should have no difficulty in recog- nising any of the future tense, as the terminations are the same, with merely the insertion of the letter o between the stem (e.g. yopev-) and the termina- tion (-w -es -e1, etc.). Thus yopevosig; means * Will you dance? ’ (; is the Greek form of a question mark) and yopevoopev = ‘ We will dance’.70 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK If the stem of the verb ends in a short vowel, as in troie-co, ‘I do’ or ‘make’, tipa-o, ‘I honour’, Av-w, ‘T loose’, it is replaced by the corresponding longer vowel in the future, n being considered a longer form of both « and ¢, €.g. TroIn-cw TIpN-cw, AU-co. If the stem ends in a consonant, the effect of adding go will necessarily change the consonant :— v,77,8,9 +o = y, eg. KAeTrTO, fut. KAEWoo, ‘steal’. KY, X +o = §, eg. tpatto, fut. mpage, ‘do’ (stem mrpay-). 8orzg+oa = oo, eg. teiGw, fut. treicc, ‘ persuade’. Here is the Septuagint Version of the 20th chapter of Exodus, containing the Ten Commandments. You are probably familiar with the English already. So much the better. It will enable you to see the parts of some of the tenses you have already learned in action. You will also get a foretaste of some you have not yet learned. In particular, notice the and person of the future indicative in verbs with vowel stems and consonantal stems. Note.—The Septuagint is the name given to a translation from Hebrew into Greek of the Old Testament and the Apocrypha. The translation of the first five books at least was made, according to tradition, for Ptolemy Philadelphus in the third century B.c. by seventy Jews on the island of Pharos. Hence came the name, Septuaginta, being Latin for 70; it is often referred to as LXX. There are other traditions, one being that the work was completed in seventy days, another that each translator was kept in solitary confinement while the work was in progress, but that upon emerging the translators all produced versions that wereCl Me cn Vill, THE VERB—PRESENT AND FUTURE 7. word for word identical! One or two very unimportant changes have been made here for the sake of clarity. Exodus XX. 2. 2. * Eyoo elu Kupios ! 6 Geos cou? doris ® Enyayou (led) oe* & yns Alyutrrou, & olxou SouAcias. 3. OvK éoovtar® cor! Geor Etepor TANY éuou 5. 4. OU Troinoels cecUTa® eiScoAov, OUGe? TravTos 8 Sporwpa,® édoa0 19 ey to ovjpave!! dv, @ Kor don é&v TH yn Koto, Kal doa év Tos USaciv (waters) trroxaros TNS y75. 5. OU trpockuvngels ® cuToIs, OFS AcTpEUCEIs M4 atrois) Eyoo yap elu Kupios 6 Oeos cou, Osos 1. Kupios. Catholics will recognise the vocative of this word in the Kyrie Eleison. The ‘ Kupioxn olka’, ‘ the Lord’s House’, survives more obviously in the Scot. ‘kirk’ than in the Eng. ‘church’. K. before modern Gk. names is an abbreviation for Kupios, equivalent to ‘Mr.’. 2. édo0m5, an emphatic form of 65, see lesson 5. 3. éoovtai, 3rd person plural of the future of elu. 4. cot, dative of ov, which goes N. ou, Acc. az, Gen. cou, D. aon. This dative indicates possession—e.g. olkia fot: got, lit. “a house is to you *, which is another way of saying, “‘ You have a house”. 5. éyou, gen. of éyw, which goes thus, N. bya, A. (pe, G. (é)uou, D. (8)po1. Any (6) is elves followed by gen. 6. ce + attov became one word, with the gen. cscutou, dat. cecutg. 7. oF + Se = ove. 8. travTos here means ‘of anything’. Lit. ‘of everything’. The former meaning occurs several times in this passage, but it is late Gk., and would not be allowed in Classical Gk., which in a case like this regularly uses a double negative, and says “of nothing’, o&evos. 9. duoimpa, the noun from dpotos (c. 5). 10. doa, n. pl. ‘as many things as’. Supply éott are). Why not elo? 11. What planet was named the old god who symbolised ‘Heaven’, ovpavos? 12. cv, karte, adverbs from the prepositions éva, kata (up, down), meaning ‘above, below’. The form trroxato, ‘ underneath ’, is rare. 13. Tpockvves, ‘bow down’, ‘make obeisance’. 14. harpeve, ‘worship’. Idolatry has become corrupted through the French. It should have been Idololatry = elBwAov + Reerpeveo. 2 a “on SST:72 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK gndootns, 15 daroBiSous = (referring) — &uaptiag 16 mratepov?? tm texva,™® gg (until) tpitns Kon TeTapThs yevens*? tois picoucl*! (for those hating) HE. = 6. Kon troicy Agog” els yiAraxBars ? Tos dryortreoct 4 BE KO TOIS PUAGCOOVEL ** Ta TrpOOTeryYaTa 28 pou, 7. OU Anwyer®? (and pers. sing. fut. middle AcuPavesa—take: see c. 14) TO dvopa Kupiou Tou Oeou cou ém para?’ of yap Kafapier 28 Kupios 6 Oeos cou Tov AapBavovta?! To dévopa avTou Em porate. 15. 3nAwtns, ‘ jealous’, is derived from gnAos, ‘ rivalry’, ‘zealous’. 16. dyaptia, ‘a miss’, ‘error’, ‘sin’. 17. Trorzpwov, gen. pl. of motnp. See first word of your Pronunciation Exercise. 18. texvov, ‘child’. Caesar did not say, ‘‘ Et tu, Brute” when he was murdered. He spoke in Gk., as many cultured Romans often did, and said to Brutus, ‘‘ kot ov, texvov”’ (‘‘ You too, son!”)}. 20. For Tpitos, Tetaptos, see Numerals. yevea, ‘generation’; cf genealogy, a study of the family. 21. The article and the participle, 6 piowv, means ‘The man hating’, ie. ‘He who hates’, or, in the plural, ‘Those who hate’. This con- struction is very common in Gk. It occurs twice in the next verse. For the meaning cf. miso-gynist, piow-yuvn, ‘woman-hater’. 22. This is the noun (mercy), which is to be seen in the verb Eleison of the Kyrie Eleison. It is close to the Gk. word fAenpoown, which became shortened in Eng. to ‘alms’ (a singular word). 23. xiMia8es, ‘ thou- sands’. 24. "Ayorract. You have seen the noun before (c. 7). The verb has an o in the stem, and in the dat. pl. of the participle might have been éyata-ovai, like picovei and 9uAcocovai, but the vowels run together to form -w. 25. puAacooun, ‘guard’. The Ere E NS middle ‘ guard yourself!’ was used in the second sentence of c. 4. 26. Tpooteypora, ‘commands’. 27. yaraios, ‘vain’, useless’. ém potoiw, ‘for a vain (purpose) ’. 28. xa@apie, ‘ will make xa®apos’ (c. 5), ‘ unstained with guilt’. This verb is future, although it has no ‘eo’. Though other verbs whose stem ends in 3 have o in the future, all verbs ending in -13@ have the following endings in the future: -10, -1215, “121, -IOUPEV, -1eITe, -10UCT. oraVill. THE VERB—PRESENT AND FUTURE 73 8, Mynofnt: (remember) tov ‘fepav Tov ouPBorroov, *9 &yiageiv 8 orqy. 9. ‘EES! Auepas epyace®® (middle) koi troimoeis TravTa Ta Epya cou 10. Ty Se queog Th EBBoun ™, caBBata Kupico To Qe cour oF Troinosis év abtTy Tav® épyov, ov Kad vlog cou, Kor #) Suyatnp *4 cou, 6 tTrats3® cou, Kon 1 TraiSiokrn cou, 6 Bous #8 gou Kat To Umroguyiov 3? gou, kal Trav KtTnvos?® cou, Kat & tpoonAuTns?? 6 TrapoiKeoy 24 Ey cot rr, "Ev yap &€%! #uepois Erornoe (made) Kuptos Tov OUpavoy KaL THY yn KAI THY Ootkacoay Ken TravTa ta év avrois, Kal KorreTTauce (paused, rested *) Th fwepa TH EBSouN’ Sia TouTo #9 eWAoynae 4! Kupios Thy Fuepav trv EBSounv Kor fyiacev (made holy) atv. 29. ZePBora, The word is usually pluralinGk. In Hebrew it means ‘rest’. 30. éytos, ‘holy’. Look up Hagiology. é&yiaqe, ‘to make holy’; notice the Infinitive ending in -ev. 31.8€. See Numerals. Extent of time over which something happens is shown by the accusative case in Gk. 32. Epyacet. Doone’sipya. Be careful of this 2nd pers. fut. mid.—it looks like 3rd sing. fut. active (see c. 14). 33. See Numerals— how often does the French journal ‘ Hebdomadaire’ ap- pear? 34. Ovyatnp. Ger. tochter, Scot. dochter, Eng. daughter. 35. Tals, means a servant in the house, as well as a ‘boy’. We sometimes refer to natives as ‘ boys’. The next noun is its feminine counterpart. 36. Bous. The digamma reappears in the Lat. bos, bovis. Cf. Eng. ‘bovine’. 37. tiroquyiov Uo, ‘under’, and 3uyov, ‘yoke’ =a beast of burden. 38. Ktnvos, neuter, ‘ possession ’, nearly always of cattle. 39. mpoonAutns, lit. one who comes to you. Look up ‘proselyte’. He has his house alongside in your land. 40. 810 tovTo, lit. ‘ on account of this’, ie, therefore. 41. eWAoynoe, eulogy is a ‘ speaking well of someone ’—"' blessed ’. Peale gy pate * This Intransitive meaning to an Active form is late Gk.; in Classical Gk. it would more likely be Middle (see c. 14).74 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK 12. Tia (imperative) Tov tatepa cou Kon Thy untepx cou iva (in order that) ev oo. yevnTot (subjunctive, see c. 28: it may become, or be) xo iva poxpoypovios 4 yevn (2nd pers. yevnrat) ém THs yrs ths &yaOns tv Kupios 6 Geos cou Si5e01 (gives) ool. 13. Ow poryeugers. 14. OW KAewers. 15. Ov poveuvaers. 45 16. OU wevBouaptupnoeis *® kata 4? tou 4® TANcIov gov papTtupiay 8 weuSr (acc. fern.). : 17. OvK émBuynoeis 4” THY yuvaika Tou TANGIOV cou, otk émbuunoeis thy Cikiav TOU TANoIOV GoU, ote Tov é&ypov © atrtou, oltre Tov tra1Sa ovrou, olrre thy toaibioxny autou, ote Tov Bouv atTou, ote To Urroguyiov atrrou, oUTe Tray KTTVOS awTOU, ole doa Te TANGLOV cou Eotiv, Exercise Translate into English :— I. of BapBapo: Aatpevovcl Ti elBwrq. 2. 6 *Aydapeuvenv ou GeAe1 oveuvelvy TO Tekvov. 3. Ta 42. The imperative is used when one gives a command —‘honour’. 43. You have had both paxpos and ypovos before. This adjective is a combination of both. 44. oryevasis, ‘commit adultery’. 45. poveugets, “shed blood’ —i.e.‘do murder’. 46. weuv8ouaptupnoes. See Eng. words beginning pseudo-. You have had paptus (c. 3). What does this mean? (For wevSn, see c. 12.) 47. Kora, ‘against ’. The prepositions have many meanings, and need very care- ful learning (see c. 22). 48. 6 TAngioy, lit. ‘the one near’ —i.e. neighbour. Anoiov is an adverb, and therefore does not change its ending. 49. ém@uynceis. Oupos, ‘heart’, ‘soul’—ém, ‘on’, ‘to set one’s heart on’, ‘covet’. 50 &ypos, Lat, ager—cf. ‘ agriculture—tilling of the field *. 7 ko. - AeVII, THE VERB—PRESENT AND FUTURE 75 Urroguyia Tivel Tov Kpouvov. 4. TL OU yopeuETe, @ éraipor; 5. puAacoouev Ta SevBpa ev Tors cypors. 6. ov KAeweis TO BiBAlov pou. 7. OU TpockUVTGOUEV Te fri, © BapBapor. 8. &Bpas yopeucoucw al yuvaukes Trep1 to SevSpov. 9. OTraTHp ov TIpNoE Ta Tekva, Ta Se Tekva pPlOT}OEL TOV Trorepa. 10. ov tpate to épyov ty EBSoun fpepa. II. Tig Teioet Tov TOINTHY KAeTTEIV TO Tou ETaIpou cyatov évopa; 12. tTravtes (all) Tomnsete to Tou oTpaTnyou Epyov, 13. 6 OTPATTYOS TivEl TOV TeV OTPATIOTEV oivov. 14. govevovoiv of dvOpcrror Ta troguyia. I5. Teigouey THY traiSicKknvy Toiiv TO épyov. 16, éyoba fot Ta Tou Kupiou épya. 17. TH &Pdonun fuepa, © BapBapor, KAgyer 6 Kupios Thy ceAnvnv. 18. ouTos Avow TO throguylov. 19. SeAovev Yopeuelv Tovtes év KUKAG. §=20,. TUTTTEl TA TEKVa TY KOpNy. KEY 1. The barbarians serve the idol. 2. Agamemnon does not wish to slay the child. 3. The beasts of burden are drinking the stream. 4. Why do you not dance, comrades? 5. We guard the trees in the fields. 6. You shall not steal my book. 7. We shall not bow down to the sun, barbarians. 8. The women will dance delicately round the tree. 9. The father will not honour the children, and the children will hate the father. ro. I shall not do the task on the seventh day. 11. Who will persuade the poet to steal the good name of the (ie. his) comrade? iz. You will all do the general’s task. 13. The general is drinking the soldiers’ wine. 14. The men are slaying the beasts. 15. We shall persuade the maid to do the task. 16. Good are the works of the Lord, 17. On the seventh day, barbarians, the Lord will steal the moon. 18. I myself shall loose the beast. 19. We all wish to dance in a ring. 20. The children are striking the girl.CHAPTER 1X THIRD DECLENSION. CONSONANT STEM Tue 3rd declension is a portmanteau one, and includes all nouns not belonging to the rst and 2nd. It is consequently a large one, and far commoner in Greek than either of the first two. One standard Greek Grammar (Abbott and Mansfield) gives no fewer than forty-five different forms, another (Rutherford) sixty, and if you wanted to write Greek correctly or get full marks on a senseless grammar paper, you would have to know all these, including the declension of the Greek words for ‘mustard ’, ‘fore-arm’, and ‘liver’! But if you want to read Greek, all that matters is that you recognise a 3rd declension word when you see it in all the cases, and be able to find the word in a dictionary if you do not know its meaning. The first of these two things is comparatively simple, since as far as the termination of the cases goes, the many apparent forms can be reduced to two main types :— x. So-called Consonantal stems (this chapter will deal only with these). 2. Vowel or Diphthong stems. But because the 3rd declension has so many variations for the termination of the nominative singular, and dictionaries list words by the nomin- ative singular and not by the stem, therefore a 76IX. THIRD DECLENSION. CONSONANT STEM 977 nodding acquaintance at least must be made with the commonest of the forms, in the nominative, if you want to acquire any facility in reading Greek. 1. THE CONSONANTAL STEMS These can be reduced to five masculine and feminine types and one neuter, though each type in all cases, except the nominative singular, ends in the same letter (or letters), thus :— Masc. or Fem. | Neuter. Masc. or Fem. Neuter, Nouns. Sing. Plur, Nom. many Nom. stem. + es “HOTS forms “pa Acc, » #oOs -pota Acc. stem + a | -pa Gen, » + ev | -patev Gen. ,, + 05 | -porTos Dat. » # an(v)} -paor(v) Dat. , +1 How to Find the Stem.—The stem is that part of the word to which the case-endings are added. It cannot always be found from the nominative singu- lar, but it can by dropping the -os of the genitive. E.g. tAmis, ‘ hope ’—genitive tAmBos._.*. stem éAT15-; xpnua, ‘thing’ —genitive ypnuctos. .. ypruart-. How to Find the Nominative Singular Nominative. The numerous forms are best learnt by practice, but it is sometimes formed by adding ‘5’ to the stem after dropping the conso- nant—e.g. 2Ams—and sometimes by adding ‘5’ and making the necessary euphonic changes—78 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK e.g. stem yuTt-: nom. yuy (for yurts), ‘ vulture ’, » pacB-: ,, paAey (for pAeBs), ‘ vein’ (phlebitis). » wuKt-: ,, vué (for vuxts), ‘ night’. Masculine and feminine stems in v, p and 5 lengthen the final vowel of the stem if it is short, but keep it if it is long. e.g. stem Saiyov-: nom. Soryeov—' divinity ’ (demon), gen. Baipovos. stem Mpev-: nom. Mpnv—‘ harbour’, gen. Aipevos. but stem Asipov-: nom. Acipeov—' meadow’, gen. AElpooves, stem Onp-: nom. Onp-—' beast ’, gen. Onpos. Dative Plural. N.B.—When -oi is added to the stem, euphonic change must frequently be made thus :— Amis: éAmmioi(v) instead of éAm8-o1(v). yoy: yuyr(y). vu&: vubi(v). We can now take examples of the five commonest Consonantal (M. & F.) types. 1. Stem in -vt, Aeoov, ‘lion ’ (leonine), Sing. Plur. AEOOV AgovTes AcovTat AcovTas AgovTos AfOVTOOV AcOvTt Acovei (note this carefully— euphonic change for Acovt-o1). OOP ZAIX. THIRD DECLENSION. CONSONANT STEM 79 Similarly, | Gen. sing. | Dat. plur.| Eng. Eng. Deriv. yepoust old man | gerontocratic Spoxover | snake dragon thepaor elephant | elephantine ytyac giant gigantic yepavros Bpaxortos Ehepavtos yiyavros N.B.—In the following examples practise declin- ing aloud the words, and try to discover for yourself the English derivative. In each of the five types, nouns that you have already met are placed first. Incidentally in Chapter III, out of fifty-one words thirty-eight are 3rd declension—which all goes to show how common this declension is ! 2. Stems in Gutturals (-y, -«, -x). Gen, sing.|Dat. plur.| Eng. Deriv. 2 grok paoy- gaoyos gao€r flame phlox ; goray€ | pahayy- | poayyos | gakayfi | phalanx = et; hapuy ey Aapuyy- | Acpuyyos | Aapuyé | larynx a + ouptyy- | ouptyyos | oupty& pipe syringe & aerepug =| Trrepuy- | trepuyos | qrrepue: wing pterodactyl we alg aly- alyos alt goat _ - KAIOE KAlpox- | KAipoKos: wAwogt ladder | climax ene évfpax- | dvopaxos | dvipafi [ashes |anthracite s apf aupK- oxpKos flesh sarcophagus pvaa§ = | puAax- | puAaKas gvaagi guard | prophylactic ~ KX df wy: SVU KOS: ori nail onyx 3. Stems in Dentals (-5, -t,-0). N.B.—A few nouns ending in -is make the accusative singular in -1v.go TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Bur Ace. Gen. Dat. - ' Nom, | Stem. sing sing. plur. Eng. Deriv. ®ms Bam5- Amba =| tAmriBos | EAma | hope -- coms gomi6- | domiba | dowibos | Gomioi | shicld | aspidistra Trans Tras- Teaba mrSes =| trator child or | peda- boy gogue “EAAos | ‘EAAGB- | ‘EAABa | “EAAaG0s/ — | Greece | Helladic Aautas | Acprrab- | Aapraba | Aaprabes| Aqunac| torch lamp Epos tpwt- pct Epwtos | tpwor | love erotic yehos | yehot- | yekorta | yehwtos — | laughter _ Tous Tob- Toba woos rod foot octopus, —_— chiropodist. 4. Stems ending in p. Most lengthen the final vowel to form the nom. A few are irregular in the cases underlined, though the longer forms (terrepos, dvepos * etc.) are sometimes found in poetry. Gen. oa plur. Eng. Deriv, anp depo epos | dep — |air { aeoplane alinp algepar al@epos | aiGepr _ upper | ether, air ethereal xeIp ‘xeIpa ‘XEIPOS XeIpL XEpAT hand chiro- — (poet.) podist XEpa ‘XEPOS. ‘EPL rermp morepa | matpos* | morpt |wetpan | father | patriarch unre tntepa =| untpos =| TPL | NTpat mother | metro- Tf polis uyomp | Guyecrepa | Buyatpos | Guyarpl | Guyotpaot |daughter _ yeomp | yaotepa | yaotpos | yaotpr | as stomach| gastritis but dvnp omits ¢ throughout, and inserts 6, thus :— evBpa evBpos * | dvGpr evSpaci man philander aoe dotepa | cetepos | Gotepl | dotpac star aster fp.tap(n.)) fp fipos fpr = spring = 8np Onpa npOS ‘Onpt Onpat beast _ Kpam™mp Kpatnpa | Kpetnpos| Kpcrmnpr | Kpotnpa: | bowl crater , pyrex, ap (0.) | mp TUpOS Tp _ ire pyro- technics Antopes | Antop: | Antopa thetoric1X. THIRD DECLENSION. CONSONANT STEM 8&1 Translate :-— I. of psv dvOpcrtroi Eyouc yeipas Kou oBas, of Se Opes Lovey Trodas. 2. To1s pev Soviciy slot repuyes, To Se AcovTi ov. 3. af Aqptadses Acptrovei év tas Tov “EAAnvov XEpolv. 4. of dvBpes Eheubepouct Tas yuvaikas Kon TOUS TroBas éx Tov Tou TupOs PACyoov. 5. Tx Tou yepovtos Supora gAaptre TOAAT EA 61. 6. Buo (two) d&vOpetro: Texpexuyay (looked out) && Seouatnpiov (prison) 6 pev cis trrAov éBAepe (looked), 6 6 dotepas. KEY 1. Men have hands and feet, but wild beasts only feet. 2. Birds have wings (lit. to birds there are wings), but the lion has not, 3. The torches shine in the hands of the Greeks, 4. The men free the women and children from the flames of the fire, 5. The old man’s eyes were shining with much hope. 6. Two men looked out from a prison; one saw mud, the other stars. Passages from Greek Literature I. oW TravTos dvEpos els Kopivoov éo8” 6 trAous. 2. “EAAnwes cet modes, yepov Se “EAAnv otx totiv. Plato. 3. Sis tonbes of yepovTes. 4. epavte &k pias trotel. 1. Proverb. ‘ Non cuivis homini contingit adire Corin- thum’—‘ We can’t all go to New York.’ tot: with gen. often means, ‘ it is the characteristic, duty, fate, etc., of "—as if that ‘ belongs to him ’. 2. Said by an Egyptian priest to Solon. Keats understood this quality of the Greeks—‘ for ever panting and for ever young ’. . 3. Sc. elo. How can you tell which word is the subject ? 4. Proverb. Cf. our ‘he makes a mountain out of a molehill ’.82 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK . GAN eign unter TroiBes éyKupan Biov.—Soph. . Svopov émigaveay Traca yn Tapos.—Thuc. . KL YAP KEPOS XEID Ka TIOBOS Trous évBens. & TraBes “EAAnvoov ite, ehevBepouTe tratpi5’, EAeuOepouTe Se Trades, yuvoukas, Seoov Te Trorrpescov Ebpars, Onkas Se Tpoyovey vuv UTrep TravTov dyoov. ‘Esch, g. @ BapBap’ éeupovtes ‘EAAnves xaKa.—Eur. co tn Epigrams On a Boy of Twelve 10. AcSexetyn Tov Taide trate érreOyKe DiArtrtros évOaSe Thy TOAANY EATIBa, NikoteAny. Callimachus. 6, From the famous Funeral Oration of Pericles. These words are inscribed over the War Memorial in front of the Palace in Athens. Sc. tom, as frequently. 8. The war-cry of the Gk. sailors at the battle of Salamis (from the play celebrating the victory—the ‘ Persians’ of ischylus). vuv tmep tavtav cya, ‘ the fight now is for your all’, Metaxas, the Prime Minister of Greece, quoted these words in his proclamation to the Gk. people in Oct., 1940, when Italy invaded Greece, and Greece refused to givein. yuvaikas, C. 7, ¢. 13. g. é€eupovtes, aor. part. from éfeupiokw—find out, devise. A line from ‘The Trojan Women’, by Euripides, to-12. Three ‘ Epigrams’, the first by Callimachus (an epitaph on a boy of twelve), the next two by Plato. They come from a collection of over 6000 short elegiac poems, known as the Palatine Anthology, because it was discovered in the Palatine Library at Heidelberg by a young scholar of nineteen in 1606, Over 300 writers are included, ranging from about 700 B,c, to A.D, goo. The collection consists of epitaphs, dedications, love-poems, reflections on life and death and other subjects—thus giving us a glimpse into the Gk. mind through seventeen centuries, The word‘ epigram’ is misleading. In Gk., trrypoyua means only a ‘thing written—on (something)’, and has none of the strainingIX. THIRD DECLENSION. CONSONANT STEM 83 Star-gazing 11, *Aatepas eloadpeis, “Aotnp suos* el@e yevoruny OUpavos, Gas TOAAGIS Gupaolv els oe BAeTToo. Plato. Aster 12. *Aotnp mpww ev tAaprtres Evi gepotciv "Eqos vuv Ge Oavoov Aaptreis “Eotrepos év pOipevois, Plato. after cleverness, sting-in-the-tail aim of Eng. epigrams. These three little gems are good examples of the directness and simple charm of the Gk. which is so difficult to reproduce in Eng. When you have puzzled them out, you might like to pompate the well-known renderings by Shelley of the two from Plato with a more literal translation. rr, ‘‘ Sweet child, thou star of love and beauty bright, Alone thou lookest on the midnight skies; Oh, that my spirit were yon heaven of light, To gaze upon thee with a thousand eyes.” —SHELLEY. This is at least twice as long as the Gk., which contains, for instance, nothing of ‘love and beauty bright’. 5S. misses the play upon the words in Gk., &orepas, dotnp, and his last two lines have less simplicity and restraint. ’Aotnp is a boy’s name, as well as meaning ‘astar’. ‘Stella’ is perhaps the nearest Eng. equivalent. Try to make your own trans- lation. Criticise the following attempt :— “ Gazing at stars, my Stella? Might I be The sky with many eyes tu gaze on thee.” —F. K. S. 12. ‘ Thou wert the morning star among the living, Ere thy fair light had fled; Now having died thou art as Hesperus giving New splendour to the dead.""—SuEttey. S. misses tAqutres, Acutress, ‘ fair light ’, ‘new splendour’, not inthe Gk. Try to improve on— “ Aster, once our Morning Star, ‘What light on men you shed ; Now having died, an Evening Star You shine among the dead.”—F. K. S.84 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK VOCABULARY TtAous, voyage. “EXAnv, a Greek (v. c. 10). Gat, adv. always. Sis, twice. pure, -as, fly. &, prep. with gen., out of (written && before vowel). eykupa, -os, anchor. émpavns, adj. appearing manifest, conspicuous (epiphany), famous. 2vBens, adj. (with gen.) lack- ing, in need (of). ite, go (ye), imper. of ely (ibo). fAcutepoute, free (ye). tatprs, -150s, country. Trarrpq@os, paternal, ancestral. t5pa, -as, seat, so (of the gods) temples. Onxn, -75, chest, tomb. TPOYOVOS, -ou, ancestor (born before). vuv, adv., now. wep, prep. with gen. ‘on behalf of’. éyov, contest, c. Lo. Saodexetns, twelve years old (why the Dodecanese ?). évOa&e, adv., here. éomeOnxe, laid by (v. c. 16). TOAAnY, acc. fem. sing. of ToAus, much, Here = great. elocOpec, I gaze on. tyos, my. el6e yevorrny, would I were [ (elSe, a particle expressing a wish.) os, conj., that purpose), Supa, eye. Paetro, I see, look. Tp, adv. formerly. ev, particle pointing the way to a following 52, ‘On the one hand’ but better omitted in Eng. fAqutres, you were shining. Impf. tense (v. c. 11). Acute, I shine (lamp). év1, poet. for év. *Eqos, adj. of Dawn. érroOvnoxes (see c. 15). Baveov, having) died. | (both qOuevois, irregular dead. verbs). (expressing the JCHAPTER X THIRD DECLENSION NOUNS (continued) 5. Stems in Nasal v. There is a large number of nouns ending in v (mostly -nv or -wv) which are not declined like Aecov (see previous chapter), but thus :— Plur, Sing. Sing. Plur. N. Aumy (harbour) dapeves | pny (month, deriv. — pnves moon) Al Atmever Atpevers, Bra Bnvas G. Apevos Aipeveov | pnvos unvoov D. Awe Aiueot unve unot Like Any are declined— Like pnv— Meaning. Deriv, Meaning. Deriv. woinvy, shepherd (Philo- “EAAny, a Greek (Hellenic) poemen) gen, mind (phreno- Zepny, a Siren (siren) logy) Sing. Play. Sing. Plur. N. 2ewev (meadow) —Aeiucoves | dnScov (nightingale) dnSoves A. Retpeover Aetpeovers | &nBova anSovag G. Aeeoves Aeipeoveov | anSovos dqdovev D, Aetpeov Aewaon | anSovr SnSo01 Like kapov are declined— Like anSov— Meaning. Deriv. Meaning. Deriv. contest exrav, crafts- (architect) ayou, {eae (agony) m man. t } yeuov, winter, xfor, earth (chthonian’ 8 jymov, general (hegemony) yar, tunic chiton) Scipev, divinity (demon) maw, gateway (pylon) shwv, image (iconoclast) ylav, snow 8586 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Can you now translate this lovely fragment of Sappho? Tpos cy yeAos ipepopaves dnjScov Ipepos, ‘yearning’. ipepopwvos adj. ‘ of lovely voice ’"—the voice of desire. 6. Neuter nouns with termination in -ya. There are hundreds of these—we had twelve in the early chapters. How many of them can you remember, and what does the ending -ya usually denote? (See c.3.) They all have stem -por- and decline like (to) xonuet, ‘ thing’ (in plur. often ‘ money ’). Sing. Plur. N.V.A. xpnua Xprwora G. xprporros XprMoroov D. ypryerrt XpnUaot Note that the final consonant of stem drops out before the termination -o1 of the dative plural. Here are some common examples with English derivatives. Cover up all but the first column, and try to discover their meanings. The first four you have had already. | M caning. Deriv, | Notes. Spopict S — eupa. _~ kymograph otiyHa _ — Soypa — - mpcryus | deed, matter, | pragmatic cveotpapn yap jovTa vy affair ra wpaypora.—Palladas, “All the world is now upside down.” writing grammar, telegram scheme, show mathematics | te patnuara, ‘ mathe- matics’. yeauna figure lesson, learn- ing oxnna wor yoX. THIRD DECLENSION NOUNS 87 Meaning. | Deriv. Notes, wmatnua | suffering sympathy Gk. proverb—renpera heénycra—experientia docet. sop body chromosome Xpean« | colour panchro- matic onuc sign, tomb semantics To caya onua, “the body is a tomb’, because it imprisons the spirit. voy name anonymous onomato- preia atviypo | riddle enigma xaona a yawning | chasm hollow pevyc stream, flow | rheum Tope moutb stomata alpa blood hzemorrhage and many medical mex | breath pneumatic terms. ‘Beppe skin dermatitis ompya | seed sperm Tepe | boundary | term 7. Neuter nouns with terminations in -os. Also a very common type, but must be carefully dis- tinguished from 2nd declension masculine nouns ending in -os. You have had the following six already. What do they mean? Tedos, Trados, yaos, Pafos, peyyos, Gepos, and 7905. They all decline like yepos, ‘ share’ or ‘ part’. Sing. Plur. N.V.A. pepos N.V.A. uepn (contracted G. pepous (contract- from pepe-c) ed from G. pepo (contract- Epe-os). ed from D. weper (contract- Mepe-cov). ed from D. pepeci. =1).88 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Learn this carefully by heart, and notice the dative plural. Similarly are declined :— Gen, sing. | N.& A, plur. Eng, (to) eres brous tty year. KepSos KepBous KepBn gain, Kheos ®xeq (irreg.) | glory. Agyos Aeyous aeyn bed. pevos Hevous might, strength. rexos | texous ran, city wall. OKEUOS oKeun, implement (pl. gear), And many other words with English derivatives, €.g.:— | Engl. Deriv. (10) cAyos grief, pain neuralgia antholo; awfos flower eer yaatis vos nation, ethnology race yevos family genealogy brros word epic ta im = epic poetry. ehos song melic Ta weAn = lyric poetry. Hos custom ‘ethics’ is derived from fos = moral character. Latin. mores. manos | crowd, plethora multitude elB05 form kaleidoscope Bapos | weight barometer eyes, pain ache eKog cure panacea cures all, pias hate misogyny Tratios suffering sympathy wev8os | falsehood | pseudonym Spe5 mountain | an Oread Kparros might, rule | democracy. KaAAos eauty + * abeves strength }\ calisthenicsX. THIRD DECLENSION NOUNS 89 Translate :-— I. Tavtov ypquerteov dvOpwTrog UeTpov EoTiv. 2. ) Eory€ elye! mpoactrov pev yuvenkos,? otnfos Se kor opav Acovtos,? Kea rrepuyas * dpvidas.® 3. HOW TO CATCH A CROCODILE (adapted from Herodotus) "Ev to NetAq xpoKxoSeiAo1 toda elo" of yap Alyutrtion ox &troxtelvouciv atrrous, fepous vowi- zovtes. Tou Se KpoKxoSeiAou f puois® got Torade.? Tous Tou yelvaovos Unvas 9 obier OUSev TiKTEl Se Ga tv Tm yq, Kol éxAetrel, Kol To ToAU THS TEpas ® SietpiBar gv TH yn, Thy & vuKta? Tacav ev Teo TroTope Sepyotepov 1! yap éoti To WSwp tou Te aidepos 19 Kai ths Bpocou. éyer Se & KpoKoBerhos Spbarpyous tos, ueyadous 14 Be S80vtTas Kata Aoyov 8 tou cupatos.1® yhoccav Se povov Gnpewv otk Eyer, oW5Se kivel THY KaTWO yvaboy.17 yer Se Ko dvuyas}® Kaptepous Kor Sepyca ! troyu. tupAov Se fv te USaTi, Ev Se Too depr 7? SEu BaAerres. kon of uev AAO Gpvides Ket Onpes pevyouaiy attov, 6 Se tpoythog elprvones otra oti’ 6 yap KpoKoSeiAos (Numbers refer to chapter and section.) 1, Impf. of éyw, ‘I have’, 2. v. 12. 5. 3.4 9% 4.¥V.9.2. 5.4. 9 3. 6. v. 13. fo a. GF ouch a ‘kind (referring to what follows). v. Correlatives. 8. v. 10, 5, acc. of duration of time, v. at I, 9. Large part of the day. 10. v.9.1. 11. Comparative of Oepyos, hotter. 12. Vv. 12. 5. 13. v. 9. 4, “ than the air’, v.19. 14. Acc. plur. of peyas, great. 15. In proportion to, lit. according to the reckoning of, v. 22 B. 16, v. 10.6. 17. The lower jaw (lit. the below jaw). Gk. uses an adv. in between the article and a noun as equivalent to an adj. 18. v. 9. 2. Ig. ¥. 10.6. 20. Vv. 9. 4.90 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK ov év Te Tota to ctopa?! zyer peotov PSeAAcov, ExBas 72 Be els 3 thy ynv éx Tou WSaTos, emer yaoKer évtauba & TpoyiAos cicSuvev sig TO cTONa attou KaTorriver Tas B&eAAas, 6 Se KpoKodSeiAog ov PAaTITEL QUTOV. Tov Lev KPOKOSEIACY crypon 4 elol TrOAAGL KON TravToin, TouTny™ Ge povny ypape. vaTov vos 6 OnpeuTns 26 BeAcager 2? ep. KyKioTpov, Kon Pimrrel eis wecov Toy Trotapyov,?® atrros?? Se éi* Tov yelAous Tou ToTapou éxoov®! by zany 2? tautny TuTTTEl. 6 Se KpoKoSe1Aos dkouver Thy povny Kor doce els atrny, tytuyxyaveny Se Ta vooTw KaTotiver: O Se OnpeuTs &\xer artov els THv yy. EvTouGa Se tpwtov THA TrAcTTe Tous SpFoiALOUS auto Tout Se Traingas * babies attov diroKTeivel. VOCABULARY éyxiotpov, a hook, Sietpipe, I spend. é&ypa, hunting. Bpocos, -ou, dew. Alyutrtios, -ov, an Egyptian. elpnvoios, adj. of peace, éxoue, I hear. peaceful (Irene), émroxteivo, I kill. eloSuves, I enter. ‘cow, dart orrush forward. &kAemrex, I hatch. Acre, I hurt. tax, I drag, BBeAAg, -n5s, leech. tvrau6a, then. ypeepe, I write. tvtuyxaveo, I meet (dat.). 21. V.10.6. 22. éxBas, aor. partic. of Baie, ‘ getting out’. 23. els, prep. (with acc.) ‘into’,‘on to’. 24. &ypa, here = ways ofcatching. 25. tavTnv,sc.c&ypav. toviyvisacc. fem. sing. of the demonstrative adj. otros, ‘this’, v. 24. 26. @npeuTns, the man who hunts 6npes—i.e. a ‘hunter’. 27. SeAcap is a bait. ... SeAcazeo = ‘ use as a bait’. 28. Gk. says, ‘ middle the river’; we say ‘ middle of the river’. 29. onrtos, ‘he himself’, v. prons. 24. 30. &m with the gen. means ‘on’, v. preps. 22 D. 31. éxov, pres. partic. ‘ hav- ing’. 32. Adj., ‘alive’, ‘living’. 33. tomeas, aor. partic. of To1a—' having done’.X. THIRD DECLENSION NOUNS 91 émita, adv. next, there- upon. Laden, I eat katamive, I drink down, or swallow. kaptepos, adj. strong. kivew, I move. KpoKoBe1Aos, -ou, crocodile. heotos, adj. full (gen.). LETpOV, -ov, measure. NetAos, -ou, River Nile. vourze, I think. yootov, -ou, back, chine. dS0us, d5ovTos, tooth. ofus, d€eia, dfu, adj. sharp, keen. Spvis, -1Gos, bird. owed, -as, tail. ovdes, otSepia, ovBev, no one, no’ - ouée, nor. Travtoios, adj. of all sorts. TaXUs, Woyert, wWoyxu, adj. thick. TAOS, -ou, mud, Thott, I mould (plastic), smear. padicos, easily, adv. éitrte, I throw, o7nos, -ous, breast (stetho- scope). ait, I bring forth. TPOKIACS, sand-piper or wag- tail. tughos, adj. blind. us, tos, pig (another form of aus}, ace. is Uv. geuvyw, I flee from (acc.), yaokeo, I gape. EIAs, -ovs, lip.CHAPTER XI THE VERB; IST AND 2ND AORIST AND IMPERFECT ACTIVE, INFINITIVES AND PARTICIPLES A WORKING knowledge of the Ten Commandments should enable you to recognise your future at once. This may sound ambiguous, but you have seen Aartpeu-wo become Aatpevo-co, and KAetrTw become KAewoo (KAeTIT-o-w), and épyazouer (Middle; see c. 14) tpycoouat. It is but a step from the future to the past. The tense by which the Greeks indicated that someone did something in the past is called the Aorist. The same process of adding o to the stem must be followed. There is also a different set of terminations in which the letter a predominates. But this time it is not merely a question of pinning a tail on the donkey. We have also to tie something on in front. This something is called the AUGMENT, a sign of the past tense in Greek, consisting usually of the letter ¢ attached as a prefix to the front of the verb. Thus yopeuveo, ‘I dance’; yopevow, future, ‘I shall dance’; é-yopevoa, aorist, ‘I danced’. Here is the tense with its endings :— tyopevoc, I danced. tyopeugcs, you danced (referring to a single person). éyopevoe(v), he (or she) danced. g2Xl. THE VERB, INFINITIVES AND PARTICIPLES 93 tyopevoayev, we danced. tyopevoarte, you danced (referring to two or more). tyopeuoay, they danced. If, however, the verb begins with a vowel, the effect of the augment is to lengthen the vowel, in the same way that you saw a vowel in the stem lengthen when the verb became future—i.e. a and « become n; o, 1 and uv become , i, U respectively. Thus &yiaz in c. 8 became fyiaca, and dpize, c. 3, would be pica. (N.B.—This means that if you have a past tense beginning with n, you may have to look up a word beginning either with a or with e.) Sometimes a verb is a compound verb—i.e., it consists of a main verb and a preposition (see c. 21). In that case the augment comes in between the preposition and the verb, replacing the final vowel if the preposition has two syllables—e.g. ‘I rest’ (see note * on c. 8), Kxata-traves, “he rested,’ xort-erraves. This is of the utmost importance to remember; if you have a word in a past tense, you must take away the augment in looking for the present tense, the form in which the verb will be found in a word list. IMPERFECT TENSE When the Greeks wished to express a continuous action in the past, they used a tense called the imperfect, implying something begun, but not finished, in the past. This tense was formed from the present with the augment prefixed. Here are94 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK its forms—you will notice that the 1st person singular is identical with the 3rd person plural. éyopevov, I was dancing. éyopeues, you (sing.) were dancing. tyopeve(v), he (or she) was dancing. tyopevopev, we were dancing, tyopevete, you (plur.) were dancing. tyopevov, they were dancing. It is important to grasp the distinction between the aorist and the imperfect, especially as there are many translations of the latter. The aorist narrates a fact that is instantaneous, single, and finished; the imperfect describes an action that is prolonged, sustained, and repeated, or any one of these. Thus éyopevov may mean ‘I was dancing’, ‘I used to dance’, ‘I began to dance’, ‘I was for dancing’, and soon. Here is a sentence which well illustrates the difference between the imperfect and aorist tenses. The Persian aristocrat, Orontas, who had been considered friendly to the Greeks, is convicted of treachery. As he is led to execution, he is still accorded the honours due to his rank. “ And when they saw him (those) who previously were in the habit of bowing down (imperfect) also then bowed down (aorist).”’ ére: Se elSov odrtoy oittep Treootev TrpoceKuvouv (TPOGEKUVE-OV) KO1 TOTe TpOoEKUUT}GQV. (Notice the position of the augment in the com- pound verb.)Xl. THE VERB. INFINITIVES AND PARTICIPLES 95. EXERCISE. FIRST AORIST AND IMPERFECT Translate :— I. f) yuvn époveuce Tov "Ayapeuvova. 2. tKoucas Tous Tou Kpitov Aoyous. 3. of TroaSes tyopevov év TH d5e. 4, ovBe1s Erpae To Epyov exeivy) TH THEpG. 5. of SouAc! TpoceKuvrcav To SeoTtoTy. 6. & tuepas EpuAagoete Tr Toki, & QuAaKes. 7. 6 Tov GEcov Teinp KeTeTTive Tous Traldas. 8. anrro: otK eKAEw- quev Tov ypuoov. g. 6 Seotrotns Exopize TO BSetrvov To KuvI. IO. cet dereBoAAopev KoKOv Kpecs. II. oly @piocate Tove Tov vopov éyoi, @ Geol. 12. TO pevpa KOTEOUPE THY TOU TroINToU KEpaAny. KEY TO EXERCISE 1. The woman slew Agamemnon. 2. You heard the words of the judge. 3. The children were dancing in the road. 4. No one did the task on that day. 5. The slaves bowed down to the master. 6. For six days you were guarding the city, guards. 7. The father of the gods used to devour the (i.e. his) children. 8. We ourselves did not steal the gold. 9. The master was bringing the meal for the dog. ro. We were always throwing away bad meat. rr, You did not define this law for me, gods. 12. The stream was sweeping down the head of the poet. SECOND AORIST The aorist you have learned is called the rst or the weak aorist. It is formed regularly. But there is another large class of aorists called the 2nd or strong aorist. There are no rules for forming the stems of these. 2nd aorists are like the Cyclops of old: they are each a law unto themselves. You have to learn each one as you come to it, Their96 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK endings, however, are always those of the imperfect tense. Thus el6ov, the 2nd aorist, from dpaw, ‘I see’, goes elS-ov, -e5, -€, -opev, -eTe, -ov. The augment, by the way, of elSov and elyov is irregular, a1 replacing 1 and 7 respectively, The 2nd Aor. Participle ends in -cov, and is declined like the noun yepov. EXERCISE. SECOND AORIST Translate :— I. 6 Kucv dtreBore TO Kpéas. 2. & SeoTroThs tTrapsBade To Kpeos TH KUVI. 3. elSouev Thy Tov KpoKoSelhou oxiav. 4. of otpatiwtoa otk tAaBov Try Toki. 5. Tr Tote (ever) UreAaBete THY oKICy elvea; 6. otK« eiSes Tov Kuva BiaBatvovta ‘tov ToTapov. 7. éyw, @ TroArton, étrer éy Tots AoKedan- poviols fv cer ta elyov to Seimvov. 8. ExeAevoa Tov SouAov rately Tov évov. KEY TO EXERCISE 1. The dog threw away the meat. 2. The master threw down the meat before the dog. 3. We saw the shadow of the crocodile. 4. The soldiers did not take the city. 5. What ever did you suppose the shadow to be? 6. You did not see the dog crossing the river. 7. I, citizens, when I was among the Spartans, always had my dinner outside. 8. I ordered the slave to strike the ass. Two Fables from AZsop /Esop was said to be a deformed Phrygian slave of about the sixth century B.c. He was freed by his Samian master, and came to the court of king Croesus, the fabulously wealthy despot of Lydia. Tradition says that AEsop went to Delphi, where he was put to death for sacrilege. We do not knowXl. THE VERB. INFINITIVES AND PARTICIPLES 097 for certain whether sop wrote anything, but these fables have been ascribed to him. Kuov koa Aeotrotns Elye tig rote? uve? Medrtatov® Kon dvov.t de Be Tpooerratze® too Kuvi, Kat ef ToTe® Seitrvoy bw? elye, xopize Ti odrtop ® Koa TrpoaiovT® TrapeforAe.o 6 Se dvos égnAwoev, dote ? mpo-e6pape 1? Kat avrros.? koa oxiptoov 14 gAcctics 5 Tov SeatroThy. Ka otros I. Tote, ‘once’,‘ ever’. But as first word of a sentence, it asks a question, ‘When?’ 2. Kucov, 3rd declension stem, kuv-; Lat. canis. The Cynics were a school of philosophers, who snarled like dogs. 3. MeArrciov. See Acts 28. 1. Maltese lapdogs were favourite pets of Roman ladies. 4. vos. See list of proverbs about the ass. 5. tTpoomaizw. Notice the position of the augment. ‘Treas, ‘boy’; hence Traize, ‘play’, mpootraize, ‘play with’. 6. ef rote, if ever = whenever. 7. &w—ie. not at home. 8, avo. Not fo him, which would require a prep. with the accus., but for him. 9. tpociovnt. See participles in this chapter. ‘For it (the dog) approaching ’—i.e. ‘ As it approached ’. Lo. TjapeBcAe, from trapa, ‘ alongside’, ‘near’, and BahAw, ‘throw’. Here literal. What kind of aor. is trapeBare? Where is the augment? What would the imperf. be? This word has an interesting history. From ‘ throw along- side’, comes the idea ‘compare’; hence jwapafoAn, ‘a com- arison ’,‘ a parable’; then in Latin, parabolavi, ‘ to speak in parables’, and then just ‘ to speak ’, which gives us the French parler, and survives in the English ‘ parliament’. Il. ote, ‘so that’, leads to a Clause of Result. 12. tpo- eSpape. A very irregular verb; mpo-tpexe, fut. -Spapoupct, aor. -eSpapov. Run up, cf. the word Spopos, ‘a place for Tunning ’—e.g. Hippodrome. But the word ‘drome’ is {alas !) frequently used nowadays where no sense of Tunning is required. 13. koi avtos, ‘himself, too’. 14. oxiptwv. Another pres. partic. Originally oxipra-cv, ‘skipping ’, ‘leaping’, but the a has become swallowed up in the o. 15. Aoxtize, ‘kick with the heel’.~ Cf. Acts 26, 14, Tpos Kevtpa Aaxtizeiv, ‘to kick against the pricks’,98 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Hyavaxtnoe 1* kor exeAevoe tratovta 17 antrrov cvoryeiv Tpos Tov puAcva 18 Koi TrpOs TOUTOV Sroa. 1? Kyoov Kea ZKiet Kucov 65 Kpeas épepe trotapov SieBoave.2? érrer Se eiSe thy Eavtoy?! oxtay ém Tou Ubaros UTreAaPev 2 étepov Kuvar elvan ™ Kpeas Korreyouta.2* écreBarAev 1° ovv To [Siov 25 Kpeas Kat cappnos 28 To éxeivou AaPeiv.27 cote crraaAccev 28 dupotepa. To pev*® yap otk ty, To Se too Peypat. 9 KarecupeTo.3! 16. jyavaxtnoe, from cyavaxteo, ‘I grow annoyed’. Notice the effect of the angment on the vowel. 17. mo1ovTa. Another partic. From trai, ‘I strike’ (not connected with wois!), There is no expressed object to 2keAevoe, ‘he ordered’; it is left to be understood. ‘He gave orders (for someone) striking it, to take it, etc.’—i.e. ‘ to beat it and take it’. 18. wuvAcy, cf. Fr. moulin. 19. Syoa1, aor, infin,, see below. There is no time difference between the pres. and the aor. infin. 20. From Paiva and dia, go through or across. Notice the position of the augment. 21. gautou, gen. of reflex. pron., ‘of himself'—i.e. ‘his’, 22. wo and AcpPave, aor, tAaBov, ‘suppose’. A very frequent meaning of this word is ‘to answer’, 23. elvm, ‘to be’; infin. of ely, ‘I am’. You will have to supply the word ‘it ’ in translating. 24. KaTexovta. For form see c, 18. 25. 18105, ‘private’, ‘one’s own’. Our word ‘idiot’ comes from the Gk. {SieTns, a person who tock no part in public affairs, for whom the Gks. hada great contempt. Whatisan ‘idiom’? 26. mpynoe. What tense? What is wo when the augment is removed? 27, Aor. infin. (which aor. ?) from AcpBave, See c. 25. 28. d&m-cAAu, ‘lose or destroy’. Bunyan called the Destroying One Apollyon. Aor. éroAcoe. 29. &upotepa, ‘both’; to pew... to &. ‘The one... the other.’ 30. peuyom. Rheum is ‘a flowing’ of the mucus, associated with rheumatism. 31. KaTeoupeto, imperf. passive.XI, THE VERB. INFINITIVES AND PARTICIPLES 99 VOCABULARY der, always. Samvov, dinner. #€w, outside. kouige, bring, carry. ques, env) envy, grow jealous. verye, tak PUAGDY, -Cavos, a mill. Sec, bind. KeAcUG, order. Kpeas, -oos (#.), Meat, étrei, when, since. ketrexoo, hold, possess. GmroPaAAw, throw away. éppaw, start towards. txetvos-n-ov, that (one), other, ote, so that. KoTaoUpH, sweep down. ov, accordingly. Spiz0, define. the The Classical Ass In a land of poor communications like Greece, the ass then, as now, played an important part. The habits of this refractory beast must have appealed to the Greek sense of humour, to judge from the numerous proverbial expressions which introduce it. I, dvog Aupas cxoucv. 2. Trepl Ovou oxtas. 3. ovou TOKaI, 4. &m” dvou KaTa- TTECElV. 5. Ovog Veta. An ass hearing the lyre— unappreciative. Pearls before swine. About an ass’s shadow—a trivial cause for dispute. An ass’s_ wool-clippings— an impossibility. Pi- geon’s milk. To fall from an ass—to make a stupid blunder. Put one’s foot in it. An ass is rained on—in- sensitive. The hide of an elephant.~ 10, TEACH YOURSELF GREEK . Svog cya pvoTn- I celebrate the mysteries as pia. an ass. I do the donkey work. Busman’s holiday. . dvou UBpiototepos. More destructive than an ass. A bull in a china shop. . @T° dvou AaPev. To get an ass’s ears. To be stupid, wear the dunce’s cap. . Ovos els dyupc. An ass into the chaff—gets what he wants. A pig in clover. évou yvados. The jaw of an ass. Said of gluttons, A horse’s ap- petite. Il. Ovog év peAiooctis. An ass in bees—in trouble. 12. 13. 14. Stirring up a hornet’s nest. évos év TrOnkols. An ass among monkeys, Said of somebody very ugly. évos Ev Lupe. Anassin perfume. Wasted juxury. A clown at a feast. els vous &p” itrrreaov. To come down from horses to asses. To come down in the world. INFINITIVES “Remember to keep holy the day of the Sab- bath.” Do you recollect the Greek word for ‘ to keep holy’? Look it up again. What is the end-Xi THE VERB. INFINITIVES AND PARTICIPLES ror ing? If a Greek wanted to say, “I wish to dance,’ he would use (say) ®eAw, for ‘I wish’, and for ‘to dance’, yopevetv. “To keep holy’, ‘to dance’ and so on, are called infinitives; and the ending (always keep your eye on the rudder !) -e1v, to be attached to the present stem. But Greek had a whole set of infinitives—more than we have, in fact. A man may appear do be going to say something. You may observe a man to be on the point of jumping into the water. The Greeks had an infinitive for it. This is the future infinitive, formed as simply as was the future tense. Just insert a o into the present infinitive. Thus yopevoeiv means ‘to be about to dance ’—a cumbrous English expression for an idea readily expressed in Greek. There is also an aorist infinitive. In most of the uses of the aorist infinitive there is little Time differ- ence between the present and the aorist infinitive. Very often it makes little difference to the sense whether the present or the aorist infinitive is em- ployed. The exactness of the Greek language, however, may draw an interesting distinction be- tween the present and the aorist infinitive, which it is difficult to bring out in English. The aorist often expresses a single act, whereas the present infinitive expresses a continuous one. Thus, “I love dancing ” would be p1Aw yopevetv, but “TI want to dance (this dance) ’’ would be Aw yopevcat. Notice how to form the aorist infinitive :— 1st Aorist. tyopevoa; infinitive (no augment), yopevoat, Greek is exceedingly fond of the and102 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK aorist infinitive. The Greeks seemed, in those verbs which have a 2nd aorist, to use the aorist infinitive in preference to the present infinitive. The ending of the 2nd aorist infinitive is the same as that of the present -ev, the difference being, of course, that it is added to the aorist stem and not the present. You may observe this 2nd aorist infinitive in three words of the utmost importance which you have already had :— AquBave, ‘I take ’, BoAAw, ‘I throw’, and dpaco, ‘T see’. AapBaves, aorist, {AcPov; aorist infinitive, AoPev. PoAAw, aorist, €BoAov; aorist infinitive, BaAeiv. épac, aorist, Sov; aorist infinitive, [Sev. EXERCISE. INFINITIVES Translate :— I. 6 flog got Kathos iServ. 2. at Kopat piAouaty év KUKA@ yOpevely. 3. @pToEV oO KUWY AaPelV TO Kpeas. 4. Ti cer GeAeTe BorAActy AiGous, > TroiBes; 5. ExeAguoe Tov a5eApov 6 Tupavvos KAgWal TO PuppaKov. 6. 6 Kuov GcAc1 TpoSpaperv woos Tov SeooThv. 7. xoKov éotiv, @ Tekvov, AakTioal Tov d&eAgov. 8. pa vuv Eat KaAous Aoyous AeGat. KEY TO EXERCISE 1. The sun is beautiful to see. 2. The maids love to dance in a ring. 3. The dog started forward to take the meat. 4. Why do you always wish to throw stones, boys? 5, The king ordered his brother to steal the drug. 6, The dog wishes to run up to the master. 7. It is a bad thing, child, to kick your brother. 8. It is now the season to speak fine words,Xl. THE VERB. INFINITIVES AND PARTICIPLES ro3 The following is a fragment from the Danaé, one of the many lost plays of Euripides. It is not unlike Masefield’s poem ‘I have seen dawn and sunset . . . but the most beautiful thing to me is .. .’, only in this poem it is children. Read it through several times, and see how much you can understand, before consulting the translation. The metre is the six- foot Iambic line (--, and sometimes - -), the normal metre of Greek drama, into which the language fell so naturally, as English does into blank verse. ‘I do | not think | that it | will rain | today’, only Greek adds another foot ‘ again’. CHILDREN Orrov pev Eoti geyyos } HAiou Tobe, Kcthov Se trovrou® kup’ 4 iServ? evnvepov,5 yn Tv’ Apivov * BadAouca,” TAouatov § 6 WSap, TroAAc T” Etratvoy ® Eoti 1° por Aeon 1! Kakoov GAN’ obdev otto * Aaptrpov,?® O08’ iSev KaAov ws Tos crratct !4 Kat TroGe 15 Bebrypevors 16 TraiScov veoyvoov 7 év Sours iSew gaos.1® 1. Light. 2. Thesea, 3. Tosee. 4. Kupa (Ku-o, ‘I swell’), a swelling, usually of the sea = a wave. 5. Compound adj. no Eng. eanine ‘with a fair wind’. 6. Adj. from fp (spring) lit. (blooming), ‘a spring thing’ (acc. neuter). 7. looming. 8. Adj. of wAovtos = rich. Any traveller in Greece will appreciate this epithet for water. dpiotov tSup (water is best) is a Gk. proverb. 9. Praise. 10. It is sible. 11. Aor. inf. of Acya (Acyoor becomes AcEan). 12. . 13. Bright. 14. To the childless (ac=not, tois= child). 15. Yearning. 16. To those bitten (perf. part. s. for Soxve=I bite). 17. Contr. for veoyevwv, newly mn. 18. Uncontracted form of pws = light.104 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Translation (not literal) :— Sweet is the sunlight, and lovely the sea when the wind blows soft, and earth spring-blooming, and rich, fresh streams. Many beauties could I praise, but no sight is so bright or beautiful, as to the childless and heart-wrung with longing the light of children new-born about the house. (Literal) :— Dear on the one hand is this light of the sun, and beautiful to see the fair-winded wave of ocean, and (beautiful is) earth with the bloom of spring (upon her), and rich water, and of many beautiful (things) could I tell the praise. But nothing is so bright, or fair to see, as to the childless, and those bitten with yearning, to see the light of new-born babies in the house. PARTICIPLES ‘ A fellow feeling makes us wondrous kind.’ Methinks the poet would have changed his mind If he had found some fellow feeling in his coat behind, The operative words, as they say, are ‘ fellow feel- ing’. They do not seem to mean the same thing the second time. Why not? The answer is partly that they are different parts of speech. ‘ Fellow’ in the first line is an adjective, qualifying ‘ feeling ’. In the third it is a noun, object of ‘found’. What about ‘feeling’? In the first line it is the subject of the verb ‘makes’. (What part of speech?) In the third line, what does it do? Well, it does two things. (a) It tells us something about the ‘ fel- low’, thus doing the work of an adjective, (6) ItXl. THE VERB. INFINITIVES AND PARTICIPLES 105 is obviously connected with the verb ‘I feel’, In other words, this word shares or participates in two parts of speech—a verb, and an adjective; which is why it is called a participle. We don’t think much of participles in English. We have only two worthy of the name. There is the present participle—‘ He paused with his hand upon the door, musing a-while '—or the past parti- ciple—‘ There’s that cursed knocker again!’ We may consider the present participle to be active, and the past to be passive. But we are abominably casual about the time of our participles. We have to use our own discretion in order to find out the time of an action referred to in a participle. Look at these :— (x) He went out, crying bitterly. (2) Saying ‘“‘ Bah!”’ she swept out. In the first sentence we may have a moist trail of evidence to prove that the exit and the tears were simultaneous. But nobody will imagine in the second that the lady’s departure was accompanied by a prolonged and continuous “ Bah!”, like a benighted sheep with a faulty sound-box. Yet there is nothing in the form of these two participles to suggest that their times, relative to that of their main verbs, are different. The fact is, that we English are suspicious of a lot of fancy participles, and make one or two do all the work. The Greeks, on the other hand, had stacks of them, “all carefully packed, with the name clearly106 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK written on each”. What is more, they used them with fantastic precision. In the active voice alone, not only did they have a present and past, but also a future and perfect participle. For the moment, let us postpone the perfect. The future participle is difficult to render in English, because we haven’t got one, in consequence of which we must have recourse to the cumbrous English expression “ About to do something or other”. The thing to remember about the present and aorist participles is that :— (a) The present participle refers to an action going on at the same time as that of the main verb. (6) The aorist participle refers to an action preceding the time of the main verb. It must also be remembered that the participle is an adjective, and must therefore fully agree in number, gender, and case with the word it qualifies. (a) BtoBorvev tov totapoy cide Kuva. Crossing the river he saw a dog. (b) &xoucas TOUTO écreBn. Having heard this, he went away. Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. Present Kopeu-cov, Yopeu-oucda, Xopeu-ov, -OVTOS -ouo7s ~OVTOS Future YOpeu-cay, Xopeu-couca, XOpeu-cov, =“GOVTOS gover -COVTOS Aorist XOpeu-cars, Yopeu-caca, Yyopev-cav, -OaVTOS -FAON|S -SaVvTOS The masculine and neuter genders are declined like Aww (c, 9), except for the neuter nom., voc. andXl. THE VERB. INFINITIVES AND PARTICIPLES 107 acc. which ends -ov or -av, and the plural -ovta or -avta. The feminine goes like QaAacoa (c. 7). EXERCISE. PARTICIPLES Translate :— I. Aious BaAAcv 6 trous ide Tov Seotrotny. 2. éxovoavres Toy xidapmboy, dieBnoav, 3. Aidov AaBoov 6 Trais EBaAe Trpos Tov aBeAgov. 4. KiPapizev 6 KiPapados otk HKOUGe Toy KwBaves. 5. ExeAeuoas Tov KiGap@oov KiGapizely Tos yopevovatv. 6. da- lovtes of TrouSes éxopevoav. 7, KeAsvoas Tous c&AAOUS éKouelv, T otrtos drrnAGes ; 8. & trointns EAaBe Tous TraiSag Tous yopevoovtas els To featpov. 9. TolavTa éxousaoal al yuvarKes Epuyov. 10. elSopev To 2wov ‘thy TTrelpov S1aBaavov. KEY TO EXERCISE 1. (While) throwing stones the boy saw his master. 2, Having heard the harp-player, they went away. 3. Taking up a stone, the boy threw (it) at his brother. 4. (While) playing the harp, the harp-player did not hear the bell. 5. You bade the harp-player to play to those danc- ing. 6, (While) departing the boys danced. 7. Having ordered the others to hear, why did you go away yourself? 8. The poet took the boys who were going to dance into the theatre. 9. Hearing such things, the women fied. to. We saw the animal crossing the mainland. “Caller Herring " [Strabo was a Greek geographer who lived between 6g B.c. and A.D. 20. He wrote two important works: a History, up to the death of Caesar, now lost, and a Geography, almost entirely preserved in 17 books. Strabo’s Geography was largely based on his own personal travels in Europe, Asia and Africa. Here108 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK (slightly adapted) is an anecdote about Iasus, a town in Asia Minor.] *lacos émt vyoo Kettoa,! TpCoKElpEevTy) TH fITElpED. tye Se Aipeva,, Kal TO Wheiotov Tou Biou Tos * évOabe éoTiv €k Ookacons. Kal Sn Kor? Sinynuata ToravTa TActToval els atrnv. éxiBapize yap Tote KiBapcpdos, EmBei€iv Trapexwv. KO Tews LEV TKOUOV TravTES, GS 8’ 6 KwSev 6 kata Thy Gyotrmdiav! Epognoe, KaTA- Artrovtes catnAdov © ém To Swov TANv évos SucKwPpou. 6 ovv xifapwbos tpociwy® elev, "G) dvOpcwrte, TOhANY gor yapiy olfa7 THs TpOS LE TILNS KOI @IAC- voucias. of pev yap GAAoL, Gua Ta KwBwvos dKou- oa,’ cmovtes olyovtat. 6 Se Tr Aeyers; Er *6q yoo ® éyoopnxev ; 1° eitrovtos Se ertou,?! Ev oor ein, épn, Koa &vootas 1 darnA@e Kot ovrros. 14 1. wertai, ‘lies’; partic. xeevos, mwpoc- ‘near by’. 2. ol év@eBe, lit. ‘those there’ = inhabitants. 3. See c. 15, 1,8, 4. ‘The bell, the one to do with (kata) the sale of fish’, dwov is a vague word in Gk., meaning any non- cereal food other than meat; hence it was often used for fish. A bell rang here to announce the return of the fishermen, 5. ‘Went away.’ Note this irregular verb, tpxoum, aor, fASov, 6, ‘As he approached’, present artic. 7. Lit. ‘I know gratitude—i.e. ‘I feel gratitude ‘or '—followed by gen. 8. ‘Along with the hearing of the bell ’—i.e. as soon as they heard the bell. dxovoai is aor. infin., which, together with the neuter article to, makes a verbal noun in Gk., ‘the hearing’. 9. yap is often difficult to translate and sometimes best omitted. It often explains words to be supplied—e.g. ‘ (I ask) for .. .’. 10. Perfect tense. Has it rung? See mext chapter. 11. ‘Upon his saying (that it had).’ An expression like this with a partic. is often put into the gen. case. It stands for “When he said .. .”” It is equivalent to the abl. abs. in Latin. 12. “Good for you! (may it be)”. 13. “ Having stood up.”’ Aor. partic. from dviotnut. 14. Seen. 13. in Kueov Kot Seotrotns.Xl. THE VERB. INFINITIVES AND PARTICIPLES VOCABULARY éxove, hear (acoustics) (takes gen. case). dpa, along with, at the same time as. cviotnu, rise up. étrepxouci, gO away, Sinyqua, story. SvoKwoos, hard of hearing, deaf. els, one. tv@aSe, here. émmie1€1s, recital. #5n, already. fyreipos (f), mainland (Epirus, N.W. Greece). xotoAetres, I leave behind (aov., KOTEAITIOV). KiGopizo, play the lyre. 109 Kiapq@dos, singer, accom- panying himself on the yre. Kodev, bell. ola (irreg.), I know. olyoun, I am gone. éyov, fish (see note). éyotrwaic, fish-market. Tcpexe, provide. TAaTTw, invent. . TAgiotos (superlative jroAus), most, Tpogepyouai, approach. tees, for a while. TOIOVTOS, -aVTn, such a kind. giAopoucia, love of music. apis, thanks. wogew, ring, sound, -ovto, ofCHAPTER XII THE VERB: PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT ACTIVE THE perfect tense in Greek corresponds to our past tense preceded by the auxiliary ‘have’. It ex- presses a present state resulting from a past act— e.g. TeOvnke, is perfect: it means ‘he has died’, ie. ‘he is dead’. It must be remembered that the perfect tense views the action from the present only. If you have done any Latin, do not run away with the idea that the perfect (as in Latin) can serve to relate an action in the past. That is the aorist’s job. The perfect tense is formed by a sort of grammati- cal stutter, by putting in front of the verb the first letter of the verb, if it begins with a consonant, followed by the letter «. Thus Aveo, ‘I loose’, has the perfect AeAuka, and trotew has trerroinka. This is called ‘ reduplication ', because it doubles the first letter. When the verb begins with an aspirated consonant—e.g. yopsveo, piAeco—the ‘h’ of the initial letter is dropped in reduplication, its unaspirated equivalent being substituted. Thus yopeve becomes KEXOPEUKG, PIAEoo TreQiAnKa, and Sauuaged TefaupaKc. Verbs beginning with a vowel lengthen it as they do in the case of an augment. Verbs beginning with two consonants (unless the second be p, A, or v) or a double consonant (€, 3, w) prefix an e instead of reduplicating—e.g. evpioxw, ‘ perfect "—ntpnka IIoXU, THE VERB; PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT 111 (Heureka! “I’ve found it!”’ as Archimedes said, when he jumped out of his bath). omrev8co, ‘I hasten’, becomes éotreuxa, and gwypew, ‘I capture’, becomes deypnka. PERFECT TENSE AcAuKa, I have loosened. AehuKas, you (singular) have loosened, AeAuxe(v), he (or she) has loosened. AgAukauev, we have loosened, AeAUKarte, you (plur.) have loosened AehuKaoi(v), they have loosened, The participle from this form has a first declension ending in the feminine, but a third declension ending in the masculine and neuter. PERFECT PARTICIPLE Mase. Fem. Neuter. Sing. Plur. Sing. Pluy.| Sing. Plur. N. AeAuKws -KoTes | AcAuKUIOC -o1 | AeAuKos -KOTO A. AeAUKoTa | -KoTag | AeAUKUIOY | -a5 | AEAUKOS “KOTOR G. AeAUKOTOS | -KOTOOV] AsAUKUIOS -oov | AsAuKoTOS | -KoTOOV D. AsAuKoTI -KOOL | AEAUKUIG -O15 | AEAUKOTI | -KOOT It describes, of course, a state resulting from a past action; thus AeAuKws means ‘having loosed ’"— ie. ‘ being a deliverer ’, and tetraoxes (from tive, ‘I drink ’) really means ‘ having drunk and still feeling the effects of it’.112 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK PLUPERFECT TENSE There is another tense in the active, called the pluperfect. We are sure of your enthusiastic sup- port when we counsel you not to learn this horror. It is included here in case you want at any time to refer to it. Although it means ‘had’, and is the perfect tense viewed from the past, it does not occur with sufficient frequency in Greek to warrant your making a special study of it. It is a spluttering business, because it requires you to put an augment on top of a reduplication. éretratSeuxn, I had trained. éretraudeuKns, you (singular) had trained. éwetraiSeuxel, he (or she) had trained. éqretroSeuxeyev, we had trained, éretraiSeuxete, you had trained (plur.). éretronBeuxeocav, they had trained. The real meaning of the first person of this tense is, however, more like ‘I used to be (someone’s) ex- trainer’. The aorist is frequently used to translate the English ‘had’, EXERCISE. PERFECT TENSE Translate :— I. vevIKNKaHEV Tous TOAEIOUS, 2. baxyprnKaol TOV tov *ASnvoiwov otpoTnyov. 3. Tl wOTE yeyovev av TT) TOAEL; 4. TroAAaKis TeBauHaKa TI GeAsis TolcuTa Acyov. 5. &roBePAnnas tv To Trotaye tTavta Ta iperia. 6. Tols veviKnKoow atrros 6 otpaTnyos cyyeAAel Th viKnv. 7. denkoote oT1 & AntwpXIl. THE VERB: PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT 113 Gane Thy Siknv; 8. teOvyKoTos Tou PaotAecs, Kalvov ~youev fyyspova. g. 6pw Tas yuvalkas Ta Tpocwia peTtaBeBAnKuias. LO, Tl KaKOV TeTTOINKAS TOUS TTOAELIOUS ; KEY TO EXERCISE 1. We have conquered the enemy. 2. They have cap- tured the general of the Athenians. 3. Whatever has happened in the city? 4. I have often wondered what you mean (lit. wish) in saying such things. 5. You have lost all your clothes in the river. 6. The general himself is announcing the victory to those who have conquered. Fee Ne you heard that the orator has lost his suit? 8. e king being dead, we have a new leader. g. I see the women have changed their faces. ro. What harm have you done the enemy? The Careless Talker From Theophrastus’s Characters. Theophrastus was born in 370 B.c. at Eresus in Lesbos. He came to Athens, and studied philosophy, first under Plato and then under Aristotle, who persuaded him to change his name from Tyrtamus to Theophrastus (divinely eloquent). He became one of the Peripatetic School of philosophers, who derived their name from the practice of walking up and down as they taught in the Lyceum or the Garden, whose colonnades and porticoes provided a famous resort for all men of learning and culture all the world over. It must be remembered that the term ‘ philosophy ’ embraced in those days nearly every branch of then existing knowledge, of which one of the most important was what we now term Science. Men of learning in those days seemed to take all knowledge in their stride. The vast mass of114 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK accumulated knowledge which Aristotle, for instance, had at his fingers’ ends is truly staggering. Theo- phrastus himself wrote two hundred works, and is said to have had two thousand pupils, when he eventually became President of the Lyceum. Among his pupils was Menander, who has been already quoted. The chief fame of Theophrastus rested on a Botanical Work in two volumes, in which he catalogued many kinds of plants. His other and better known extant work is called the Char- acters—a series of short sketches in which he delineates with wonderful artistry and humour various “types” of city life. Perhaps this literary form had its origin in an after-dinner game begin- ning with questions—What is Meanness? What is Cowardice etc.? Each sketch begins with a defini- tion, and then proceeds to illustrate from real life the behaviour of the Mean Man, the Coward, and soon. Here is that well-known scourge of modern times, the spreader of false rumours. From the Characters of Theophrastus we are able to gather a good deal about contemporary Athenian life, and we shall see that the Athenian of more than 2000 years ago does not differ much from his modern counterpart in any country. Theophrastus died probably about 287 B.c. AOTOTICIIA f) Se Aoyotrona } £om1 ouvOeais* weuSwv Aoyoov Kat trpakewv dotrep Gede1 6 Acyotroios. 6 Se Aoyorrolos I. Aoyotroua, ‘making of tales’, ‘manufacture of Tumours’. 2. Cf. ‘synthesis’, ‘a putting together ’.XI. THE VERB: PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT 115 Toioutos* tis clog dtrravtnoas To pldep, evbus KoTO- Padoov to t\8o0s4 To én Tou Trpocwtroy Kal peidiacas, Epwtnoat ‘Tlofev ou; Kor Moos éyets; 5 Kot "Exeis Tr Trept Toube eitretv Katvov; '® Koi otK éacos étroKplv- cao8ai (to answer), eitrety ‘Ti Aeyets ; oUSev GxnKoas ; 7 wedAw ® oe eUaoynoely Kelvev Aoyev.’ Kat éotiv aire Tt oTpatiotns TIs t) Tats "Aotelou Tou avAnT- ou? 4 AuKaov 6 épyoraBos 9 6s tapayeyovey &€ atrns Ths Hoxns. ‘*Atto touTou yap’ gna ‘ dKn- Koa.” at pev ot dvapopoit! tev Aoywv To1ouTat dow atte dv ovBas clos 1’ tot # émtAaPecta (to lay hands on). Aeye: Se 6m otrtor d&yyeAAouai ws 3. Toloutos . . . olos, ‘of sucha kind ...asto’. Th.’s Characters are all based on this formula. Usually a string of infinitives follows. 4. See c. 3 and c. 1o, Here it Means the ‘customary expression’. His face lights up when he sees a victim, 5. ‘How are you?’ but ancient, as well as modern Gk., used tyw. 6. Cf, A. R. Burn, The Modern Greeks, Nelson, 1944. ‘‘ One finds also (ie. in Modern Greece) what amuses the English reader of Greek Tragedy—the torrent of questions that welcomes each new arrival on the scene. Where do you come from? Where are you going to? What is your name? How old are you? at is your profession? Why have you come here? etc.’’; cf. also Acts 17,21. 7. The perfect of dxouw, é&xnxoa, is irregularly formed, though its endings are, of course, regular. 8. peAAw, ‘1 am going to’, is usually followed in Gk by a fut. infin. 9. A son of the man who played in the regimental band would be bound to know— like the charwoman at the War Office! 10. ‘ A contractor ’. A big man connected with the Ministry of Supply, who had just come from the Front Line (from the battle, avrrns, itself). 11. &vagpopa1. ava + gepw = re-fer. His authorities, to which he refers. Always unget-at-able! 12. oles 1’ elu, a fixed expression = ‘I am able’. 13. 6 PaotAcus, the four-year-old son of Alexander, supported by the general Polysperchon. His claim to the throne and defeat of Cassander, son of the regent, would be as fantastic as it would be distasteful to Theophrastus and his friends.116 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK TloAvotrepyoov Kot & BaotAeus 19 veviknxe Kal Kaoav- Spov #ézeoyprnxaciv. eltrovtos Se Tivos 15 ‘Zu Se tara Totevels ;’ UrroAcpBaver !® ét1 ‘Teyove To tpayya' Tavtes yap év Tr TroAet Bowaor xal ouppevoval.)7 & Aoyos Errevtetver. Tattal® yap Aeyouol TravTes TIEpL TNS MeayNs ToAUs 6 geouos 1° yeyove. onpelov 20 Se pol Tx Trpogwira Tov év ToIs Trpcypaotv.2t Spee yop alto Travtov petaBeBAnkota."? tapaKxnKoa Se Kal Tapa? toutois kpuTrTopevov (is in hiding) tive év olkig 75n Tepirtyy twepav,*4 jKovta &k MaxeBovias, és travra tauTaolSe. Se: &’ atrrov ce povov elSevan,’ 25 Taal Se Tors év TH TOE! TrpoSeBpaunxe #6 Aeyoov. 14. Cassander was in favour at Athens at the time. When Cassander was a young man Alexander is said to have banged Cassander’s head against a wall, because he langhed at the Persian mode of prostration (see Tpooxuven, c. 8 and II). 15. ““Upon someone saying .. .” (seec. 11, Strabo, n. Ir). Gen. abs. 16. See c. rz, Alsop, n. 22. 17. “ All voice (the story) together.” A symphony is an agreement of sound. 18. toda, Crasis (c. 8) for ta attra, ‘the same (things) ’. Distinguish between the uses of atrtos; 6 atrros cvnp, ‘ thesame man’, and 6 d&vnp atrtos, or atitos 6 avnp, ‘ the man himself’. 19. ‘ There’s been buckets of soup.’ Lit. zwpos, ‘the gravy ’—a slangy euphemism for ‘ bloodshed —has become (pf. of yiyvopat) widespread, ToAus’. 20, Understand got. Lit. ‘it’s a sign (sema-phore) for me, their faces ’—' I can see it im the faces’. 21. of év ‘tors Tpaypaciv: those in affairs—‘the high-ups’. 22. ‘Having changed ’, here intrans., though the verb is usually trans, 23. wapa with dat. ‘at the house of’. He is saying that a messenger from Macedonia with all this news has been Jocked up by the authorities, and deliberately kept incom- municado, 24. ‘ Already for the fifth day’; the expres- sion is equivalent to Tevte t\epas, which expresses extent of time in the accus. case. 25. Set. Lit. ‘ It binds you alone to know ’—i.e. It is necessary for you alone to know. ‘Don’t tell anyone else’ is the talemonger’s invariable injunction. 26. See c. 11, sop, n. 12, This is the perf. of wpootpexco, ‘run up to’.XU. THE VERB: PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT 117 Tov TOlOUTOV évOpwTrov TebauLaKe TI ToT GeAouUC! Aoyotroiouvtes. ot yap Lovoy weySn Agyousiv éAAc kal GAvotteAn 2? TAaTTOVGL. ToAAaKIs yap avtov of pev ®8 gv toig BoAavetois 2° trepiotacets *° troiouvTes to ipertia crroBeBAnkaoiy, oi 5 7% ev ty oto 4! trezo- Moylan Kal vorupoyIa vikcovTes EptoUS Bikas copAn- kao. tTavu Sy ToAaITwpov goTiv attwyv To brit Seupa. VOCABULARY éryyeAho, report. Poow, shout, cry, emravtae, meet. S1xn, lawsuit. GmopokAw (pf. -BeBAnKc), ta, allow. lose. eldeven, inf. of ofc, know. Grroxpivoyci, answer. Erevrerves, gain ground, *Aoteios, an Athenian. spread. OwANTHS, -ou, flute-player. fmiAcuBavopat, catch hold Bodaveiov (n. pl.), bath. wot upavow Baotasus, -cs, king. émit7Seupe, -crros, way of life. 27. &, ‘not’, -Avot, ‘paying’, -teAns, ‘what is due “— unprofitable. 28. ol pev, ‘some’... of 6, ‘others’. See c. 11, Aisop, n. 29. 29. The baths were always the resort of idlers. 30. tepicracis, ‘a standing round '—i.e. a crowd. While he assembles a crowd, someone gets away with his cloak. The clothes-stealer was a common nuisance at the baths. 31. fj otoa, ‘the porch’. A well- known public place in Athens. It was decorated with frescoes, depicting the victories of the Athenians over the Persians at Marathon, etc. A school of philosophers meet- ing there gained the name Stoic; their professed indifference to pain gave us the adj. ‘stoical’. 32. dpAicKxave (pf. @panxa) Eonyov Sixnv. Notice the ending of the adj. Some and declens. adjs. have no separate fem. form. Lit. ‘I lose an undefended suit’. To fail to turn up when one’s case is called in the law-courts, and so let judgment go against one by default. Litigation was so frequent at Athens that any citizen had to be ready at any time to defend himself. The rumour-monger has become so en- grossed in imaginary victories that he has forgotten his case. 33. ‘ Way of life.”118 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Epnuos, -ov, deserted, of a law-suit at which one of the parties fails to appear (der. eremite). tpwrao, ask (a question). ev@us, immediately. eUwyew, give a feast of. wypew, take alive. 7), either, or xo, I have come—used as pf. of Epyouc1, come, go. Beupoge, wonder. {yatiov, cloak. KQLVOS, -T, -OV, New. KaoavSpos, son of Antipater, regent of Macedonia. KaTaBahAw, cast down, drop, relax. KpuTrTe@, conceal. Avukev, business Athens. man at peidiaco, smile. pax, battle. voupayia, sea-fight. vikae, conquer, daoKkaves (pf. apANKa), lose. Trapayryvoual (pf. -yeyova), come from. TapaKxouc, hear on the side. Trezopayic, infantry battle. TeEUTTOS, -n, -ov, fifth. ToTevw, believe, trust. qrofev, whence ? qronAakis, often. TloAuTepyoov, a general. Tpayuc, -oros, affair. trpagis, -ews, deed. TpootpeXw, run up to. Trws, how ? TaAciTEpes, -a, -ov, hard. wevdns, false. @otep, just as. The Cicada Here is a simple little poem, of unknown author- ship, to the termi§, often wrongly translated ‘ grass- hopper ’, that ‘ tick-ticks ’ or rather ‘ tet-tinks’ all day, unseen among the asphodel, on any Greek hill- side, especially at Pan’s noon-time, Its metre is very simple—two short syllables, followed by three trochees, the last syllable being either long or short, e.g. ‘ How we | bless you, | dear cic | ada ’—but the metre in English has an unfortunate resemblance to Hiawatha. Maxapigouzv oe terri Ore Sevbpecov em’ dxpoov dAryny Speco TretreaKes Literal Translation.* We bless you, cicada, when on the tree tops having drunk a little dew 1 A verse translation is given in the key.XII. THE VERB: PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT t1g Literal Translation, Betordeus Streos GetBeis: like a king you are singing; oa yap tori Kelva travta, For yours are those things all, détroga PareTrets Ev crypois, all that you see in the fields, éTrosa Tpepovaly UAat. all that the woods nourish. ov 5e tipios Bpototaty, You are respected by mankind, Gepeos yAuKus TpopyTns. sweet prophet of summer. @piAcousl pev oe Movonn, The Muses love you, pireet Se DoiBos axtrros, and Phoebus himself loves you, Atyupny 5’ éSexev olunv. and he gave you a sweet voice. to S& ynpas ov ce teipei, Old age doesn’t wear you, Goge, YNYEVNS, PIAULVE, wise one, earth-born, music-lover, ins 8°, dvetuoocpKe,* passionless, with bloodless flesh, oxeSov el Gears dpotos. you are almost equal to the gods. Edmund Blunden has translated the poem (Oxford Book of Greek Verse in Translation, p. 225), the end being as follows :— “ Tiny philosopher, Earth-child, musician, The world, flesh, and devil, Accost you so little, That you might be a god.” * Compound of alpa, ‘blood’ (anemic, hemorrhage) and aapx- root of cap§ ‘flesh’ (sarcophagus, sarcology, etc.).CHAPTER XIll THIRD DECLENSION NOUNS (continued) VOWEL STEMS, DIPHTHONGS AND IRREGULARS 1. The other main type of the 3rd declension consists of vowel stems, of which by far the commonest have the termination -o1s. There are twelve in Chap. 3. How many can you remember? And what does the termination denote? E.g. S&1ayveois, avoaduals, Kplois, UTrodeats, picts, oTadts. They are declined thus: tots, ‘ city ’ (politics). Sing. Pluy. N. Tots troAeis (for €-es) V. mot ~ A. Trodv Troaeis (for €-as) G, qrohecos qTOAEcov D. oda (for €-1) TrOAEC Notice the accusative singular termination -1, the genitive singular -ews, the accusative plural the same as the nominative plural, and the uncontracted genitive plural. Here are some examples. They are all feminine. Gen. sing. | Eng. Derivative qmons | Tees belief, trust, faith — TEPWIS TEPIPEWS delight Terpsichore Ruols Auaecs a loosing, freeing | analysis. dynamic Buveypts Suvapeas | power {ynamit dynamo 120XII. THIRD DECLENSION NOUNS 12 Gen. sing, Eng. Derivative Quais QucEcs growing, evolu- | physics tion, nature UBpis | OBpews pride hubris Lvnots Livros remembering, pomnesia memory amnesty owis dweos sight Cyclops, optical alcdnois | alofnoews | perception aesthetic Tags taGews arranging syntax OTASIS TTATEWS | revolt _— 2. A few masc, and fem, nouns in -vs, and neuters in -v are declined like troAis—e.g. Gen. sing. | Eng. Derivative TEAEKUS TTEAEKEGOS, axe — TrpeaBus TrpeaBecs old man presbyter éotu coTews city —_— But others in -us and -v are declined with stem in -u, e.g. Derivative ts — {y8us Ichthyosaurus —_(lizard- fish) Bpus _ Soxou — Thus iy@us and Soxpu are declined thus :— Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. N.V. fydus tyGues Boxpu = Bopuc Acc. fyduv ix8uas or Ixus Soxpu Sexpva Gen. fydvos = [ySuav Boxpuos Saxpuov Dat. tyéu tyvor Soxpu1 = SaKevot122 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK 3. Many nouns ending in -eus (‘ the man who’) are declined thus :— Sing, Plur, N. Baotteus (king) N. BaotAns (note this— V. Baciteu for € -€s) A. Baottsa A. Booreas (note that G. Paoteas this does not D. Baoire contract) G. Baorhswov D. Baothevot Similarly, itetreus, horseman. igpeus, priest. yoveus, parent. *Ayidaeus, Achilles. goveus, murderer. 4. Nouns ending in -ns. They are really con- tracted, and are most easily learnt from the uncon- tracted forms—e.g. tpinpns (trireme), and many proper names, such as Anpocotevns and Zaxpatns, the o dropping out between two vowels and contraction resulting. Sing. | Plur. N. tpmpns | N.V. tpinpets Anpoctev-ns NG TpInpes (ts | oa “65 + TpInpr (for e-c) A. Tpinpers -7 G. tpinpous (for €-os) G, Tpinpwy ~OUS D, tpinpet (for e-1) D. tpinpeot -el (For rules of contraction, see c. 20.) 5. We now have left only some irregular nouns, but they are common. Here are a few that you will frequently meet :—Sing. sense of shame, | modesty, re spect echo hero hair ship ox water woman Zeus | 828 alBco Gen. | Dat. aibous | aidor | Fixous fo peat ‘Apes {te } apryos | TpIXt vEOS, vn Boos Bor UBaros | Sart Auos bu KUVOS KUVI fipaes PIKES nes oes Ubara yuvenkos | yuvouxi!) yuvarkes | yuvoukas] | Ruves SNNON NOISN31330 OYIHL zr124 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Translate :— I. ret Trotayor elot Kevor USatos, of tybues ot zeal (live). 2, ol &yaGor Tatdes TH UNTpI Tepyiv pepovaty, of Se Kool BaKxpua. 3. 6 Paolkeus exeAcuce Tous inrreas oeozelVy TravTas Tous dias Kon Tous alyas. 4. t) Tou “AytAAscos OBpis épepe pupla KaKa Tots *EAAnatv. 5. of Kuves, @otrep of Trpsofels, EaAIoTa piAoual oto Kal titvov. Key 1. When rivers are empty of water, fish do not live. 2. Good children bring delight to their mother, but naughty ones tears. 3. The king ordered the cavalry to save all the sheep and goats. 4. The pride of Achilles brought a thousand woes to the Greeks. 5. Dogs, like old men, like especially food and sleep. From Greek Writers Translate :— I. dvSpes* clot TroAts, ob Teryn ? oWSe vines? avBpav KEVat. 2. of ducers dotrep ev TreActyel Ka VUKTI pepovTatt 4 éy top Bio. 3. of yoveis® Koa of S18aoKcAor alSous ® &E101 clot. 4. Tov’ ék-KaAuTrTov & ypovos eis TO pus dye. Sophocles. 1. Nom. plur. of dévnp,c.9.4. 2. ¢. 10.7. 3. 6. 13. 5. 4. Pres. ind. pass. of gepw, ‘Icarry’. 5. c.13.3. 6. ¢. 13.5.XII. THIRD DECLENSION NOUNS 125 A Strong Hairwash, THY KepoAny Bartov tis? diwAece® tas Tpryas? extras, 9 Kal Baous dv 2! Aiav ov atras yeyovev. Woman. Seivn vev GAKn KULaTwV DoAaocolwy, Seat Se TroTapev Kal Tupos SeppoU Trvoat, Seivov Se tevia, Setva & GAAa pupia, GAN’ oSev otto Sewov, as yuvn, Kakov.—Euripides. Man. éunp yap Gvipa Kal TOAIs Goozel TOAIV. érraga Se yfov 8 avGpr yevvatew trectpts.24 Two Fragments of Sappho (atticised). Evening. “‘Eotrepe tavra gepav,!® daa}% paivorls éoxeSac” 27 Hos, gepels div, pepets alya,'® pepets dtro untept Traiba. Night. *Aotepes 7° pev Sug KaAnY ceAnuTyy 7. m5, indef. pron., v. 24. 8. cmodeoe, 3rd sing. aor. ind. act. of d&moAAup, ‘destroy’ or ‘lose’, 9. c. 13. 5. 10. Reflexive ‘ themselves’, c, 24. 11. ov, pres. part. of elu, ‘I am’. 12. yeyove(v), 3rd sing. strong perf. of yryvopai, ‘has become’. 13, c. 10. 14. c. 9. 15. Pres. partic. of pepo. 16. doa, c. 8 and 24, correlatives. 17. aor. of oxeSavvum, ‘I scatter’, 18. c.9. 19. oro, usually a preposition, here equivalent to an adv. gepeis, ém1o = érro-gepeis, ‘thou bringest back’. 20. This lovely fragment has only come down to us because it was quoted by an ancient commentator to explain a certain line of Homer126 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK cy *! érroKxpuTrtoual paetvov elBos, Ommrote TANPouca HaAloTa AaTret yny ém ® tracey. Sappho lived in Lesbos c, 600 B.c. Of her many poems (‘speech mixed with fire’ says one ancient critic, ‘a few, but roses’ says another) only fragments remain. Her language has ‘the simplicity of plain speech raised to the highest pitch of expressiveness,’ says Dr, Bowra, VOCABULARY cy, I bring, bear. @dxn, -75, might, strength. apoéns, -cs, unlearned, ignor- ant. dugi (prep.), around. éoras, stronger form of tras. émoxputrra, I hide (apocry- pha, things hidden away, secret). Borrtoo, dye. yevvaios, -c, -ov, noble. Baous, -cio -u, shaggy. Beivos (adj.), strange, terrible. SiScoKaAos, -ov, teacher (from BiSaoxKe, I teach). elSos, -ous, appearance. tx-kaAuiTro, I uncover, re- veal (Apocalypse = Re- velation). I wash (baptise), ‘Eotrepos, -ou, Evening Star, Hesperus. fjws, dawn (Eothen). Sodkaccios, -1c, -10v, of the sea. (Baracoa). keparn, -ns, head (brachy- cephalic). Acptre, I shine (lamp). Mav (adv.), very, exceed-. ingly. hoadkiora (adv.), especially, most, very much. BupIo, -o1, -a, 10,000, myriad, and so, countless. dis (orig. OFis, Lat. ovis), sheep. émmote, whenever, (dtrote in Attic). otto, so (followed by an adj.), thus. about the stars under a full moon. The metre is Sapphic— her favourite one. The text here has been atticised. Sappho wrote in the Zolic dialect thus :— “AGTEDES HEV GUI KaAaY cekavyay dw dtroxputrroiat paevvov elSo5 Sirota TANGoiga pomIoTa AIT you ém Troway 41 Gy = dro adv. as1g. 7 Order is ém Tacav yny, ‘ over the whole earth’, for use of mi with acc., v. 22.XIN. THIRD DECLENSION NOUNS 127 TEAGYOS, -ous, Sea. gaivors (poet. adj.), light- Tevia, -as, poverty. bringing. TAnéw, Iam full (plethora), 928 (contr. for qcos), perros, tvon, -ns, breath, blast. . light. oopzu, I save. omep, just as. gaeivos, -a, -ov, bright,CHAPTER XIV THE MIDDLE VOICE Active and Passive Most people are familiar with the active and passive voices in English. The active voice of the verb shows the subject as acting; and the same is true of Greek—e.g. The boy leads the dog, 6 trois éryer tov kuva; the passive voice shows the subject as acted upon—e.g. The dog is led by the boy, 6 kuev ccyetai tro Tou TraiSos. Middle Greek, however, has also a middle voice, in which, roughly speaking, the subject acts, directly or indirectly, upon itself. This occurs in several ways, of which the following are the most important :— Reflexive. tvSuw (like the English ‘endue’), I clothe another (active). évSvopor, I clothe myself in... . Indirect Reflexive. Far more common than this, however, is the middle voice, used in the sense of doing a thing for one’s self, or in one’s own interest. E.g., pepe, I bring. gepouat, I bring for myself = I win. petotreptres, I send A after B, petotreptropat, I send A after B to bring him back to me—I send for B. 128XIV. THE MIDDLE VOICE 129 Intransitive. Sometimes the middle represents an intransitive meaning of a transitive verb—e.g. tTauw Tov innov, I stop the horse. & ftrros travetcn, the horse makes itself to stop —i.e. stops (intrans.). Causative. Sometimes, too, the middle implies getting a thing done for one’s self—having it done. Avo, I free. Auopal, I get freed for myself = I ransom. S18aoKe, I teach. SiSaoKxopal, I get (my son) taught. Possessive. Occasionally the middle voice con- veys the force of a possessive pronoun, so that— Roum Tous Todas, I wash the feet (of others). Aovopet Tous TroSas, I wash my own feet, Reciprocal. Often in the plural the middle voice implies a reciprocal reflexive pronoun— éotrazovtat, they embrace one another. SicAgyovta, they talk with one another, Developed Meaning. In many verbs it will be found that the development of the meaning of the middle voice has in the long run led to a sense far removed from that of the active. alpeoo = aipo, I take. aipeoyor = aipoupot, I choose, elect, prefer. ypaqeo, I write. ypagouct, I get someone’s name entered on a list=I accuse. Savetzeo, I lend.130 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Saverzopat, I get someone to lend to me =I borrow. It is all a little frightening at first, but no one will expect you to deduce the sense of the middle from the active—so don’t worry. As you learn more and more Greek verbs, you will see how the principle works out. Deponent Verbs. Besides the above, however, there is a very large number of Greek verbs which are middle in their form but active in their meaning. These are called deponent verbs; the word means ‘laying aside’, and you may think of them as laying aside the meaning that is appropriate to their form (as middle), and hence as having acquired a new active meaning. Here, then, are the forms. You will have to learn them carefully and be sure of them, so that you can recognize them again, as it is hardly possible to find a page of Greek in which they do not occur everywhere. The future is again formed by the addition of a single letter—the aorist and imperfect tenses must have their augment; we will leave the perfect until later. MIDDLE VOICE Present Tense Sing. Plur, I. Avopat Avopetar 2. Avel or Avy AveoGe 3. Avetoa AvovTat Infinitive AveoGat; participle AvopEvos, -n, -ov.XIV. THE MIDDLE VOICE 131 Future Tense I, Avoopat Aucopeta 2. Avocet or Avo Avoeote 3. Avoetoa Aucovtat Infinitive Avoeofa1; participle Augopevos, -n, -ov. Aorist Tense I. éAvoopny Avocet 2. &\uow (originally €Aucao) tAvoaobe 3. EAucato éAuoaVTO Infinitive Aucacde1; participle AvcapeEvos, -n, -ov. : Imperfect Tense I. €Avopny EAvopebar 2, tAvov (originally Aveo) éAveoOe 3. EAvEeto t\uovTo THE WRATH OF ACHILLES—I One of the literary wonders of the world is the Iliad of Homer, The Iliad is an epic poem dealing with the exploits of the Greeks before Troy. It is written in hexameters in 24 books of some 600 lines each. Standing at the very dawn of history, it nevertheless shows no crudity of form or thought, no uncertainty of touch, no barbarism. It is a technical masterpiece, illuminated by flashes of genius never surpassed, Who wrote it? Who was Homer? One or many? When was it written? Was it committed to writing by its composer, or composers? These are baffling questions, to which none can give a certain answer. You will very sean be able to read the actual Greek of Homer.132 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK In the meanwhile, the piece of Greek below deals with some of the subject matter of the 1st Book of the Ikad. It has been specially written to give you practice in the forms of the Middle Voice. The Greek leaders quarrel before Troy Aexa pev étr } guayovto trept thy Tpotow of "Ayator.? to Se Sexatop tn eter? ore eloeBiacavto els tov ToAv, otrre KerTeoTpEpavTo Tous Tpwos' TuvavTo yap det atrtous oi 1 GAAor Kot! 6 “Extwp. Kas § Se xor ® GAAws Eytyveto Ta Tov "Ayaioov Tpayyatae & yap *Ayouenve kat & *“AyiAAeus, fyevoves SvTes Toov “Ayaiay, Spes Stepepovto &AANACIS Trepl Trapf_evou Tivos. Sires 5e TouTo éyeveto, eUOus dxouceate.” Chryses’ plan to recover his daughter Xpuons, 6 Tou *AroAAcvos iepeus, ob 8 thy Ouya- Tepa éAnoato 6 "Ayapepvoov, tet BovAetan d&varkoptg- coor Thy Tapfevov, oltws BovuAeveTat.® ‘airros trapa 1° tous “Ayatous Bnaopo,”? TwoAAa Kot?! Koro Bwpa gepov. ef Se Se€ovTai Ta éua wpa, otK sotiv 1. See c. 12, n. 25. 2. An early name for the fair-haired race, which, coming down from the north, joined with the Mediterranean peoples to form the Hellenes. 3. Dat. of time af which something occurs. 4. of 1’ &Ado1 Kal. See c. 15, 1. 24. 5. The adverbial ending is -ws; see also cAAwS, gids and aloxpws. 6. Koi often means ‘also’. 7. Many active verbs have a future deponent; cf. Bnoowar (Poaves) Anyouar (AqpBaves). 8. of. Notice the breathing carefully; not ot, but of, gen. of 45, ‘whose’. 9. Don’t confuse BouAevopar (‘ plan’) with BouAoyar (‘ wish’). ro, The meaning of this prep. depends on the case that follows. With the dat. it means ‘ along with’. Lines that are wap’ GANAS are ‘ alongside one another’, (Now you won't misspell it !} With the acc. it means‘ to’. 11, Two adjs. with one noun must usually be coupled with ‘and’ in Gk.XIV, THE MIDDLE VOICE 133 étros ot Aucopatr thy Kopnv. ef 8 od pr 8 2 Aucovotv attny, ouye,/4 & *AtroAAov, (dS yap EMogeto Tov Oeov) drroteicet atrrous.’ Agamemnon rejects Chryses’ plea— ® oyetaion "Ayotor! Sia Th ot pidtes 26eEaobe Tov yepovta ; aloxpws yap émewoaots atrov. TravTav 8 pakiota ouy’, © “Ayapeyvov. troicis Aoyots cireKpives Tpos Tov yepovTa! oKxuBpuwrros yap épaivou tH Sper Kat eltras 1° to1xSe — ‘dp’ otk)? aloyuvel, @ yepov, TolauTa Agyov; feis yap of “Ayotor of pathy payoueta. ef tive kopnv év Tr pox pepopeba, otrTOTE drrotreptropeba.’ —and dismisses him with threats, to the displeasure of Apollo “"AAN oie EBouAouny ', dtrexpiverro 6 yepoor, ‘ dvev AutTpov Ktnoacten attny Kol Sia TouTo TauTa Ta Smpa Tapeckevacopny.’ ‘“Omrws un ters (see that we don’t) atéis Anwo- peta? ce Tapa Tots vavat’, éon 6 "Ayopeuveov. ‘vu vev yap Sdogupel, elta Se oUSetrote Traucel 6AopupO- PEVOS' TOLAUTO KOKG Treloet.’ Taut’ &koucas, & *AtroAAoy, Tres otk 18 FyQou Kot Orreoxou aroteiceo Gat 1° tous *Axatous ; 12. Lit. ‘Itisnot hownot . . .'a Gk, idiom for ‘assuredly’. 13. Negative after el is un, not ot. 14, Emphatic for ov. 15. This word has a curious double augment. drrebew, éorewoounv, ‘I thrust away from myself’. ‘Osmosis’, a scientific term derived from this verb, denotes the penetrat- ing power of some liquids. 16, The 2nd person is irregular; elmos for eles. 17. Are you not = Lat. nonne? dpa un would mean—‘ You aren't ashamed, are you?’ 18. Lit. ‘How not?’a way of saying, ‘Ofcourse...’ 19. Verbs of promising must always take a future infin. after them. They refer, of course, to the future.134 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK VOCABULARY adaypos (adv. -cs), shameful. aloxuvoya1, I am ashamed. GAATAOUS, -as,-c, one another. chAws (adv.), otherwise. é&puvopor, keep off from one- self. Gvokopizopm, get back for oneself. avev (gen.), without. Gromepmopai, send away from oneself, érrotivoya (fut. teisoyan), get one to pay back = punish. av, obths, again. *Ayaics, Achzan. &yGoun, be vexed. Patveo (fut. Bnoopat), go. PouAcvouc, plan. PovAouai, wish. Bexa, ten. Sexatos, tenth. Bexouon, receive. Siapepopcn, differ, quarrel. eloPicropen, force one’s way into. elva, then. lepeus, -Ecos, m2, priest. xaos (adv.), badly. xeaTrootpepopan, I overturn for myself = I subdue. ktaopai, I get for myself. Anzoua, win as booty. Avopot, I loose for myself, I ransom. Aigcopen, I beseech. AvTpov, -ou (#.), a ransom, poAiora (adv.), most. Berny (adv.), in vain. bm, no, not. vous, vews, f. a ship. drkopupoum, bewail. épeos, nevertheless. étres, how. otnrote Soberrore }BEVEF- dwis, £005, f. face. TrapaoKevczopal, get ready for oneself, prepare. Trapfeves, -ou, f. maiden, Tacx (fu. Tetcouan), suffer Travopon, stop (tfrans.). qroios, -a&, -ov, what sort of ? oxvOpeorros, -1), -ov, scowling. oxetAtos, rash, stubborn. Umoxvounat (aor. imrecxouny), promise. gepopat, take for oneself, win. nut (aor. Eon), say. giaiw, (adv.), kindly oe, thas. THE WRATH OF ACHILLES—II Apollo’s vengeance and the seer’s advice Obtws 5 dpyizeto 6 *ATroMAawv tors *“Ayanots, dote! ToAAous vuxtwp eepyouevos Bteipyacerro,? 1. dove. See. 11 ASsop. 11. 2. Notice an irreg. augment on -épyazopat, making the aor. -elpyacapny.XIV. THE MIDDLE VOICE 135 TroAAa Se Eyevovto ai Trupat® tov der! Kctopevoov.® teAos © Se d ’AyiAaeus, ‘ Otrrote pev§oueba’, en, ‘ Tov Bavetov, el un épwtnoopev Sia? paves Tivos Tov Geov Tl pepqetod fui.’ ® émerta Be 6 Kadyas (uaveis yap tv) guavtevcato Torte — ‘Zu En, © "Ayopepvoy, ott’ 25e€ao ta Sapa, ot’ fAuoas Thv Tou iepews Guyatepa. Toryapouv ovbe érreooel ® tov Aoryov. el Se drrotrep wel © atrrny, TavTa KoAoos etifus gorau,’ The dispute between Achilles and Agamemnon TyGeTo ov 6 “Ayapenvey Kat d&rrexptvecro — ’Enret Aigoeode Eye Travtes, THY HEV TOV yepovTos Trapfevov ctromrepouar, thy Se BoioniSa, thy tou “AyiAAews Kopny, &vTl THOS Anwouat, dAAws yap To &OAov 19 64 éy TH LOXn AveyKopny,!? povos Tov "Ayatov ovy eo." 15 mpos tayta Md ’AyiAAeus, lonv épynv 3. The invading Northerners burnt their dead, while the Mediterranean races buried theirs. 4. de, ‘from time to time’. There must have been a time when Apollo, who came with the Achzans, wasa strange and fearful god to the Greeks. Then he is spoken of as the god who slays with ‘the arrow that flicth by night’. Only when the Greeks got to know their Apollo better did they identify him with the sun and the arts, 5. Kone (act.),‘ I burn’; xoropon (intryans.), ‘I burn’, Fut. xavow, aor. &auca; hence ‘ caustic ’—encausticum— the purple ink used by Roman Emperors, which seemed to ‘burn into’ the paper; hence Fr. ‘encre’, Eng. ‘ink’! 6. TeAos is often used adverbially, ‘at last’. 7. Sia-+ gen, ‘through’, ‘by means of’. 8. fv, ‘us,’ peppopar takes the dat. 9. Be careful of, &reoe: (GtreoGeono) and crrotrepiper; they are 2nd person, not 3rd. 10. What a pity that our word ‘ athletics ’ is so bound up with d@Aov, a prize! 11.4 neuter relative pron—not masc. 12. Irreg. aor. of pepopat. 13. éxeo becomes #{ in the future. Notice effect on otx. 14. Tpos TauTa, ‘in reply to this ’.136 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK paiveov, eltrev, ‘Ap’ deaipnoe 1} pe thy éunv Trapbe- vov; GAAa Aeyoo cor Tobe" tyelg oty totropeba 18 ueta cou l? TpolavSe 18 tToov troAeuteow Evexct 9 GAA THs Ani&os, Hote ef dpaipnoet thvde, ovxeti tywye tarep cou BovAopct poyeobo. pers Se KoKa ToAAa Treiceade, GAA’ Eyes &peEouat Tou TroAcoU.’ Otrras Ge, Kara*? tov ‘Opunpov, fp§aro i Tov *AyiAAgoos unvis. VOCABULARY &8Aov, -ou (n.), prize. beta (gen.), with. dvr, prep. (gen.), instead of, Unvis, -e0s, f. wrath, éarexopor, withhold oneself. vuxTop (adu,), by night, &pyouor, begin, Spyizoum, be angry. &porpeopcn, take away from. SUKETI, NO longer. Biepyagouca, kill. TupG, -o5, f. a pyre. veka (gen.), for the sake of. T&AOS (adv.), at last. t€epxouou, come out. Toryapouv, therefore. treita, then. urs (pron.), you (pl.). fropan, follow. unep (prep, gen.), on behalfof. xaiopai, I burn (intrans.). pave, show. ‘Anis, -1805, f. booty. gevyo (f. peugoua), flee. Aotryos, plague, pestilence. Bpionis, -1505, f. Briseis, Pavers, -£005, 9. Seer. captive maid of Achilles. uavrevopet, to prophesy. Koayas, -cvros, m2. Calchas, a Leupouar (dat.), to blame. Greek prophet. 15. Gpcipeouoa, takes two accusatives: (1) what you take away, (2) whom you take it from. 16. Aor. éopo.. 17. peta + gen., ‘with’, 18. -8¢ is attached to a word to indicate direction towards it. TpotavSe, to Troy. So *ASnvasSe = “A@nvage, to Athens. 19. évexa, ‘ for the sake of ', always follows its gen. 20. kata, ‘ according to ’.CHAPTER XV THE PASSIVE VOICE In the passive voice the subject is represented as acted upon—e.g. 6 trois troisevetoi—the boy is being trained. If the ‘agent’, by whom an action is performed, is mentioned, the word tro (‘by’) precedes it, and it is put in the genitive case—e.g. 6 Tats TroiSeveTar tio Tou S18acKaAou. The boy is being trained by the master, Agent and Instrument. Distinguish carefully be- tween the agent by whom a thing is done, and the instrument with which it is done. It was a secret agent by whom the plans were stolen (tto-+ genitive), but a blunt instrument with which (simple dative) the murder was done. Remember an agent must live, as the insurance man said when he was kicked out, Instrument. 1 O@cAacoa tapaccetat Tols dveyois. The sea is disturbed by the winds, Agent. 7, Oohacoa tTapaccetar tito tou Tloce1Scoves. The sea is disturbed by Poseidon. Tense Forms It will occasion you much pleasure to know that you have already learnt the 137138 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Present Passive Imperfect Passive because these tenses are identical with the present middle and the imperfect middle. The passive forms, however, of the future and aorist are different from those of the middle. Aorist Sing, Plur, favor fAuOrHEv EAuons éAuOnte FAVS tAuSnoav Future Aven coped AuOnocopeda AvOnon or ~et Aubnoeode AvOngeTo1 AvenoovTat Note that -6n- is a characteristic sign of tenses peculiar to the passive, and that the endings of the aorist passive are like the endings of an active tense. ORPHEUS AND EURYDICE.—I *Hv! Be trote dorSos? tis,3 "Opgeus4 Svouett, ds 1. ’Hv ‘ (There) was’. Gk. has no introductory word to correspond with the Eng. preparatory ‘there’. 2. deiBes, ‘minstrel’. If youremember that a + 0 = w, you will see that this word is connected with @5n = Eng.‘ ode’. 3. tis, ‘a certain’; the nearest thing the Gks. had to an ‘indef. article. Do not confuse with the other tis 1, meaning “who? what? or why?’ 4. ’Oppevs. See the pretty song in K. Henry VIII, 3.1.3," Orpheus with his lute... .” Also Merchant of Venice, 5.1.79. Orpheus was the reputed founder of a mysterious association which had members all over Ancient Greece. They had a secret ritual, and bound themselves to a certain way of life. They “believed inXV. THE PASSIVE VOICE 139 otteo ® Kothws Exidapize? TH Avpg, doTe TavTa Ta z@a Kal ta SevEpa kat Sy Kar ® ra dpn eitrero avrtoo Saupozovta, toutou Be 4 yuvn, as tv Te Kye Treprirater,® tro BpaKkovtos 9 SaKvetou ere Se obK farpevetcn To EAKos,1! TeAos 1® dcroGvnoKel. dcyeTon Te Urro Tou “Epyou,!? tou wuxotroutroy, els “AiBou.!4 Kat To1cuTa dAogupETo 6 "Opp_eus — “'@por 4 éyoo Sia 118 ottas, @ Evpubtxn, tro Spaxovtos ESnyxGns; Sia th UpnptracGns guou; el yap 17 wot 18 gyooye peTa cou étpwOny, eltrep e€eotiv 2° original sin, purification, and the transmigration of souls. They eventually became connected with a similar brother- hood founded by Pythagoras. 6. oltw... aoTe. ‘So . .. that (as a result).’ The clause introduced by acre is called a consecutive clause, because it shows the conse- quence or result. 7. Kiapigo, ‘To play on the xiapa ’— the word which became both ‘ zither’ and‘ guitar’. 8. xo &y Kau, ‘and what is more’, is a phrase which adds some- thing emphatic. 9. meprmoare. Aristotle founded a school of Peripatetic philosophers, who used to walk up and down the Lyceum at Athens while instructing their pupils. Hence ‘ peripatetic ’ means ‘wandering’ or ‘itinerant’. To. v, ‘dragon’ or ‘ snake’, is derived from the aor. part. of Sepkopm, ‘look’, and means ‘the one with the piercing glance’. 11. éAkos, Latin uicus; Eng. ‘ ulcer’ and so‘ wound’. 12. TeAos used as an adv, ‘at last’. 13. ‘Epuns, Hermes had many functions, being the god of merchants, travellers and thieves. He was also the official escort of the souls of the dead to Hades, wuyorropttes, a task which kept him very busy. rq. els ‘AiSou, es normally takes the accus. case, but sometimes the gen. follows cls, when the word ‘house’ is to be understood. Hades in Gk. is a person, not a place. He was the king of the underworld. So the Gks. talked of going to Hades’s, just as we might talk of going to Woolworth’s. 15. dpo1, alas’. This word is said to be the ancestor of the Eng. ‘Ah me!’ 16. 61a t1, ‘owing to what? = why?’ although the word 11 alone is frequently used in the sense of ‘why’? 17. el yap, these words, which do not here140 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Spectr #® Sig Sonverv. vuv Se*! apoSpa Papuvoyen top ow TrevOet 2? torouTov Be dAyos éxeo oiou 9 otnrore éorctAyOncopat.’ Tedos Se {Boudeveto altos KaraPcavev els ‘Aidov. ‘Avénosta yap,’ nov, ‘7 EvpuSikn th éun Aupo GeAxXOnoovTar Se Taig gyors Bats ol te AAC korea Oeot Kor 6 TAouTav.” dtrep xon eyeveto. Bia Bpayeos*® yap of pev 76 vexpor fvayKagovTo bear their normal meanings, ‘if’ and ‘for’, are used in Gk. to introduce a wish for the past, now impossible of fulfilment. They are to be translated ‘Would that...’ The aor. indic. which follows carries a meaning similar to the English pluperfect ‘ Would that I had been wounded ’. 18. kor frequently means ‘also’ as well as ‘and’. 19. égeot. Compare ophicleide in an orchestra, derived from égis, ‘serpent’, and kaAets, -805, ‘key’. 20. éeorv, an impersonal verb—i.e. one with no expressed subject—' (it) is possible’. 21. vuv 6, ‘but asitis’. 22. Tw og mevbe, lit. ‘ by your grief’, but that is an idiomatic way of saying in Gk., “by my grief for you’. 23. ofou, ‘as’ corresponds to Toiovrov, ‘such’. The gen. is used to express ‘from’, the idea of separation contained in the verb. You will meet other instances of this. 24. of te &AAo1 Korte Geol Kor 4 Tlhouteyv, ‘ The infernal gods and especially Pluto.’ Notice this Gk. way of mentioning others first with the object of drawing attention to a single instance. This means literally * Both (te) the other gods below and Pluto’. Observe also how an adverb may be put in between an article and a noun, and have the effect of an adjective. of Kora @eo1, ‘the gods below’. So of vuv otparnyol, ‘ present-day generals’. 25. Sia Bpayeos, ‘in a short (time)*: so, dia troAAoy, ‘ after a long (interval) ’. 26. pev.. . 62, lit.‘ on the one hand ...on the other hand’. These words always stand second in their clauses. The Greeks loved to think of things as contrasted pairs. It is part of that mental balance which their philosophers thought so im- portant. You will find it too clumsy to translate pev and & literally, and you may have to content yourself with simply ‘ but ’ in the second half, But you should bear the meaning in mind.XY. THE PASSIVE VOICE 14 Eraxouelv, 6 575 Kyav, & KepBepos,2? xorreryeTo Tou Wranrervy,28 VOCABULARY Gye, lead, take, drive. advoryKoze, force, compel. érahiacow, rid, free. GrrofvyjoKw, die, be killed. Tlhovteov, -cvos (m.), Pluto, god of the underworld. Tlocedev, -VOs (m.), Poseidon, god of the sea, Neptune. Gos, -1), -ov (poss. pron.), your, (of one person). ogodpa, exceedingly, very. perpeooney (aor. pass. trpeobny), wound. Papuves, weigh down. S15, twice. eltrep, if, in fact. éroxove, listen to. Evpusikn, -ns, Eurydice, wife of Orpheus. GcAyoo, charm, soften. tro (gen.), by (of the forpeve, cure, heal. . agent). KoraBo1ves, go down. SgneTage, snatch away rom. knytros, -ou (7.), garden. vexpos, -ou (m.), body, corpse. vexpot, the dead. ORPHEUS AND EURYDICE.—II TeAos Se eltrev 5 TAouTeov taSe —‘ xan} fers Teyyo- velba TH on AviTy: Toryapouv Anyel THY yuvorKer el Se Preweis év TH dvobcp? Tpos THY yuvorKka, d&poape- O@nceroa troAw? dao cou.’ fod? S& toutois Tois &s (conj.), as, when. 27. KepBepos, Cerberus, the fearsome three-headed hound who guarded the gates of Hell, could only be appeased by giving him something to eat. Only thus was it possible to slip by him, Hence the phrase, ‘ x sop to Cerberus.’ 28. rou jAokreiv, ‘from barking’. The article and the infin. is equivalent to a verbal noun in English ending in -ing. See note 23 for the gen. 1. Kot, see note 18 above. 2. dvo8os, ‘the road up’; cf. the anode and the kathode in electrolysis. 3. wad, “back again’. A palindrome is a word or sentence that runs backward as well as forward—e.g. Adam’s words of self-introduction to his wife: “ Madam, I’m Adam.” A famous Gk. palindrome is to be seen on many baptismal fonts; thus, NI'YONANOMHMATAMHMONANOYIN = viyov142 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Aoyors 6 ’Opgeus xa EEnAGov, 6 ev éuTrpoobe K1Gapt- zoov, f) Se dmc Gev Etroyevn. ® portato > dvOpetrar! &p’ der viknOrcec8e into Tou *Epeotos ; © otras Kat & "Opgeus év arty TH EoGw ot kaTelyev Eoxutov, GAAG Trofeo Ths yuvaikos TrepteBAewev, 4) Se evOus ypavicdn.? Kal TouTe Top TpoTraa & “Oppeus Tradiv éxwpiobn THs yuvaikos.® dxoucavTes Ge of Tov OpgKov veoviat, ‘Ou Snta’, Epacay, ‘ou povos xwpioOnoel THs yuval- KOs" THEIS yap BouAoHeba peTexeiy THs AUTINS® pETA gov. ai Se yuvatKes olkol KaToAeipOnoovtat.” trpos Se TouTa dpyizovto al yuvaiKes, Aeyovon, ‘Ap’ ot Seivov ef 4 doiBou Tivos vex del voopicén- gopeba Toov a&vSpoov ; ’ ote TrpoceSpayov ? tro0s tov “Oppeax Kat Bte- otrapofav onrroy Ta peAn!? t Se Kepadn éBAnOn i (aor. imper. of vitttw, ‘ wash’) «dvounuara (‘ sins’, “lawlessnesses ', & + voyos), un povav (for povny), dyiv (* not only face’). 4. Aor. pass. from #Sopa1. What is a“‘hedonist’? 5. Adj. from pany, c. 14. 6. “Epos, son of Aphrodite; the Gk. original of Cupid. Most Londoners call their favourite statue in Piccadilly Circus, Eeros, but the Greeks pronounced it E-rose. 6. wepteBAewev. The Bnal -: of Teg does not give place to an augment, nor can it be elided. 7. From &-pavigw, ‘to make to disappear ’. The story is reminiscent of that of Lot’s wife. 8. ts yvvaixos is called the gen. of separation—the case used when one person or thing is removed from another. Other examples occur here. See if you can find them. 9. ts Autms is called the partitive gen., where a part or share of the whole is involved. 10. tpostavra, seec.14. 11. Is it not shameful that ...? Notice the delicate Gk. ef (‘ if’) instead of our blunter ‘that’. 12. tpoceBpapov, see c. 12, n. 26. 13. wedn, from pedos, ‘a limb’; don’t confuse with the other pedos, ‘a melody’. 14. éBAnn, aor. pass. of Badrco.XV. THE PASSIVE VOICE 143 els Tov TroTapov. Kal pny 15 @> KaTX Tov TroTapoy 18 Epepeto, cer Sev t Kepahn f TunGeroc 17 Tavu KoAT 18 Bn TH govn. VOCABULARY ee | ee sing. 0, (gen.), away from. Baraw (aor. pass. #BAnGnv), throw. Baetros, look. Selves, -1, “ov, strange. dn, indeed, of course. Siactrapaccw, tear in pieces. terrible, tutrpocte(v) (adv.), before, in front. ASouct (aor. jobnv), I am pleased. ters (pers. prom.), we. KaTaAeitres, leave behind. kegaan, -ns, f. head. AcpBaves (fut. ANyoucn), get, take EAGS, -ous (7.), a limb. beta (gen.), with. vetexo, share in gen.). voopi3@, separate from. émioGe(v) (adv.}, behind. mavu (adv.), very, exceed- ingly. TrepiPAetreo, look round. teyyo, melt, soften. TunGers, -eroc, -ev (aor. pass, picple. from tepves), cut, severed. Xwpizo, separate, put apart. (takes LOVE AMONG THE ROSES We do not know exactly who wrote the poem about the Cicada, It is one of a number of poems that used to be ascribed to a poet named Anacreon. It is almost certain, however, that these poems, of which the following is another example, were the products of a later imitator of Anacreon. Anacreon 15. kat unv, ‘and lo!’. This phrase is often used to attract the attention of the reader or hearer to something fresh. 16. Kata Tov Trotapov, “down stream’. What is the opposite? See n. 2. 17. thn Geico, fem. aor. ptcple. pass. from tépve, ‘Icut’. 18. Lit.‘ with the voice very beauti- ful’. This is called a predicative position of the adj., and is common in Gk. It has almost the effect of adding a further statement, ‘ which was very beautiful ’,144 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK himself was born at Teos, and wrote many love- poems. He was a friend of Polycrates, the tyrant of Samos, and of Hipparchus, who ruled at Athens. He is said to have died through being choked by a grapestone, The spurious poems have not the virtues of the master, though Cowley and Tom Moore, the Irish poet, translated them. This poem will give you practice in the forms of the aorist passive and aorist passive participle. *Epess trot” év AoBorot ! Kolpeopevtyy 2 pedrT Tay 3 ovx elSev, GAA’ Etpcobn. tov SaxtyAov 4 Se SnxGats 5 THS XEIPOS GACAUEE.® Spapwv Se koa tretacbets 7 Tpos THY KAAnV Kuonpny,® *OAcAa.,® untep, eltrev, 1. An extra 1 is frequently added to the dative case in poetry. 2. Koipe-ovevny, ‘sleeping’. A Koipntnpiov (cemetery) is asleeping-ground. 3. peAicoa, see ‘The ss,’ €. 11. oo and tr are interchangeable in Gk., the difference being one of dialect. 4. ‘In the finger.’ The part of the body affected by a verb or an adj. is usually in the accus. case in Gk. This word means either ‘ finger’ or ‘ toe’. There is a pretty Homeric epithet of the Dawn, poSoBaxrTuhos, ‘rosy-fingered ‘; cf. Pterodactyl. The foot, a dactyl, consisting of a long syllable and two short ones, was held to represent the joints of the finger. 5. Aor. pass. ptcple. from Soxve. See Orpheus 1. 6. Another onomatopoeic word like kogupopa. 7. Tr. ‘ having flown’, lit. ‘ spread wide his wings’, from teravvum, ‘to spread’. 8. A name for Venus, who was worshipped at the island of Cythera, off the south coast of Greece. 9g. ‘I am done for.’ This erf, tense from éAAupm, ‘I destroy’, is always used in an intrans. way inGk. It always has this significance of being ruined or finished.XV. THE PASSIVE VOICE 145 SdwaAa, KétrobvnaKe, Sots uw” ETUWE LIKpOs TrTepotos, 6v KXAOVOT LeAiTTay of yewpyor. 7 & eimev, El to xevtpov 7° trover 11 to Ths WEAITTNS, trocov, SoKels, Tovoucty, *Epoos, dcous 9 ou BathAets ; 7? VOCABULARY SroAugo, cry aloud. Soke, think. arrepwtos, winged. trogos, -7, -ov, how much? kaAco, call. PERFECT MIDDLE AND PASSIVE Another tense whose forms are common to both middle and passive is the perfect. The endings, which are of great antiquity, are easy to learn: -poa, ~oal, -Tat, -pefa, -ofe, -vrat. As in the active perfect, the first syllable is reduplicated ; if the word begins with a vowel, the vowel is lengthened for reduplication, Agent. With the 3rd person singular and plural of the perfect passive, and the perfect passive par- ticiple the agent may be indicated by the dative case instead of timo with the genitive. E.g. AcAuTo cor, He has been freed by you. ro, See 11, sop. 15. 11. trove is used in two senses here: (a) ‘hurt’, (b) ‘suffer’. 12. Besides ‘throw’, this verb means to strike ‘with a missile’. 13. dc0us, ‘ those whom ’, ‘as many as’.146 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK PERFECT MIDDLE AND PASSIVE AAUP AcAucon AeAuTct AgAupebcr Aehuate 3. AcAuvTod Participle AeAvpevos, -n, -ov Infinitve AcAvobca If, however, the verbal stem ends with a consonant instead of a vowel as in Avw, the perfect middle and passive become a little more complicated, because the final consonant causes modification of the endings. For instance, the perfect passive of Tparte is trempay-yor. If the 3rd person plural were like that of Ave, it would have to be tempay-vtan. But to a Greek yvt as a combination was an im- possibility. Therefore they used in such cases the perfect participle, with eioi as an auxiliary. These perfects with consonantal stems fall into five classes, according to the consonant modifying the ending. Below is a sample of each. NHW NOW tTpatto, do. Tree, persuade. I, Temperyyed I, TWETreropon 2. Trempagoa 2, TreTreloo 3. TeTtpaKTod 3. TreTreloTou I. Tempoy pueda I. Tetrerapeba 2. Tempoy Ge 2. Tetreiobe 3. Tempcrypevot elow 3. Tretreiopyevor elo Infin. retpay6or Infin. tretreic Gon Ptcple. tremporyuevos Pteple. tretrerauevosXV. THE PASSIVE VOICE 147 Treutroo, send, + TETCEWLCL TeTrep ot . TETTELTT TCA. . TreTrEppedar . TETTELDDE . TreTréppevoi sloiv Hw NH w Infin. reteyp@on Ptcple. tremreppevos DHW EN 4 TEPAcUal TE~aAVOR . TepovTon . Trepacpeta . Trepavee NHWNH éyyehhw, announce. . TyyeApen hyyeaoat . WYyYeATS . hyyeAueto . Tyyeate 3. tryyeAuevor clo Inf. fyyeAbor Ptcple. qyyeApevos paiveo, show. 3. Tepacpevol cioiv Infin, Trepavéct Ptcple. tepacpevosCHAPTER XVI THE -m VERBS Baby says, ‘“Me want some”. He does so because he has reached a definite stage in the development of his growing consciousness. First of all, when he was quite helpless, he was interested in action only in terms of its effect on ‘me’. Gradually, how- ever, he becomes aware of his own identity and individuality; passivity passes into activity, and in this second stage ‘ me’ (the only personal pronoun he has) actively wants something. This, however, is only a transitory stage. It is not long before imitation and possibly parental correction lead him to make the proper distinction between the pronoun as subject and the pronoun as object. But the persons have to be sorted out in Baby’s mind first. The same is roughly true of the infancy of the Greek language. In the prehistoric stage of the language’s development there was probably only one voice and one tense. This consisted of the stem, indicating generally the nature of the verb’s action, and endings, consisting of personal pronouns affected by external causes. Most probably the earliest endings ran thus :— -por, me. -oat, you (cf. ov). -toa, that one (cf, To). But when baby Greek got to the second stage, distinguishing active from passive (the ‘me-want- some’ stage), it used the endings it knew, only 148XVI. THE -w VERBS 149 slightly modified. In fact, the -yon, -oon, -toa end- ings became -, -c1, -t1, the former being kept for the passive or middle. Later the Ist person pro- noun, éyw, came into use, and verbs in consequence acquired a new ending in -w. This became by far the commonest ending, ousting in most verbs the old -41 ending. Yet even in Homer it can be seen that some verbs are wobbling uneasily between a -uit and an -o termination, and by the time of the New Testament some of the most diehard p's of the classical tradition have forsaken their old form. Even so does a language develop from age to age. But some baby habits stick. And there stuck in the Greek language a number of verbs of the old -u type, still lingering on from that second stage we have mentioned. They are all, as you would expect, transitive, with the exception of the two elui(s), meaning ‘I am’ and ‘I go’, verbs so elemental in their meaning that it is hardly surprising that their endings are of great antiquity. It is generally true of all languages that the more simple in meaning the verb is, the more irregular are its forms, since they have had a longer passage of time to get knocked about in. Of course, the lapse of years had some effect, too, on the old -w, -o, -T1 system, although it is still partly recognisable. There are not many of these verbs, but, being of great antiquity, they are all the more important as their meanings are primary—e.g. I put, set, give, let go, show, say, etc. One can hardly open a page of Greek without coming across some part of either viGnut or torn, especially in the aorist forms.150 to make progress without. TEACH YOURSELF GREEK They are not easy, but if you wish to make any progress in Greek, you had better brace yourself to the effort of learning them, for you are hardly likely They fall into four divisions according to the prevailing vowel, and there are also some odd ones, lying outside these categories : — nn, prevailing vowel—e, BiSep1, prevailing vowel—o, fotnui, prevailing vowel—a. Seikvuut, prevailing vowel—u. ACTIVE I place. I give. I set up. [ I show. miOqut S160 fornut Sencevunt | 1. teOqut B1Beopn fornut Setkvunt Bi 2. mTiOns B1b005 lorns Seikvus ® | 3. Tina B1b0001 torn BSemvuor @ | 1. tiepev BiBopev forapev Seucvupev & | 2. Tiere Sibote lorate Servuts 3 aibeac1 bi50a01 lorao1 Setkvucor ee Oa £6150uv forny | &8emvuv Q | 2. éniOns £8150us5 iotns éSeikvus & | 3. én6q EdiS0u ior éSerkvu = | a, erGeyev E6180pev lorapev &euvupev = | 2. énGete &6150Te lorote éSerkvute A | 3. éribecav | biS0cav loracay tSemvucay a & | ti8even Si50ven loraven Serxvuvar 4 | 4 & | riGe1s BiB0us loras ServusXVI THE -w VERBS 151 MIDDLE AND PASSIVE . 1. Ti8epon S1Sopat forapat Serkvupar E | 2. tiecar 8180001 loracat Serxvucat @ | 3. Teta 81S0Ta1 iororrat Seikvutat @ | x. 1GepeOc SiS opeba forapeba Semvupeda A, | 2. TiOecbe BiSocbe loracte Seixvuade 3. TIBevTon S1SovTat fotavTot Servuverat — ' _ wo | oT. Sridepny | 26180pnv forauny éSencvupnv Q | 2. reco 2615000 foraco éSeikyuco ty | 3. érideto £18010 loraro &BeixvuTo et 1. ériBepebar | E618 0ue80 lorapebax éSevupeba 3 2, infect. §S1S000e lotacte t5eucvucGe A | 3. énBevto $= | 281S0vT0 lotavto é&Berxvuvto Z| i | tiWec8cn BiS0c8a1 iotactet Semvucbar 4 i 5 T1Bepevos BiSopevos lorapevos Semvupevos a] ! NOTES ON THE CONJUGATION OF THE -ut VERBS 1. In the present and imperf. active the vowels are long in the singular, n, , 7, U, but short in the plural, €, 0, , v. 2. The 3rd person sing. of the present -o1 was originally made plural by adding -v, making -vo1. a was prefixed to this ending, and the v eventually disappeared. The a of -aci coalesced with the a of the stem in tornpt, but it remained apart from e, o and u in the other verbs. 3. In the imperf. the initial 1 of iotnp: becomes long by the augmentation.152 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK 4. Even Ti@npt was beginning to lose its old -w forms in classical times, and Greeks began to think of it as if it were Tico. The result is that the forms émideig and éri@a are quite common for the imperf. (see Contracted Verbs, c. 20). Similarly the imperf. of SScout should have been 2818cov, -cos, -co, but that form had been replaced by é&180wv, -ous, -ou, as if it came from a contracted verb, 81500. 5. Suveyea (‘I am able’) and émotoyen (‘I under- stand’; the Greeks said ‘ over-stand’, rather more sensibly !) are conjugated like iotapcu, but generally have éuvw and ftymiote instead of éuvaco and fymiotaco in the 2nd person sing. of the imperf, EXERCISE ON THE -w VERBS Translate :— I. Ta trpoPera ot Syvatan pevyelv Tov AUKoV Tov épyouevov. 2. TI Goins THY Trolwyny, @ ploBwTE; 3. otk émotapeba THY geovnv Thy Tou dAAOV Trompevos. 4. 6 Twarnp pou éeKkvu ta tpoBara Tols Tot. 5. 6 ’Ayouenveoy lorerren fyeueov travtoov Tov “EAAnvoov. 6. ol pevyovtes é5i50c0v TravTa Tolg AuKols. 7. Set ce apievan tov tyfuv. 8. ot BSuvopevor cAA@ Tv SiSovar Tov ypugov, det drreTiGecav. g. Te TroAAa tyovtl ToAAm TroAAcKis SiS0Ta1. 10. cuvtifevtos Tous vouous Tou tyevovos, eiSwAov iotato tro Tov TrOALTOOR KEY TO EXERCISE 1. The sheep are unable to escape the wolf which is coming, 2, Why do you let go your flock, hireling? 3, We do not understand the voice of the other shepherd. 4. My father was showing the sheep to the boys. 5.XVI. THE - VERBS 153 Agamemnon is being set up as leader of all the Greeks. 6. Those running away were giving everything to the wolves. 7. It is necessary that you let go the fish. 8. Not being able to give the gold to another person, they always used to put it away. g. To him that has much, much is frequently given, 10, While the leader was putting to- gether the laws (genitive absolute), an idol was being set up by the citizens. This passage from St. John x. 11 illustrates the pi-verbs. ‘O ATAGOZ NOIMHN "Eyes elut 61 troiny 6 KaAos. 6 trol 6 Koos THY wuxny altou TIOnoiw? trrep Toov Trpocrroov. ‘O plobwTtos Kot otK dv? troiuny, ob otk gon Tao tpoBota 161c0,4 Gecoper® tov Avkov épyouevov, Kea éqinat * ta poate Kat peuyel. Ken 6 AuKos d&ptrazer ara Kat oxeSovvuci 7 ta TrpO- Porta. 6 5e pioGatos gevyer, OT1® piodwtos go, ken oW peAer® cxrrep Trept Tov TrpoBaTaoy. *Eyw eit 6 Trony 6 Kados' Kal yryveoKe Ta tua, Kou ytyvoooKxopar tro Twv gue, Kaos yryve- oxel pe 6 TraThnp, Kayw ylryvwoKw Tov TraTepa, KOT THY yuyny pou TIGNp UTrEep Twov trpoBatov. 1. See c. 6, Only late Gk. permitted the article with the complement. 2. ‘ Puts’, but throughout this passage in the sense of ‘lays down’. 3. Pres. ptceple. of elu, ‘I am—being’. 4. See c. 11, n. 25, here ‘ private property ’. 5. Sewpew, ‘I watch’, gives us Sswpnpa, ‘something to be investigated ’, a theorem, and ewpia, ‘speculation’, as opposed to ‘ practice ’"—i.e. theory. 6. ‘Lets go.’ inu is one of the most important of the -y1 verbs. It is con- jugated like m@nu. 7. Seec. 13. The original New Testa- ment uses a later and rarer word with this meaning. 8. This word means both ‘that’ and ‘because’. 9. Imper- sonal verb, ‘it does not concern him’ = ‘ he has no care for’. 10. 10s, ‘my’, nearly always has the article im Gk.154 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Kan daa trpoBata tye & ot totiv é Ths ovANS TouTns KéKelve Ger pe &ycryetv 12 Koa THY Qavnv pou éKoucovtal, Kat yevnoeten 2 wc 14 tron, els Troy. Sia touto 6 tatrmnp pe cyotra # oT yoo TION THY yuxnv pou iva (in order that) wow AoBoo (I may take) avrny. OvSeig aiper tS ovtny da” grou, KAA’ Eyoo TOQuI curny dm’ guautou. touciav 1 éyoo eon attny, kor €€ouciav gx TroAv Ace cutny. TayTnV Thy évtoAny éAaBov rapa Tou TraTpos Pou. VOCABULARY amrae, I love. karfoos (conj.), just as. OuAn, -ns, fold, pen. Auxos, -ou, a wolf. tyvwoKe, realise, recognise, io€aTtos, a hired man, hired. VTOAT, -1s, command, Toipvn, -T5, a flock. tovcia, -as, power, permis- poeta, -cv (x. pi.), sheep. sion. oxeSavvun, I scatter. Literary Fragments Single lines and fragments of lost plays are pre- served for us in large numbers, because they have been quoted by other authors in their books. Very often the reason for their preservation is none other than that the author wishes to illustrate some sentiment, rare word, or unusual construction. They provide, however, a peep, tantalisingly narrow, into a vast treasure-house to which we cannot gain access. Il. &yw, see c. 13. Aor., tyeryov; aor. inf., c&yaryerv. 12. yevnoopat, fut. of yryvoum. 13. els, see c. 11. Strabo (vocabulary), has fem. pro and neuter év. 14. cyarrao, see the noun, c. 7. 15. alpe, literally ‘lift’; hence ‘ take away’. 16. &ovoia, the noun from éeort (see c. 15).XVI THE - VERBS 155 Jack of All Trades I. TOAA’ Amott tpya, KoKws & }metare TavTa, From the Margites (the Madman), a mock-heroic poem, ascribed to Homer. Time’s Daughter, Justice 2. Thy Tor! Aikny Aeyouat trad” elvan ypovou. Berxvuct 8 fucov? dotis? got” 7 un! KaKos, 1. A particle—a class of words in Gk. which indicate the tone in which a remark is made—it might be translated, “I tell you’. 2, Gen. of fuss, see c. 15. 3. Who? tis; asks the question, whe ?, but when the question is governed by a verb (SemKvvo1), Tis may become dots. 4. Here = ov. Ruling Class Sh To T’ etryeves 4 TOAAT SiBeo1w éAmiB cog? apfoucrs yns, I. evyevns means well-born (cf. Eugene—eugenics). The neuter article and adj. often correspond to an abstract noun, Thus to evyevss, ‘ nobility ', ‘good birth’. 2. ds, besides meaning ‘as’ or ‘when’, frequently means ‘that’. 3. épyo, ‘I rule’ (but remember dpxouci, ‘I begin’) is seen in Eng. in such words as arch-duke, arch-fiend. It is followed by the gen. Tomorrow We'll Be Sober 4. f) yap Kutrpis ? trepuKe? tea okoTep? p1An To oes 4 8 dvayKny > tpocTionot ceppoverv.! 1. The Cyprian—a name for Venus, who was worshipped at Cyprus. 2. There are many perfects of transitive verbs which areintrans. guw means, ‘I plant’ or ‘ beget’, but the intrans. wepuka means ‘I have grown’, or just‘ I am’. 3, oxotos (also oxotia), ‘darkness’. An old riddle used to run :— “ Scotland, how thee a double darkness mocks ! Thy name is oxotia, and thy teacher (K)nox.” 4. oes, ‘light’, peoopopos (Phosphorus), the Morning Star, brings the light. What is photography? 5. Necessity, see dvayKaios, c. 6. 6. cwopoverv, ‘to be temperate’, “‘safe-minded ’. oawgpoouvn was a great Gk. virtue.156 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Fatal Cleverness 5. To 8 aku! touto Kai To Aanpnpov ® ppeveov els cuppopav 3 iotnat TroAAG Sn * Bpotous. I. dkus, ‘swift’; what, then, is tro @ku? 2. Amwnpos, ‘nimble’. 3. cuupopa, ‘disaster’. 4. mwoAAc &n, ‘oft, in- deed’. The neuter plural frequently has an adverbial sense. Time, the Healer 6. WerAcov ! fartpos Kot voow SiS0us ypovov lager’ * Hn padAov t Tepveov® ypoa.# I. Besides meaning ‘to intend’, pedAAw often means ‘delay, linger’, 2. laouor =lorpevw. The aor. means ‘has done so ere now’ (46m), and refers generally to all occasions—probably the earliest and truest use of the aor. 3. See tynOers, c. 15. 4. ypoos, -wros (also ypoos), m. flesh, Gk. surgery was perhaps more daring than successful. For instance, an attempt to remove a fish-bone by opening the larynx proved fatal. Plato considered that a doctor needed a course of oratory to persuade the patient to adopt the course of treatment which he recommended. Fame 7. npn ? tov éo8Aov? Kav puyeo ? Serkvuol yrs. I. gnun, ‘good report’. 2, éo@Aos, ‘good, worthy’, 3. buyos, ‘corner’, xdy = xeon év, ‘ even in’. Necessity Knows No Law 8. mpos thy d&voryKny o8* “Apns! dvOiotaton.? 1, Ares = Mars, god of war. 2. Stands against, opposes. Women Good and Bad g. doT1¢! Se tracas ouvTidels weyel® Aoyeo yuvonkas ng? oxatos 4 tot Kv Gopos TOAAwY yap oticoy ® Thy Lev ® evpnoels KaKTY thv 8,8 dotrep ath,” Anu’ § éxougay etryeves. 1, Whoever. 2. weyo, ‘blame’. 3. é€ns, ‘in order ’— ie. in a class. 4, Lit. left-handed; hence, ‘silly’; cf.XVI THE -1 VERBS 157 gauche. 5. Gen. absolute, seec. 11. ‘There being many.’ 6. thy pev... thy Se, ‘the one... the other’, 7. As she is. 8. Anua, ‘ spirit’. -MI VERBS—THE AORISTS More important, perhaps, than the present tenses of the -1 verbs are the aorist systems linked with these words. These are difficult to understand, but they occur so frequently that it will amply repay you for your trouble to give them close attention. No aorist forms are given for the Seixvuyt verb, as they are quite regular—thus Sexvupt has an aorist active t6e1€a, future Sef, aorist middle 26a1€aunv, aorist passive ée1y@nv, future passive Sety8ycopat, and so on. Aorist Active. Note that in the singular TOnu1 and 81501 both form an aorist ending in -xa instead of in the usual-oc. In the plural it will be seen that the endings of these two verbs are like the endings of the imperfect tense—that is to say, they are 2nd aorist endings. fotnut has two aorists: ist and 2nd. The Ist is transitive, and means ‘I set up’; the 2nd is intransitive, and means ‘I stood’. The rst aorist is quite regular, and goes like éyopevoa, but the 2nd aorist, whose endings you should carefully memorise, is, on account of its meaning, more important. In particular notice the infinitive and participle of this tense. Aorist Middle, In the middle voice the aorists of TO and SiScy are 2nd aorists (with endings like their imperfects), These verbs have no Ist aorist middle. On the other hand, iotnyi, while it (contd. p. 160)158 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK AORIST SYSTEM -u. VERBS Active m6. BiSeopt. formu. lornpt ene | wen (Trans.) (Intrans.). . 1, 2. Bio. E6qKa, taxa totnoa tornv BE | 2. t0nkos tBcaxas totngas torns < | 3. 26nKe EScoKe tothe gorn 5 1. &epev eSopev totnoapev Eotruev z | 2. ete ebote tornoate éornte |) 3. Meoav EScoay tornoav totncav ral | fk | Savor Souvar oTnsal oTnvar a 4 I | | @ets, -eroa, | Sous, -ovca, | oto-as, otas, ao -eVv -ov oTHoacg oTaca, A | oTjoav orav Middle and Aorist and Aorist ist Aorist ade Middle. Middle. Middle. ‘ [bought ’. oj 1. eepny 260pnv | totnoapny [Erptopny * 2 | 2. sou £60u totnow érpia E | 3. eto &50TO totnoaro implore g 1. &epebar ES0ue0a totnoaneba | Emprayeba B | 2. trot. E008. tot oaote brpiacbe A | 3. Sevto Eo0vTo éoTnCavTo émpiavto % E | Qcodor BSootaa orncoctan Tpiactan 4 i a B | Gepevos, -n, | Sonevos, -n, | ornoapevos, | Trprapevos, R ov -ov “7, -ov “1, -ov]XVI THE -w VERBS 159 Passive &oGny, etc. totafny, etc, orotnva orcé-es, reOnvar 808-15, ~E1oc, -EV ~E1OR, -EV -€100, -EV PERFECT totnxe (Intrans,) “I stand’. I, 2, 1. éornka — 2. EGTTKOS — 3. EotHKe _— 1. éornkapev totopey 2. totnKare éotorte 3. éoT Kaci éotagi éotTKevan i Eetavor éoTK-0s, tot-ws, -aga, -Vler, -05 05 OTHER TENSES Future: Act, Grow Swow omow Mid. @noopar Sacopat oTnoopan Pass. te6qopo1 So8noopat oTadncopat (Infinitives of Future regularly formed.) Perfect : Act. reo KO SeBcoxa EornKa (Trans.) (Trans.) (Intrans. ‘I stand ’.) Ptcple. teOnxes, -via, Sebcoxes, -via, totnKcas, -via, -os, -O§ -O§ or tatoos, -woa, oS. Infin. TeénKevon SeBooxevan fotnkevai, or boravent160 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK has a Ist aorist middle éotnoopnv (transitive, ‘I set up for myself’), has no 2nd aorist middle. There ts a verb, however, which goes like iotnut, which has got a 2nd aorist middle; the verb is ‘I bought’, érpiopny, which has no present. It is included here to show you how such a tense goes, Future. Futures exist in all voices, with regular endings. Aorist Passive. Notice the short vowels ¢, 0, a, preceding the characteristic 6 of the aorist passive. Perfect. While the perfects of T8nu1 and &Scopr are regular and transitive, the perfect of totnut is intransitive, and means ‘I stand’. Another and shortened form of the plural is given, which is constantly used as an alternative in Gk, EXERCISE. AORIST OF -u1 VERBS Translate :— I. épiotapey tov SovAov ws traibcaywyov tov TroSev. 2. ouev TroAUY xpycov Tols SouAoI. 3. éreotynoav tov Kupov otparryov tov “EAAnvev. 4. éreOrKe TTOAAGS TIATYOS TOIs KOKOIS TroIdl, 5. KaAOV Geis KAeTrrety, ita KOAGZEIg TOUS GAloKOLEvous. 6. care8yKas Tous Tupous eis Tov doxov. 7. 6 ZaKpatns ton TroAuv xpovev dveu trroSnyatev. 8. otre érpiaro ipoania otrre UrroSquerra. g. Travra S0Oncetat ToIs pevovcl. 10. épieTo ws Tayiota ddroSouvat travTet & eiye. KEY TO EXERCISE 1. We are appointing the slave as an attendant of the boys. 2. We gave much gold to the slaves. 3. They appointed Cyrus general of the Greeks. 4. He inflictedXVI THE -u VERBS 161 many blows on the bad boys. 5. (After) laying it down as honourable to steal, then you punish those who are caught. 6. You put the cheeses away into the bag. 7. Socrates stood for a long time without sandals. 8. He bought neither clothes nor sandals. 9. Everything will be given to those who wait. 10. He made it his aim to give away as quickly as possible everything that he had, SPARTAN EDUCATION (Adapted from Xenophon’s Lacedemonian Republic.) One of the best known of Athenian prose writers was Xenophon. Born about 430 B.C., as a young man he became a friend of Socrates, of whom he wrote some affectionate Memoirs. In 4or he joined the expedition of Cyrus, who was marching against his brother Artaxerxes, to wrest from him the throne of Persia. The death of Cyrus in the battle and the murder of the Greek generals by Persian treachery provided a chance for the young Xenophon to exhibit his leadership and skill by organizing the retreat of the famous Ten Thousand through the mountains of Armenia to the Euxine Sea, where they could take a vessel for Greece. We are indeed lucky to possess the exciting narrative of these adventures as told by the principal actor in the play, Xenophon himself, who in the Anabasis gives a thrilling log of all that happened to this mercenary army. On his return to Greece, he accepted service with the Spartans, and was exiled from Athens. The Spartans provided him with an estate, where he lived the next twenty years of his life as a country gentleman, writing of his military adventures,162 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK political and educational theories, sporting books on hunting, horses, dogs, and so on. He was a firm admirer of the Spartans (Lacedemonians) and particularly of their system of Education, which is here described in a piece, adapted from his Spartan Constitution. The rigorous discipline, hard training, scanty fare, and frequent floggings were all directed towards producing in the Spartans a military race of invincible soldiers. The educational theory under- lying such training was not altogether unknown in some of our public schools in the last century. It failed, of course, as more recently it has failed in National Socialist Germany. History has yet to produce an example of the success of this brutal form of specialized training. *Eyoo uevtor BovAopal Thy TraiSeiav Tov tT” cAAcv kon tov AaKkeSaipovicoy cagnvica. of wev yap dAAo1 frat Toyiota ! of trodes Ta Aeyopeva® cuviaciv, esdus pev ét” avTois TraSeryeryous * SepatrovTas épioTaciv, evOus Se treptrovolw eis SiSacKkaArwv,? yafnoopuevous > Kol YPappaTa Kel PouTiKny ® Kor Ta év TraAqioTad. 1. ‘ When quickest ’,‘assoonas’. 2. ‘ The things said’ —i.e. what is said to the child. 3. The moaSayeryos (‘ peda- gogue ') was a slave who, at Athens, took the child to and from school and exercised a strict supervision over his habits and manners. 4. Why gen.? See c. 14. 5. Lit. ‘about tolearn’. The future part. is often used to indicate a purpose—‘in order to learn.’ 6. This word has a wider significance than our word ‘music’. It comprises much of what we should class nowadays as Literature. The Gks., and particularly Plato, laid equal stress in their education on the training of the body (what happened in the gymnasium—ya év toaAciotpa) and the training of the mind with literature. Thus they aspired to produce the balanced man.XVI. THE -w VERBS 163 Tripos Se TouTois ? twov traiSwv todas yev UrroSrpaoww & aircAuvovol, cwpata Se ipoticov yEeTaBoAats S1a- QpuTrtoucl: citov ye pNVv avToIs yaotepa® petpov vopizovolv. 6 Se AuKxoupyos,?? duti pev tou [Sig Exaotov totSerywyous SouAous épiotavat,!! dvBpa freotnce 2 Kpateiv onrroov 2€ covtrep 8 af peyioton Gpyon KatiotavTa, 65 Sn Kar matGovopos KcAerra. otros be KarTea Th 1 Kupios wate &Opoizelv Tous TraSas, ken, el tis SgSioupyei, loxupeas Kodagerv. eBcoxe 8’ ata Kar & AuKoupyos Tav fBaovtov!® pootryo- popous, oitives TiuwpnoovTai + tous TraiBas avTi ye 7. ‘In addition to this.’ 8. Socrates used habitually to go about without sandals, even in the depth of winter. 9. ‘They consider their belly the measure of their food ’—i.e. they give the children as much as they can eat. 1o. Lycurgus—the almost legenda: founder of the Spartan Constitution. The Greeks liked attaching their laws to the name of some person, but we are not sure that there ever was such a person as Lycurgus, whose name suggests a tribal wolf-god. 11. ‘Instead of each one setting up... .’ to with the infin. is equivalent to a verbal noun (or gerund) in English, ending in -ing. The subject of this infin. is often put into the accusative case, as here éxootov. 12. First aor. active from égiornut, ‘appoint’. The passive and intrans. aor. from Katiornm, seen below, are used as the passive of the verb ‘ to appoint ’. 13. The highest offices were not open to all those who lived in Sparta, Only pure-blooded Spartans could have such a privilege. The Perioeci ‘dwellers round about’ had few rights, and the Helots, the serf population, none at all. 14. He was set up (intrans. aor.), Kupios, with authority. 15. of fPeovtes, the Youths’ class, some of whom had responsibility in the training and supervision of the younger boys. #Pn, youth; cf. Hebe, the personification of Youth, who acted as wine-bearer to the gods. 16. dors + the future indic., lit, ‘who shall punish . . .’, is often used as a purpose clause = in order to punish. What other way have you already had of expressing purpose? See note 5 above. Severe floggings were administered as part of a system intended to toughen the boys. F164 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK bnv tou éaroAuvelv tous trofas UiroSnuaoiv, der épieto 1? dvuTroBnoig Kparuverv, Kol dvTl ye Tou tots ipocrioig SiaxGpuTrtecbon, évouicev Evi ipoctics &1" Etous TrpocEOizec Gan, dos olrTcas BEATIOV TApACKEUcZO- mevos Trpos wuyn 18 Kon pos GciATT. oITOV ye UNV éxeAcuce Souvan !® tocouvtov wate *9 trro TAnopovns Lev unrote Bapuveotou, Tou Se évSeeotepas exer un ccrreipoos Eyeiv.21 dog Se py tro Aipou ceyav TriezoiwTo,"2 érmparypovess pev odtrrois ot eScoKe®3 AapBaverv Tov Gyov,4 KAertetvy 8 éonkev goTiv &* top Atop émikoupouvtas. épet &’ ovw Tig — 1126 Sryta, eltrep To KAerrtely cyadov évouize, ToAAAS TAN Yas éreOnKe Top éAoKopeveo 5 27 Sti, ort Eyoo, kor TAAAG 78 doc dvOpa- 17. égiero, imperf, mid. of égpinu, ‘he made it his aim’. 18. Plural of os—cold spells. Don’t confuse with 7 ‘life’, ‘soul’, etc. 19. ‘He gave orders to give— ie. that they (subject unexpressed) should give. 20. Such a quantity as... 21. §yo with an adv. is equivalent to ely: with an adj. Xenophon is very fond of this con- struction, and uses it twice here, ‘as not to be with- out experience of being in want’. 22. ‘In order that they should not be pinched by hunger.’ This is a final clause of purpose, the third difierent way you have had of expressing such an idea in this same piece. It is here used with the optative mood, concerning which ou should be well content for the present to remain in blissful ignorance. 23. Here used in the sense of ‘ granted ’. 24. Their ‘extra’ over and above their plain rations. Spartan fare was plain to the point of being nasty. A visitor who tasted the famous Spartan black broth is said to have observed that he did not wonder that the Spartans were not afraid to die, if such was the only food they had to live on. 25. tot &, two words used together in Gk., lit. ‘there are things which ’—an equivalent for ‘some things’, the object of KAeiretv. 26. Notice these two uses of tis. The first is an indef., ‘someone,’ but the second, in view of the mark ; at the end, a question, ‘Why’? 27. ‘The one caught.’ They advised them to steal if they were hungry, butXVI THE -m VERBS 165 Trot S1SacKoue1, KOAGZOUC! Tov LN KaAes UTrpEeTOUVTA. KdKeivoi 2° otv Tous GAITKOVEVOUS GS KaKOOS KAEITTOV- Tas TipeopouvTcr. Koa KaAov Gers 2° dog TrAIoToUs 3? éprraca tupous map’ "Opéias,®? eita pootryouv 4 TouTous GAAois érretage. BeAtiov4 yap éotiw, as gaciv, dA1lyov xpovov dAynoavta,®® trokuv ypovov eUSoxipouvTa evppaiveodan. VOCABULARY éyav, too much, excessively. &n ta, indeed. . &Opoize, gather, muster. Siabpyirre, pamper (lit. break &kyeo, grieve, feel pain. down). dAioKouat, be caught. SiSacKkw, teach. évuToSnoia, -os, a going é&oaortos, -n, -ov, each. barefoot. tyBeeotepos, -c, -ov, com- drakuveo, soften. parative évBens, c. 9, Grreipos, without experience. tirikovpew, help against. étrpaypoves, without émracow, give orders to, trouble, érim ni, put upon, inflict. dpxn, office, rule. Epos, fut. of Acyo. PeAtiov, -ov, better. evSoxiew, have a good re- ye pny, yet, nevertheless. putation. punished them for being caught. 28. TaAAa = to dAAa, ‘as regards the other things’; this neuter plural is in the accus., acc. of reference. 29. Kdxelvo1 = xan Exeivor, they too. 30. Gers m@nyi is often used in the sense of ‘reckon’ or ‘deem’. Here the ptcple. has the force of although: ‘ Although having deemed it honourable.’ 31. ‘As many as possible.’ 32. At the altar of Artemis Orthia, boys underwent endur- ance tests in being whipped. Some even died under the ordeal. From this passage it would appear that as a test of their cunning boys had to steal the sacrificial cheeses from her altar. 33. Infinit., ‘to whip’. 34. Neuter of Pedticov, the comparative degree of cyatos. 35. dAynoavTa Is accus., agreeing with ‘one’ understood, and subject of evppaiverbor. ‘It is better, as they say, for one having suffered a short time (acc.) to enjoy having a good reputation for a long time.’ This is called the accus. and infin. con- struction, and corresponds to a noun clause in English.166 eUppatvopal, enjoy. épinui (act.), command, (mid.) make it one’s aim. Epiotnui, set up, appoint. fPaw, be youthful. Padres, -ous (n.), heat. Separreov, -ovros (m.), atten- dant. {51x (adv.), privately. loxupos, -a, -ov, violent. Ko®iornl, appoint (pass. and intyvans. tense, be ap- pointed). Kaeo, call, KoAago, punish. kpotuvw, make strong. Kuptos, -o, -ov, with authority. AcxeScnpovios, Lacedez- monian, Spartan. Mpos, -ou (m.), hunger. Auxoupyos, Lycurgus. pavéaves, podngouen, learn. pactryopopos, -ou (m.), whip- bearer. paotiyow, I whip. bevroi, however. veroBoan, -ns (f,), change. Hovaikn, -ns (f.), music, literature. TEACH YOURSELF GREEK dAlyos, -n, -ov, small, little. "Ophha, -as (f.), Orthia, name of Artemis. mraiSecyooryos, -ou (m.), slave- tutor. mraiseia, -as (f.), education, TraSovopos, -ou (m.), educa- tional supervisor. mroAciotpa, -as (f.), gymna- sium. Trewtres, send. Tego, press, pinch, TAY, -ns (f.), blow, lash, TAnsyovn, -ns (f.), fullness, satiety. trpos + dat., in addition to. Trpogefizopar (mid.), accus- tom oneself, fadioupyew, take it easy. oagnvige, explain, make clear, ouvinut, understand, taxiota (superlative adv.), soonest, most quickly. Titwpeoycn, punish. ‘tupos, -ov (m.), cheese. trroSnpa, -aros (7.), sandal. inmpetew, serve. puxos, -ous (7), cold.CHAPTER XVII MORE -w. VERBS Compounds. I, You have already seen the -y1 verbs in action, and you may have noticed that they seem to appear more in the form of compounds than as simple verbs. In this connection it is well to bear in mind that a preposition in front of a wi- verb changes in appearance a good deal as the verb changes. For example, kata plus iotnut = kadiotnum, and since the 2nd aorist participle of tornut is otas, that of kafiotnut is Karagtos. The 2nd aorist indicative similarly is kota plus éotnvy = xerteotnv, while the perfect, kata plus éotnka, gives us KodeothKa. These compound forms are very common indeed. 2. Like T18nui is inui (‘I let go’). For clarity this is given as a simple verb, but a good many of its tenses are only to be found in Greek literature in compounds. As its correspondence with Ténut is almost exact, it will be sufficient to give the rst person singular only of each tense. 1. inp, +t let go.’ Active. Present : inut, etc., but 3rd person plural, faci, not feacn. Imperfect: inv, but 2nd and 3rd singular always leis, fet. Infinitive: fevan, Participle : iets. 167168 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Middle and Passive Present : feyon, etc., regular like Tieyan. Imperfect: iepny, etc. Infinitive : tea. Participle : iepevos. AORIST SYSTEM Active. ist Aorist: fiat, fKas, Ae, Kaev, FKaTe, AKav, 2nd Aorist: No singular, eipev, cite, eioov. Infinitive : eivar. Participle : etfs. Middle. 1st Aorist: fKouny, etc. 2nd Aorist: sipny, eico, ito, eipeba, elode, civto. Infinitive : éo@a. Participle : épevos. Passive. Aorist : efOnv. Infinitive : énva. Participle : as. OTHER TENSES Active. Future: -fjow. Perfect: ecixa. Middle. Future: -#coua, Passive. Future: -é@nooua. 3. There are no verbs resembling S:800p1, 4. A number of verbs resemble Seivuyi, such as écrodAupi (‘destroy’), zevyvun (‘yoke’), dpvupr (‘swear’), oxeSavvuut (‘scatter’), &voryvum (‘open’), and peryvuui (‘mix’), All these, however, resemble Servupt only in the present and imperfect tenses, the aorist and the other tenses being quite regular.XViL MORE -1 VERBS 169 5. The two elur’s (‘Iam ’ and ‘I go’) are obviously of great importance. They are like twins who, upon first acquaintance, appear to be indistinguishable, but when you become intimate with them you so readily recognize their peculiar features that you wonder how confusion was possible. There is no aorist or perfect of elu: (“I am’) because of its meaning. ely: (‘I go’) has a future sense, and is usually employed as the future of pyouot. For the aorist 7)A8ov is used, and for the perfect #yxeo (‘I have come '), conjugated like yopeuw. I. (a) elpt, «1 am.” Present. Future. Imperfect. I. ely écopat aw or 2. ef ton) or éoet Toba 3. bom goon qv I. topev Eoopeba fev 2, tote toeabe tyre 3. elon toovTat hoa Infinitive: elven toeofan — Participle: cov, ovca, ov Egopevos —_ (b) elu, ‘1 go. Present. Imperfect. I. elt No or tev 2. al feiobc 3. elo ae 1. tuev fev or qetev 2. ite Te or qerte > 3. lac qoov or fecav170 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Infinitive: ieven _— Participle: icv, iouca, iov —_ 6. pnut (‘I say’), though in some respects resemb- ling iornut, must be considered an irregular verb. Notice in particular that the participle which you would expect, pas paca pav, is not used in Attic Prose, its place being usually taken by gaoxcv. I. ory, tT say? Present, Imperfect, 1. gnu épny 2. ONS Epnata 3. nol eon, I. popev épauev 2. Marte EMOTE 3. pact tpacav Infinitive: ava Future: gna Participle: packav, Aorist (very rare: usually ~oucd, -ov imperfect) : épnoa. Homer has some middle forms of pny used in the same sense as the active: Infinitive pao8a1, participle pauevos, imperfect épapny, and, especially, 3rd person Eparro or parro. 7. KaOrpor (‘I sit’) and xemon (‘I lie’ or ‘I am placed’, used as the passive of tinpi) are perfect passives of -yi verbs used with a present sense.XVI MORE -m VERBS 171 IV. xodnpon, ‘1 sit.” «erat, ‘1 lie.’ Present (Perfect Form). Imperfect. I. KaOnyot fxeOnunv or Kadnunv 2. Kaénoa éxabrco Kodnoo 3. KoOnTor ExaOryTto KoOnoTo (but horon in or KaOnTo simple verb) I. KoOnpeta Exar eb KoOn ped 2. xabnote Exadnode Katnote 3. Kodnvrat éxabnvto Katnvto Infinitive: Kadnodar Participle: KcOnpevos The simple verb *you is used mainly in poetry. Present. Imperfect, I. Kelp EKEILTV 2. KEIOGL éxeico 3. KEITOI éxerTo I. Keipeba Exeipeba 2. Kelode éxeiode 3. KelvTC ExeivTo Infinitive: KeroGon Future: Kelcopat Participle: Keipevos 8. A difficult -y1 verb is oiS« (‘I know’). It is one of many intransitive perfect forms in Greek with a present meaning (see trepuxa and éotnKa). Its infinitive and participle show its perfect form. The pluperfect, which is used to represent the past, is full of variant forms. Note that there is only -o- in the plural of this tense in the shorter form, to distinguish it from the imperfect of eiyt (‘I go ’).172 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK V. OfSe, ‘1 know.’ Perfect Pluperfect (Present meaning) (Past meaning) 1. olBa non or 7Sew 2, olaba HSeicba 3. ol8e Ten I. lovey Tovey or 7Sempev 2. love flote or Serte 3. ioac joav or 7Secav Infinitive: eiSevoa Future: cicopoi Participle: ei8cos, elBuic, eidos. EXERCISE. MORE -1. VERBS Translate :— I. crmipev els tas oxnvos. 2. ioeote Aoyayor THs oTpatias. 3. To dpos tiv UTrepuynAov Tors dvaBav- ovo. 4. dpnkapev tas dyKupas cis To UBwp. 5. ot faSies eloouefa to tou jotapou Palos, 6. lote Sti ov KaTaSucesbe. 7. YoGa oTpaTHyos TavTwY Twv “EAAnveov. 8. travtes of Boss qoav els Tov ToTapov. g. ioaci yao oT: Suvavron SiaBatveiv. 10. ‘Ti pys ou;’ tpacav, 6 Be ‘’OBucceus elyi’ eqn. KEY TO EXERCISE 1. We shall depart into the tents. 2. You willbe captains of the army. 3. The mountain was exceedingly high for those going up it. 4. We let down the anchors into the water. 5. We shall not easily know the depth of the river. 6. You know that you will not sink. 7. You were general of all the Greeks. “8. All the oxen went into the river. 9. For they know that they can cross. 10, ‘ What do you say?’ they said. And he said, ‘ I am Odysseus.’XVII MORE -1 VERBS 173 A BRIGHT IDEA (From Xenophon’s Anabasis, Bk. III, c. 5.) (The Greeks come to an impassable river; a Rhodian’s scheme for crossing it is rejected.) "Ener Se érri Tas oxnvas) érrnAgov, of pev &AAol Trepi? ta émtnbeia joav, otpatryor S Ka Aoyayot auvygav.? Koa évtouba troAAN doropia fv. évdev pev* yap dpn fv Urrepuynaa, evbev Se4 6 troTapos TogouTos To Babos 5 mote pndSe To Sopara Urrepeyeiv Treipcopevois Tou PaBous.® *Atropoupevois? & atrrois trpoceAfoov Tis dvnp “PoBios eltrev, Eyoo Gch, © dvEpes, SioBiBacai opas Kata TeTpaKioxiAlous ® STrArTas. AAG TIpwTov Ser pos gyor av® Seopa: Uinpetev, Ke ToAavToy 10 I. Tas oxnves. Probably vaguely for ‘quarters’ here. Actually their ‘tents’ (see c. 3) had been burned by the Persians. 2. epi, ‘engaged on’, ‘busy with’. 3. ouvy- oav. Notice the two contrasted imperfs., the first from el, ‘be’, and the second from ovvei, ‘ come together’. 4. év@ev uev .. . tv@ev Se, ‘on the one side... on the other side’. The Greeks were marching up the left bank of the Tigris (6 TroTapos), with the high mountains of Kurdistan (ta épn) on their right, gradually closing in on them, to make progress impossible. 5. to Bafos, ‘in depth’. In giving measurements the dimension is usually put into the accus. case. 6. tou Pafous. The gen. is used after Teipcopor, when it means ‘ to make trial of’. The soldiers failed to find the bottom of the river by testing it with their spears. 7. This word is usually used in the active voice with this meaning. The dat. is governed by trpoceAGov. 8. Kerra TetpaKicyiAious. By four thousands—in companies of 4000. xara often has this distributive sense. 9. ov Seopa, ‘what I want’; ov is the gen. case of the neuter plural relative pron. = ‘the things which’. Seon, ‘I stand in need of’, is always followed by the gen. of the thing wanted. 10. taAovtov, ‘a talent '—a fairly large sum, corresponding to about £240 of English money before 1914. oGov is in apposition to it = ‘ as a reward *.174 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK picGov tropizeiv. épatapevos Se Stou!! ferrai, *Aokav, tpn, SicxiAioov Sencopor ToAAa 8 dpo mrpoBara Ka alyas Kat Bous Kai dvous, & doroSapevtar 12 Kal puonfevTa AaSieos Tape€er thy SiaPaoiv. Senoopar Se kor Tov Secpcov ols 8 yonode trepi ta Urroguyia: TouTois 14 zeuEas Tous coKous Trpes KAANAOUS, Sppicas éxactov doKov, Aifous dptnoas Ka d&peis 15 wortrep é&yupas els to UBap, Siayayovl® Kar dupotepatev Sroas, émiPorco!? GAnv Kor ynv Emipopnow: oti pev ow 18 of KataSucecte ovTIKa poAa elocobe 29 tras yap coKxos Buo dvGpag &er2? tou un KeraSuva, ote Ge yn GAioSaverv T UAN Kent yn oxnoe.20 *Axoucaci?! toute tos oTpaTyols To pev évOu- Lnua®? yapiev éoxer elvor, to 8 épyov d&Suvatov. 11. étov, gen. of dois tris 6u1, ‘who? what?’. 12. Tr., ‘Which, being skinned and blown up’. It is the skins, of course, that areto be blownup. Xenophon has, naturally enough, forgotten that ‘animals’, and not ‘skins,’ is the subject of his verb. 13. ols: ypaopa (irreg., ‘1 use’) takes the dat. case. 14. tovrots, ‘ by means of these ', the instrumental dat. 15. dpets, aor. active participle of é&@inut. 16, Siayaywv, ‘carrying the skins across’. 17. émpBaAw, fut. tense. 18. pev odv, ‘however’. 19. oltiKa poAa, ‘in a moment—presently '. elocofe, fut. of olSa. 20. tf and eynost. There are two futs. of éyw, both with the same meaning: &w and oxnow. éyw often has the meaning of ‘keep from’ or ‘restrain’, in which sense it is usually followed by the gen. ‘ Every skin will keep two men from sinking’. For to with the infin. = -ing, see c. 16—Spartan education, n. 11. Notice the pn, which does not seem to be wanted. The Gk. habit of looking at the result of an action often had an effect on their idiom. The result of using the skins was that the men did mot sink. Hence a superfluous or redundant pn. So also in the next sentence: ‘The wood and earth will keep them so that they do not slip’. 21. cxovoaci, dat. plur. of the aor. participle. 22, évOupunua, ‘something considered ’; hence, ‘a plan ’—a piece of reasoning. An ‘enthymeme’ in English is a kind of logical syllogism, in particular a faulty one.XVII. MORE -u VERBS 175 fjoov yap of KeoAvoovTes 23 trepav troAAot ites, of eubus EueAAOV TOUS TIPWTOUS TTAVELV TUTE TrOLOUV TAS. VOCABULARY S5uvaros, -n, -ov, impossible. éupotepatev, from both sides. écrroBenco (aor. pass. creepy), cf. Seppa, take the skin off, flay. érropew, be at a loss. Grropia, -as (f.), perplexity. dpraw, tie, bind. Seopa (gen.), want, need. Secuos, cable, bond. BiaBaors, -ews (f.), a cross- ing. SiaBipoze, convey across. dicyw, carry across, spend (of time). SioxiMo1, two thousand. Sopu, -cxros (7#.), a spear. émpPoArAw, cast upon. émipopew, put upon. Karaduve, sink (transitive). Koraéucopar (fué.), Kerebuv (aor.) (intransitive). KWAV®, prevent. Aoyoryos (m.), captain. piobes (m.), pay, reward. 6Aig Baveo, slip. éqArrys, -ov (m.) hoplite, heavy-armed soldier. Sppizeo, to anchor. Treipaopai, try, test. trepaca, I cross. ‘TOTOUTOS, TOSAUTH, TOOUTO, 80 great, so much, WAn, -ns (f.), wood. Urrepexoo, protrude above. imepuynaos, -ov, exceedingly high. tnrnpeteco, to furnish to. guoaw, to blow out. xaptets, -ecoa, -ev, pleasing. xpaopuen (dat), use. 23. of KoAvoovtes, ‘ those who were going to stop them’.CHAPTER XVIII THE ADJECTIVE IF you have mastered the declension of nouns, you should have no difficulty with adjectives, as there are no new forms to be learnt. What matters is that you should be able to recognise an adjective and its case when you meet one. Most adjectives are of three terminations, and are a combination of the 1st and znd declensions, being declined like Kakos or, if the termination -os is preceded by a vowel or p, like xpos (c. 7), But there are others of two terminations, the masculine and feminine being the same, and a few of one termination only. This applies also to adjectives of the 3rd declension. Let us take the types in order. 2nd Declension Types I. Contracted. e.g. ypuoous (golden), being con- tracted for ypuceos, The nom. and acc. sing. are different, but other cases go like kaxos. Similarly, &pyupous (silver) goes like pixpos. Sing. Sing. ey | Mas. Fem. Neuter. Mas. Fem. Neuter, N.Y. xpuo-ous Xpuo-1 Xpvo-cuv|kpyup-ous Gpyupa pyupouy Acc. Ypvgouv ypuony Xpygouv |dpyupouv dpyupayv dpyupouv Gen. xpucou xpuons xpugou |&pyvpou dpyupas e&pyvpou Dat. xpuop Xpyor) xeuocwp [oervee Spyupe Spyupe 17XVIIL THE ADJECTIVE 197 2, Compound adjectives in -og are mostly of Two Terminations, thus :— Mas., Fem. Neuter. Meaning &baveros dGaverrov immortal Epnucpos Epnucpov—v. c. 7 &Beos &Beov VO 5 reIpOS coretpov inexperienced (in), v. c. 16 BapBopeos BapBapov v.c, 6 but evvous ewvouv well-disposed (decl. like ypuoous, but without the fem. forms). 3. Two very common adjectives (yeyas, great, and qroAvs, much) which are irregular in the nom. and acc. sing., but regular in all other cases, thus :— Mas. Fem. Neuter. | Mas. Fem. Neuter. N.V, peyos beyoan eyo ToAus ToAAN ToAU Acc. veyav peyoanv peya ToAuy = TOAAT)¥. = TroAU Gen. peyoAou peyaans Do TOAAQY = TOAANS moh etc. etc, 3rd Declension x. One Termination. émraig (Gen. é&traiSos), ‘ childless’; decl. like trous. é&yvoos (Gen. &yveotos), ‘ unknown’ or ‘unknowing’. revs (Gen. Trevrtos), ‘ poor ’. 2. Two Terminations. (a) Adjectives that are compounded of two words have only two terminations, e.g. cwppev, because it is compounded of ows (‘ sound ’, ‘ safe’, ‘ healthy ’), and pny (‘mind’). For meaning v. cwppoouvn (c. 3). Similarly declined is evSatov, ‘happy’ (in the true sense, i.e. having ‘a good spirit’ inside you).178 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Sing. Plural. Mas. Fem. Neuter. Mas. Fem. Neuter, Nom. cappwv csappov | cw@ppoves aeoppova Acc, cappove cawppov | cwppovas owppova Gen. owppovos ceoppoveov Dat. owopovi cwppost (b) Mostly stems in -es, and declined in mas. and fem. like teinpns or Leoxparns, e.g. GAnOns, ‘ true.’ Sing. Plural, Mas. Fem. Neuter. Mas. Fem. Neuter. Nom, éAn8ns cAnfes An Ges dA On Ace. éAnGSn éAnfes eA Ges Anon Gen. éAnSous éAnBwov Dat. GAN oer éAnseot Similarly are declined etryevns, ‘ well-born’ (eugenics), ettuxns, ‘fortunate’, wevSns, ‘ false* (pseudo-), ovyyevns ‘ related to’. (c) Stems in -1, -7, -8, or -p are declined like troAis (c. 13), &.g. ptAoTIOAIs, “ patriotic ’. Sing. Plural. Mas. Fem. Neuter. Mas. Fem. Neuter. N.V. @iAoTroAis «= piAoTTOAL | @IAOTTOAEIg = PIAOTTOAT) Acc. gidoTroAv § gihoTrOAl| giAoTrOAeIs §= PiAOTTOAN Gen. PIAOTTOAECoS, @IAOTTOAECOV Dat. pIAoTroAel @iAoTroAeat but eveAtts, ‘ hopeful ’, is declined like éAts (c. 9, 3), —i.e, acc. eveATiar, etc. 3. Three Terminations. Stems in -v, Masc. and neuter are 3rd declension (like teAekus and dotu, except that the gen. sing.XVII THE ADJECTIVE 179 ends in -os, and the neut. plur. in -ex (not con- tracted)). The fem. is Ist declension—e.g. f6us, ‘pleasant ’, Bpayus, ‘ short ’ (brachycephalic), yAuKus, ‘sweet’ (glucose), 6€us, ‘sharp’ (oxygen), tayus, ‘ swift ’. Mas. Fem. Neuter. Sing. NV. #[5us Se1a abu Acc. Suv fSerav fou Gen. —7/Seos fSe1as HSeos Dat. Ade der et Plur. N.V. Abe15 HSe1on 7Sea Acc. toeis FSe1as Fdea Gen, hBewv fSeov fSeov Dat. —#Seo1 *Se1cts HSeo1 4. Irregular. uedas, ‘ black ’ (melancholy). Mas. Fem. Neuter. Nom. weéAas peAaivat HeAay Acc. pedava, HeAaiver, HEAGY, etc. ete. ete. taAas, ‘ wretched ’. Mas. Fem, Neuter. Nom. Taras TOA TOoAAY Acc. Todava, ToAdcdivav, Today, etc. etc. etc. yapters, ‘ pleasing ’. Mas. Fem. Neuter. Nom. yapueis yopicoa yapiev Acc, yapivTa, yopeccav, yapiev, etc. etc. etc.180 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Declension of Participles Participles are so common in Greek that it is well to take their declension together, even though you have met some of them separately already. Three are 3rd declension in the masc. and neut. and 1st declension in the fem.—viz. (1) Present participle active (e.g. Avoov, ‘ loosing '). (2) Aorist participle active (e.g. Auvoas, ‘ having loosed ’). (3) Aorist participle passive (e.g. Av@ers, ‘ having been loosed '). All these three are declined like Aewv in the masc, and neut., and like povow in the fem., thus :— Sing. Play, —_— om — fr A Y Mas. Fem. Neuter.| Mas. Fem. Neuter. N. Aucov Avovaa Auov RuovtTes = AvovoaI AvovTa. A. AUOVTa = AUVOUTAY AUOV AvovTas Avoucas AvovTa G. Avovtos Avouons AvovToOS| AvOVT@V AVOUT AVOVTOOY D. Avovtt Avoven AvovTi Avoucl Auovaais Avovet Contracted Participles. I. TIPGo TIDOOV Tipwod TiPOV 2. place lacy glAouedt plAouv 3. BovAow BovAwy SouAovga SovAouv Similarly, Auvoas Aucaoe Auvoov AvoavTa Avoacoy Avoay, etc. and Aveeis Auéeicc Aubev, etc. Note,—And the adj. was (all), waca, Tav, Travers, Tacav, av, etc.XVIIL THE ADJECTIVE 18 The perf. ptcple. AeAukeos goes thus :— Nom. Sing. AeAuKes AEAUKUIO AeAuKOS Acc. Sing. AeAuKoTaX AeAvKuiavy = AeAuKos Gen. Sing. eAuKotos = AeA KU ICS AEAUKOTOS Dat. Plur. — AeAuKoo1 Achukuiais = A€AUKOO1 Present participles of -y1 verbs (v. chap. 16), go more or less like Avoas, thus :— Nom. Sing. 8i80us (‘ giving ’) Bisouca B80 Acc. Sing. S150vta BiSoucav 5150v, etc, Nom. Sing. Servus (‘showing’) Senvyoa Servuv Nom. Sing. tiGeis (‘ placing ’) TiWeica «= Tiev You will meet these forms so often that it will pay you to learn them thoroughly, Translate :— I. fSe1a Tors vauTtais éotiv t THs yBovos dwis x YElavos GepzOLEVvols. 2. 6 lepeus xnputas Thy Tou voonvatos Avo Trach Th TOA! peAcivay Uy éuoe (Sue = I sacrifice) too An. 3. eutuyet troAis ef of troArtai eloi ceoppoves Kon evvol. KEY 1. Sweet to sailors is the sight of land when they are being saved from a storm. 2. The priest, having proclaimed release from the disease to the whole city, sacrificed a black pig to Zeus. 3. A city is fortunate if the citizens are sensible and patriotic. Lines from Greek Drama The following iambic lines (you have had many already) from Greek drama will not only give you182 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK practice in adjectives, but help you to read plays later. As they are poetry, the order of words, which, as always in Greek, is the order of thought, is not always what you might expect in prose, but if you pay attention to the terminations, you should be able to translate them correctly. It is helpful to learn them by heart, feeling the beat of the six-foot line, thus :— I. Tov ertuyouy|toov } || meév|tes fal: ovy|yevels. 2. Ppcyera Tepyis Eotiv fSovns KaKns. 3. & ypapporooy érre:pos” ov PAetrer PAstroov. 4. Kai TOAN’ dcr” éxOpaov pavOavouat of cool. 5. pGeipouciv 6n ypnod’ SprAicn Kaka. 6. ef Geo1 T1 Spwar? pavAov, ouK cioiv Oeol. 7. Geou Sehovtos ? SuvaTa TavTa yryveTat. 8. éveoti yap Tras TouTO TH Tupavvidi VOOTIEUR, TOIS PIACIC! LN TreTrOIDevant.> From Prose Writers g. t) peyoAn troAis épnuia peyoAn éot1® (said of Megalopolis). I. eUruyouvroy, gen. plur. of present ptcple. of etruyee. v. Contracted verbs 20. 2. We say ‘unskilled in’, Gk., says, ‘unskilled of’. 3. Spwo1, contracted from Spaoum, v.20, 4. Gen. abs. ‘if god wishes’. 5. werorfevan, strong perf. inf. from ew, ‘I persuade’. Strong perfects are usually intransitive, therefore this means‘ to trust’. Why pn and not of? uv. 28 (end). 6. Megalopolis was a city in Arcadia founded by Epaminondas, the Theban, after the defeat of Sparta at Leuctra in 370 B.c. His idea was to build an ‘ enormous city’ to hold the forty scattered com- munities of Arcadia as a protection against Sparta, but it was not a success. The walls were 6 miles in circuit, but the city was largely uninhabited, and soa ‘desolation’. British archzologists have excavated it and found the foundations of a hall large enough to hold 10,000 people.XVII THE ADJECTIVE 183 IO. To pev Gwper Gvntov, t) Se puyn dbaverros. II. t) pikia Trepryopever Thy olkoupevny,? KNpUT- Tovea 61 ® macw fpiv® éyeipector eri Tov paKxapiopov.—Epicurus. 12, Tavtes pucer TravTa! dyoiws 4 epuKaper 1? elven Koa} BapPapot Kat “EAAnves.—Antiphon. 13. (From the newspaper Hellas, 16 DEBPOYAPIOY, 1945.) : Neca EAtribes *Exouev 14 A8n ava 15 yerpas To TWAnpes Keipevov 16 TS CUndavias petabu Tov *Avtitrpoccotrey (representatives) ths “EAAnvixns KuBepyncecs «at ths ‘Avtittpocctretas (delegation) tov EAM 17—EAAz.!8 7. Sc, ynv, ‘the inhabited ', common Gk. expression for ‘the world’. 8. 5n, particle difficult to translate. It often, as here, has the force of underlining the word it follows— ‘ proclaiming loudly’. Sometimes it is ironical. 9. fv, ‘tous’, v. Pronouns 24. 10. wavta, adverbial acc. ‘in every- thing’. rr. Adv. from dpotos, v. 5. 12. tmepuxc is the perfect of puw (‘I grow’), and used intransitively to mean “I have grown to be’, and so, ‘I am by nature’. Here the inf. elvoi depends on it. 13. Kor... xo, ‘both... and’. This is a remarkable admission of the equality of man by a Greek of the fifth century B.c. 14. This sentence from the newspaper Hellas is good classical Gk. with the exception of the two words with Eng. translations. 15. dva, prep. ‘ through ’, originally ‘up’, v. 22. 16. Ketevov in classical Gk,, ‘thing lying’, and so ‘fixed’ here =‘ text’. 17. E.A.M. stands for t@vikov drreAcuOepwotixov perwotrov, National Liberation Front. 18. E.L.A.S. stands for ‘EAAnvixos Aatxos érreAcubepaatixos otparos, National Popular Liberation Army.184 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK VOCABULARY dSaveros, -ov, not mortal, immortal Suvaros, -n, -ov, powerful. tyeipoo, I awaken. awake. tye, I am in. tpnuic, desolation adj, desolate). , L am fortunate (cv, well; tuyn, fortune) . tx@pos, enemy, also (as adj.) hateful. youn, -ns, pleasure (hedon- ist). 480s, -ous, no Eng. equivalent. Therefore we have taken over the word as ‘ ethos ’. Sometimes = disposition, character, manners. Adj. HOixos. «ora «OiKa, ‘a treatise on morals’ (e.g. Aristotle's Ethics). Avntos, -1, -ov, mortal (6vn- oKe), Baverras). knpuTto |I proclaim (knpu§, xnpugawf a herald). possible, Mid. I (tenuos, xuPepvnors, -e05, a steering guiding (kuBepynrns is a ilot). So in Mod. Gk. = Government (Lat. Guber- nator, etc.). hoKapicuos, -ov, a pronounc- ing happy (poxaptos), a blessing, here ‘ the praises of a happy life’. petagu, between (gen.). voonuct, -ctros, disease (vocec, T am sick). olxew, I inhabit. OpAia, -os, converse, inter- course (Space, I associate with). [‘ Homily’ is a ser- mon to a crowd], trepixopeve, I dance round. wrAnpns, -¢5 (adj.), full. Tress (adv.), somehow. oupgoo via, -os, harmony (sym- phony, ‘a sound to- gether ’). Tupavuis, -1S0s, tyranny. gauros, -n, -ov (adj.), base, disgraceful. pbeipw, I destroy, corrupt.CHAPTER XIX DEGREES OF COMPARISON, AND ADVERBS THE grammatical terms ‘comparative’ and ‘ super- lative’ reveal their meaning from examples in English. If you want to say shortly that John is more wealthy than Peter, but Michael is the most wealthy of the three, you can say that John is wealthier than Peter, but Michael is the wealthiest. In the same way in Greek you can either say that J. is uctAdov (v. c. 7) TAovaios than P., but M. is LoAtota TAoucios, or (as is more common) J. is TAQUOTOOTEPOS than P., but M. is tAovciwtatos, In other words, you can change the termination of the adj. to express the comparative degree when two things are being compared, and the superlative de- gree when more than two are involved. So far the English (and Latin) usage resembles the Greek, but “than Peter’ can be expressed in two ways in Greek, which are equally common. (xr) by the conjunction 4 (meaning ‘ than ’) without altering the construction of the word that follows it, e.g. J. is WAouatceTepos t Metpos, or (2) when the first person or thing to be compared is in the nom. or acc. case, by omit- ting 4 and putting the second member to be compared into the gen, e.g. J. is 1AovciatEepos Tletpou. 185186 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Rules for Forming the Comparative and Superlative 1. The commonest way is by the termination -Tepos (declined like pixpos) for the comp., and -terros (declined like xoxos) for the superl., affixed to the masc. stem of the adj.—e.g. feppos, ‘warm’; QOspyo-Tepos, Sepyo-rarros (stem Gepyo-) poxpos, ‘long’; poKpo-Tepos, poKpo-Taros (stem poKpo-) éaAnGns, ‘true’; cAnOeo-Tepos, GAnSea-TaTos (stem d&AnOes-) dus, ‘sharp’; d€u-tepos, d€u-raros — (stern d€u-) but in the case of adjs. ending in -os, which have the preceding vowel short the o becomes o. e.g. sogas, ‘ wise’; TOPWTEPOS, TOPATATOS Gos, ‘ worthy’; &€wotepos, &Eicotatos. 2. In some adjs. the o is dropped altogether. e.g. pidos, ‘ friendly’; piAtepos, piATterros [also sometimes @1Acntepos, piAcaTaTos] yepaios, ‘ old’; yepartepos, yepartatos, but dpyxatos, ‘ancient’; omouSaios, ‘earnest ’; Bixatos, ‘ just ’, follow rule rz. 3. Stems ending in -ov insert es before the termina- tion, thus :-— evSanpoov, ‘fortunate’; evSaipov-eotepos, eUSaiyov- EOTOTOS soppwv (v, cwppoauvn, ch. 3), Gw@ppov-eotepos, Owppov-eoTatos, 4. A few adjs. (mostly ending in -us or -pos) adopt a different procedure altogether. They drop the vowel of the stem, and for the comparative addXIX. DEGREES OF COMPARISON, ADVERBS 187 -1wv, and for the superlative rloTos. drop the -p also. Stems in -po E.g. Sus, ‘ sweet"; tS1cov, AS13Tos Tayus, ‘swift’; Paccev (for Tay-1eov), Tayiotos peyos, ‘big’; pergoov (for pey-10v), wey1oTos aicypos, ‘shameful’; aicyiwv, aioyiatos y8pos, ‘hostile’; &S1ev, éybiotos These comparatives are thus declined, eliding the v and contracting in acc. sing. (masc. and fem.) and in nom. and acc. plur. Sing. Plur, — — Mas., Fem. Neuter. Mas., Fem, Neuter. { PETZOVES perzover N.V. peizeov WEIZOV or or | HELZOUS YEIZ0D PELzOVa HEIZOV HELZovas ” Acc. | or or HEIg@O { HELgoUsS Gen. HELZOVOS BELZOVOOV Dat. HELZOVL HEIZOO1 5. Some of the commonest adjs. behave irregu- larly, employing different stems, as in English ‘ good, better, best ’, ‘ bad, worse, worst’. Sometimes this is the result of words in commonest use getting their less important syllables slurred over, and harsh sounds getting worn away soonest. Here are some irregulars, which are so common that it is worth studying them carefully. Otherwise you may not recognise them in a sentence.188 Positive. Comparative. Gpetveov &yabos, ‘good’ | PeAriav KpEeloCooV xonos, ‘bad’ KokIcov {eee Kaos, ‘ beautiful’ “xe«AAwov daryos,' little ’, joouv ‘few’ thacowv HIKpOTEpOS pixpos, ‘ little ieiaoe TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Derivative. aristocrat Superlative. pioros BeAticros Kperrigtos, KoKIeTOS KEIpITTOS KOAAIE TOS émyiotos [fKiora only as tkcyiotos adverb, ‘in the least degree,’ ‘not at all’.) pikpotatos, microphone ToAus, ‘much’, taAswvor tAsiotos, pleonastic ‘many’ TEV Pgbios, * easy * bgav Pyortos — _ TIPOTEPOS TIPWTOS protoplasm, (former) (first) etc. _ totepos Worcrros _— (later) (last) _ _ Eoyortos eschatology (last) ADVERBS The normal way to form adverbs is to cut off the last syllable of the gen. sing. of the adj. and add -ws. Their comps. are the same as the neut. sing. of the comp. adj., and their superls. as the neut. plur. of the superl. adj.—e.g. Adj. Gen. Adv. Comp. Superl, Gop-0S, -o cous copwTepov TopwOTaTe 75-us, -€0$ tBecos tdiov TBiora KoK-05, © -oU KorKos Kox1ov KoKIoTO TWPP-QV, -OVOS TUPpoVws cwOpaveoTepoV TagpovEerTaTa A Few Irregulars ev, ‘well’ yetvov epiora éyyi, ‘near’ docov XY KITTA poAa, ‘much * éve, ‘up’ Sverepes oY! Kahaov (‘rather ') podiora (' especially ') (v. p. 1 of this chap.) &veororreaXIX. DEGREES OF COMPARISON, ADVERBS 189 N.B.—(1) The neut. acc. of an adj. (sing. or plur. is often used as adv.—e.g. toAv and TroAAg, ‘ much’; ueya, ‘greatly’; povov, ‘ only’. (z) &s or 671 with a superl. express ‘as as possible ’"—e.g. dos tayiota = ‘as quickly as possible’. Lines from Plays Translate :— I. Kpeioaov otwtrov Eotiv t Ace porrny. alcyiov gory obSev ! 7 weun Acyerv. overs dverykns perzov ® iayuer vopos. ai Seutepan mas QpovTibes coportepa. 6 TWAsota Tpattwv TrAsich’* d&uaptaver Ppo- TAM. fv OlBitrous® to tTrpwtov * etrtuyns cvnp, elt’ éyeveT’ > oudig GQAwTaTOS BpoTo. S oR GB Epigrams 97. Tras Tis GrranbeuTos ® ppovipetatos EoTI CleoTraaV, Tov Aoyov éyxpuTTa@v, 57 trates aicxpo- tocrov.®—Palladas. 8. torw & pev® yeipwv, 6 69 dpewov Epyov 0 ExacToy: 10 ovders 8 GvOpeTrev avtos &travta 1° Gopos.— Theognis. I. oWSev is the subject. 2. perov and wAciota—here adv, 3. A reference to the unhappy fate of (édipus. The Delphic Oracle had foretold that he would kill his father and marry his mother. When he did both of these things, not knowing who his parents were, he put his eyes out. The story is told by Sophocles in his play OlS:mous Tupavvos. 4. Adverbial use, ‘atfirst’. 5. Aor. of ytyvopear. 6, &-, ‘not’; moBevtos, ‘educated’. 7, as,‘justas’. 8. Poetical form for aloyiotov, g. Suev... 68, ‘theone.., . the other’. ro, Acc, after pewoov, ‘ better at’; sometimes called the ‘acc. of the part concerned’. Similarly, &mavta, ‘ wise in everything’.190 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK From Greek Writers 9. XeTISHOs *ATroAAcovos fv év AcAqos: sopas LopoKAns, copwtepos & Evpimidns, évbpeov Se travtwv Taxparns copwtatos. 1 Io, TWAcov fou Tavtos, ds “Ho1oBos Agyel. Ir. dépiotov ? WBap, cds Mivéapos Acyet. 12, Sewotatov éoti Tous yelpous Toov BeATiovesy 13 apyev. 13. goto! 4) éoxatn AGN XEIPOV THs TPCOTHs. —New Testament. 14. tAeubepws Soudeue: ander. SavAo0s otK éoe1.14—Men- 15. tT) TOAIS, THY KAAMOTHY TTOAITEIAV Gos Toyo: 15 Kor Siaer. épiota aBouvoa,16 eVSaipoveotata VOCABULARY dpaptave, I miss the mark, “ err’, perhaps‘ do wrong ’ (but it does not mean ‘sin’ in classical Gk.). *ATroAA@y, -covos, Apollo, Acagoi, -ov (plur. nown), Delphi. Siayw, I pass (time). Supply Biov (frequently omitted). SovAcve, I am a slave (SovA- Os). tyxpuTrrw, I hide. wiou, half, ioxuc, Iam strong, powerful. Acree, I talk, TAayn, error, wandering (planet, why so called ?). TOAITEIa, -as, citizenship, government (policy). ciotraw, I am silent, PPovipios, -oVv, wise, gpovtts, -1805 (f.), thought. YETNCHOs, -ou, Oracle. 11. Sc. tot. The Delphic Oracle had declared Socrates the wisest of men. When asked why, he said that, while other men thought they were wise and were not, he knew he wasn’t. 12. Sc. tot. Gpyetv, ‘that the. . equivalent to the subject of tom. 15.0. Adverbs in this chapter. This is inscribed on the Pump Room at Bath. 13. Acc, and inf. construction (v. c. 26). . Should rule the’, is a noun clause Tous X. Tov B. 14. Fut. of elu, ‘Iam’. 16. Aor. ptcple. of AcpBave.CHAPTER XX CONTRACTED VERBS Vowels. Vowels are the fluids of a language. They are likely to alter their shape according to the vessel (or verb) in which you use them. They are also liable to run into one another. Look at Chapter 12. In the piece from Theophrastus you have the words Bowel, Toiouvtes, and vixwvtes. In Chapter 14 alpeoyor you were told = alpouya, and in Chapter 15 Koipaouevny = koipwuevnv. In Chapter r6 you had étixovpouvtas, and in Chapter 17 coropoupevois and épwtopevos. What is the reason for these strange antics on the part of the vowel? Contracted Verbs. If the stem of a verb ends with a diphthong (as ev in yopev-w), n, w or u (as uv in Kq@AU-oo) ; OF a Consonant (as TT in TpcTTeo), the end- ings will be regular. These you have already learnt (let us hope). If, on the other hand, the stem of the verb ends in a, ¢, or 0, this vowel tends to melt and tun into the vowel of the regular ending. The vowel resulting from this amalgamation of the stem and the ending is called a ‘contracted’ vowel, and a verb evincing this regrettable tendency to fuse at the joint is called a ‘contracted’ verb. In the poetry of Homer, and poetry imitating an archaic style, and in the Ionic dialect employed by Herodotus, we are at a stage of Greek where the contraction has not yet taken place. In the poem on the Tettix, for example (c. 12), in the words 1Ace1, piAcouol Igr192 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK and even the noun 6ev5pewv, contraction has not yet taken place. How to Learn. There are three possible ways to deal with contracted verbs, You may come to the conclusion that the vagaries of the vowel in a con- tracted verb are incalculable anyway, and that as long as you keep a rough idea of the personal ending of a verb you cannot go far wrong in being prepared for any old vowel to turn up. That is an under- standable but dangerously casual view to take. After all, there is a divinity that shapes these ends, rough-hew them how we will. But offend that deity, and you will find Nemesis lurking among the subjunctives and optatives. The second view is that these contracted verbs represent three more mountainous obstacles to surmount, and that one had better get down to the solid learning of them in all their arid detail without further ado. This is heroic, but rather unnecessarily laborious. The third way, and the one we recommend, is to learn the principle of contraction so thoroughly that its application to any verb form (or noun form for that matter, for the same rules apply to some nouns) is the work of a split second. Just as it becomes an automatic reaction to anyone with an elementary knowledge of colour to see not merely orange and green, but at the same moment the constituent red and yellow or blue and yellow, so you should be able instinctively to resolve the vowel of a contracted verb into the constituent vowels of stem and ending. Tenses not Affected. As the future, aorist, and perfect stems do not end with a vowel, it will beXX. CONTRACTED VERBS 193 seen that there is no contraction in these tenses. It has already been pointed out in Chapter 8, on the future tense, that where a verb stem ends in a short vowel, the method of forming the future, aorist and perfect, is to lengthen the vowel, « and ¢ both changing to n, and o to «, and to add o for the future and aorist, and « for the perfect. Thus the unaffected tenses of the three model contracted verbs will be as follows :— PREs, Fur, Aor. PERF. Aor. Pass. TIPK-OO «Tipnow =6ETIUNOO = TeTIP Ka «= ETINNONV pike-co pidnow epidnoa Trepiknka épidnOnv SovA0-w SouAwow tovAmaa SeSouAaKa eSourobn’ Principles of Vowel Mixing. The three vowels of the stem are a,¢,ando. Thechanges they undergo in contraction are best learnt as a series of equations, thus :— ‘a’ stems. “-+o,ov or OW =; a+ e1orh a+eorn =a; a-+o1 ‘e’ stems. e+o=ou. « before any long vowel or ef-e=e diphthong disappears. ‘o' stems. o-+ él, 9 or ot ; O+8, 0, orov =ov o+to@orn=o@. Note that Iota subscript in contraction has always the same force as the full Iota.CONTRACTED VERBS. ‘Tipe-co, ‘honour’; p1Ae-c, ‘love’; SouAo-co, ‘ enslave” Present Active Present Active Present Active I. (a-oo) Tyco I. (ec) ideo I. (o-w) BouAw 2. (c-e15) TINGS 2. (8-15) placis 2. (o-e15) BSovaois 2. (ot!) TINE 3. (€-€1) pias 3. (o-et) Bovhor T. (o-opev) — Tipoopev I. (e-ouev) — prAoupev I. (o-opev) Souhoupev 2. (a-£Te) TIporTE 2. (e-eTe) PIAEITE 2. (o-eTte} SovAouTe 3. (@-ovcl) = Tipwor 3. (e-ove1) = piAovar 3. (o-ove1) SovAcucr Imperfect Active Imperfect Active Imperfect Active I. (a-ov) Enipov I. (€-ov) épivouv I. (o-ov) —- BovAouv 2. (ces) étipas 2, (€-€s) apireis 2. (0-85) éSouAous 3. (are) erp 3. (&€) Epircr 3. (0-8) &SouAou I. (cx-opev) Eripoopev I. (e-opev) — EptAcunev I. (0-opev) @BovAoupev 2. (a-eTe) etipecre 2. (e-eTe) epircite 2. (o-eTe) 86ovAouTe 3. (a-ov) énipav 3. (c-ov) Epraouv 3. (o-ov) —- EBouAouv ¥6r WIIUD ATISUNOA HDVIL© Present Infinitive Active Present Infinitive Active Present Infinitive Active (a-*ev) = Tivo (e-e1v) pireiv (o-*ew) GouAouv Present Participle Active | Present Participle Active | Present Participle Active (c-cav) Tipeov (e-cov) prov {o-wv) Sourkwv (-ouga) = Tinwod (E-ovoa) piAovon (o-ovcan) SovAouca (a-ov) ‘Tipeov (c-ov) pihouv (o-ov) SovAouv Present Mid. and Pass. Present Mid. and Pass. Present Mid. and Pass. I. (a-opet) — Trpeopen I, (c-opat) = graven I, (o-open) SovAoupon 2. (a-€L, -n) Tint 2. (El, -1)) — prAcr 2. (0-€1, -y) SovdAor 3. (e-eTet) — Tiperrot 3. (c-etat) = prrerton 3. (o-eTat) —BouvAouTat I. (c-opeda) tipeopeta I. (e-opeba) pidoupebar I. (o-opeSer) BouvAcupeba 2. (e002) Tinaode 2. (Eto8e) — prAciade 2. (o-e08e) SovAoucbe 3. (@-ovTal) = TipevTat 3. (c-ovTal) giAouvTon 3. (o-ovten) SovAouvrat * As this ew is itself a contraction of e-ev, no iota appears in the infinitives, tive -c -ev = mipay, BovAo -€ -ev = Sounouv. SOWIA GALOVYLNOD ‘XXCONTRACTED VERBS—continued Imperfect Mid. and Pass. I. (a-opnvy) Etipopny 2. (a-ou) Tipe 3. {a-ETO) étiperto I, (a-opeda) etipcopeder 2. (o-eoGe) — ETpaote 3. (a-ovte) = étipwvTo Imperfect Mid. and Pass. | tmperfect Mid. and Pass. I. (coun) — éprAovnny 2. (é-ou) Epihou 3. (E-ET0) Epiderto I. (e-opeQc) epiAouyeBer 2. (eeoT1) — igiAgiode 3. (E0vtTo) — EgiAouvTe I. (o-opny) ebovAoupny {o-ou) — ES0uAou . (o-eTo) eS0uUAouTO . (e-opeba) ESovAoupeba . (o-e0%2) eSovAouots " (-ovro) éovAouvTo WHHwH Present Infin. Mid. and Pass. (a-eoba1) = TiyaoBat Present Infin. Mid. and Pass. (E-eo8e1) grAeioBar Present Infin. Mid. and Pass, (o-eo8a1} SouAoucfar Present Participle Mid. and Pass. (a-opevos, -1, -ov) TILQOPEVOS, -1, -OV Present Participle Mid. and Pass. (c-opevos, -1, -ov) PIAOUPEVOS, -T], -OV (o-opevos, -1, -ov) BovAoupevos, -n, -ov 961 Wd3YD JTASUNOA HIWILXX. CONTRACTED VERBS 107 EXERCISE. CONTRACTED VERBS Translate :— I. ol AoxeScipovio: &Seitrvouv év tas 68015. 2. 6 Mntioxos Erramg Tous dptous. 3. tyyoupuefa tous otepavous supgetov eivor. 4. of "ASnvaioi TroAAaKis tvixeov Tous AcKeSaipovious. 5. 6 Geoyevns éSnAou to &yov pidotipov. 6. 6 &OAnTNs &E101 veviKnkevan. 7. Royo. Ger TroiouvTaa tire Twv AnTopwv. 8. ToA- Rais évika 6 pws THY TruyEnv. g. SovAol tro Tou Seotrotou, © veavia. 10. Tig thro Tou Trointou, @ aOAnta. 1. of dyav TroArtiKot ovK épikouvTo timo Tov TOMY. 12. TouTO éndouToO Tols Tratciy tro tou SiSackoAouv. 13. Epwvtes ths tratpidos, & TOAITCH, OW paxeobe Utep ouTns; 14. Kakov éoti BSovAeveGar Tois TWoAeuiols. 15. Tis ovK émiOuper pidcioGar toro Tavtov; 16. Tipepevos Utro Tov Kpitoov TOpoige TOAAOUs OTepavous. I7. cyav éTipW, & Qeayeves. 18. 6 TlepixAns elwtev fyyeiofar to Sno. 19. ovK del Erqvou Wiro Tov tyevovev, a TlepixAes. 20. c&yav pabiov éoti émipbovess ypratcan * Tr Suvapel. KEY TO EXERCISE 1, The Spartans used to dine in the roads. 2. Metiochus supervises the bread. 3. We consider the garlands to be rubbish. 4. The Athenians often used to conquer the Spartans. 5. Theagenes used to display excessive ambition. 6. The athlete claims to have won. 7. Speeches are always being made by orators. 8. The hero often won the boxing. g. You are being enslaved by the master, young man, ro, You are honoured by the poet, athlete. 11. Exces- sively political people were not loved by the many. 12, * In the verb ypcpoa (xpa-oper) n is everywhere found where there would be an a in Tipwpat (TIaopat).198 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK This was being shown to the boys by the teacher. 13. While) loving your country, citizens, do you not fight on ehalf of it? 14. It is evil to be enslaved to the enemy. 1§. Who does not desire to be loved by all? 16. Being honoured by the judges, he amassed many garlands. 17. You were honoured too much, Theagenes. 18. Pericles is accustomed to lead the poopie. 1g. You were not always praised by the leaders, Pericles. 20. It is too easy to use power unpopularly, POT-HUNTER AND POOH-BAH (From Plutarch) Plutarch, who lived from a.p. 48 to about A.D. 120, was a native of Cheronea in Beotia. His two main works are the Parallel Lives and the Moralia, the first a series of biographies of famous Greeks and Romans compared with one another, the second a collection of eighty-three essays on a wide range of subjects, from “‘ Advice to Married Couples”’ to ‘The Face of the Moon’. The “Lives” of Plutarch have become familiar to English readers from North’s translation. Shake- speare, Wordsworth and Browning all drew from Plutarch’s well. The Essayists, especially Montaigne and Francis Bacon, were profoundly influenced by the Moralia. The following passage, which has been somewhat adapted, not only gives some useful practice in the contracted verbs, but also illustrates Plutarch’s chatty and anecdotal style. OUv5Se yap tou Oeayevous! to &yav orAoTipov Kat i, Theagenes was a native of Thasos, and was reputed to be a son of Hercules. At the tender age of nine he carried home on his shoulders one of the bronze statues in the market-place. His superhuman strength and speed wonXX. CONTRACTED VERBS 199 pldoverkov érratvoupev. ottos yap ot povov Thy trepioSov 2 évixa cAAG Kal TrohAous drycoves, ot Trory- KpaTiep ® povov dAAG KOI Truyun Kal SoArye.4 thos Se, Gs pa Emitapiou tives éSertrver,> mrpoteferons émaci Kerra To elwbos ths LepiSos,° dverrninoas SierrayKpatiacev.? Kat olTaas ESNAoU STi GE101 atTOs woves vixav oS’ ela otSever dAAOV Kportely aTou Trapovtos.§ G0ev AOpoice yiAtous Kar SiaKoc10us for him not only 1200 prizes, but also, as may be readily inferred from this passage, many enemies. One man visited a statue of Theagenes for the express purpose of occasionally whipping it, until the outraged efhgy got its own back by falling one night on its owner and killing him. Nor did the aggrieved relatives have the last word when they threw the statue into the sea, for a famine ensued which, according to Delphi, could only be averted by the restoration of Theagenes. Shortly afterwards the triumphant image was miraculously hauled up in some fishermen’s nets. In spite of Plutarch’s strictures, it would appear that the gods are on the side of the big biceps! 2. “The whole round’’ comprises the four big games meetings, the Olympic, Pythian, Isthmian and Nemean. 3. The Pancratium was a brutal kind of ‘all-in’ contest, with no inhibitions or Queensberry rules. In the ‘“‘ boxing ” (vyun) leathern thongs were wound round the fists of the combatants. In both kinds of contest the fight went on uninterruptedly until one of the competitors owned himself beaten. 4. The “long ”’ race was about two and a quarter miles. What does the anthropologist term ‘ dolichocephalic ’ mean? 5. Lit. ‘He was eating the ‘hero’ feast of some funeral-games celebration.”” As early as Patroclus in the IHad, games contests were held to celebrate the passing of ahero. Theagenes was attending the banquet which would naturally accompany such a celebration. 6. ‘A share having been placed before all ’"—Genitive Absolute; see ce. 11, Strabo, mn. Ir; c. 12, Theophrastus, n. 15. 7. “He went through the whole Pancratium.” This is not ve: clear. It takes two to make a Pancratium, and Plutarc does not tell us who his opponent was. It almost looks as if Theagenes assaulted his fellow-guests. 8. It is true that a garland of leaves was the only prize for victory in200 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK OTEPAvVOUS, GV OuppETOV? Tpers Tyyoupeba Tous TAEIO- tous, ov5ev otv TouTou Siagepouow ol pos Taga écroSvopevor 9 qrokitieny tmpagiv, GAA epTrTOUS TE Tayy Toivuciw savTous Tols TohAoig Erreryers Te ytyvovta:. ef psev yap Tis Taov To1ouToVv Kerropfo1, eripdoves yryvetat. ef & ad opaAAetau, emiyaptos. Kor To foupazopevoy 1! axrtoov év dpyn THs EmmipeAcias eis yAeUGopoV UrovooTel Kal yeAwTa. ToIovToy ? to ‘Mntioyos vev yap otpatnye:, Mntioyos Se tas 680us,13 Mntioyos & dptous émotre, Mntioyos Se the festivals. Too much should not be made of this, how- ever, as the home town of the victor frequently rewarded him lavishly. At Athens an Olympic victor received a urse of 500 drachmas and a free dinner in the Town Hall or the rest of his life, an honour which, incidentally, Socrates claimed he should receive, when his accusers required him to fix his own penalty. The crown at the Olympic games was of wild olive, at the Pythian, bay, at the Isthmian, parsley and pine, and at the Nemean, parsley. g. “ Rubbish *”’ because they were easy or empty victories, to. “Stripping for ’’— i.e. getting ready for. Plutarch still has the games in mind. The Greeks, sensibly enough, had no qualms about complete nudity, and the wearing of any sort of clothing at games would perhaps have surprised them as much as the reverse would us. Indeed, the only event in which the competitors wore clothes (i.e. armour) was a comic event. 1. “That which was admired "— their readiness to assume the burden of office. 12. “ Of such a kind as .. .”’ where we should say “ for instance.” Thucrdides tells us that the democracy in the time of Pericles was practically a rule by one man, Pericles. Metiochus, whom Pericles defended in the law-courts, seems to have been Pericles’ right-hand man, responsible for carrying out the chief’s decisions. According to the anonymous Comic Poet whom Plutarch quotes, he was Lord This and That, and Lord High Everything Else. His habit of “ seeing to’ everything would one day make him say “ oimoi’’— i.e. be sorry for himself. 13. Object of trae. Not only was he in the War Office, but he was Minister for Transport.XX. CONTRACTED VERBS 201 tdAgita,* Mnytioyos Ge tavt’ akerrai, Mrtioyos 8” olpooferan.’ teow TlepikAgous ovros eig Tv Etaipoov, TH &1’ Exetvov Suvaper 1 éripfovess YPOLEVOS KAI KaTAKOPCS. Ser 16 Se Tov TroAiTiKov épwvTi Te Snpe Tpoopepeo@ai Kat, el un trapeoti, Trofov éouTtou évorroAsitretv. VOCABULARY éOpoigw, amass, collect. é&keouai, see to, remedy. éAgrra (n.pl.), barley. dvarnSaco, leap up. &€iow, think right, claim. émos, -ca, -v, every, all (longer form of tres). émoSuvopat, take clothes off, strip. pros (m.), bread. Sermveco, dine, have a dinner, Bndrcw, show, make clear. Bioxocion (adj.), two hun- dred. SiorrayKparicge, perform the whole Pancratium. Siapepco (gen.), differ from. eleaber (perf), I am accus- “tomed; (x. pteple.) to ele 80s, custom, évarroAeitrea, leave behind in one. éqraivew, praise, Errox Ons, -e5, annoying, offen- sive, éripeAcia, office, ministry. Errrapios (se. kywv), com- memorative celebration. Em@fovos (adv. -ws), un- popular, odious. tmryaptos § (adj.), rejoiced over, an object of malig- nant joy. inerae, supervise. Epaco (gen.), love. tyyeouct, consider, (with dat.) lead. Hpoov (7.), a hero’s feast. Gexyevns, Theagenes, a re- markable athlete. kctrokepws, immoderately, to excess. KaTop bow, succeed BELTTOS, -f, -ov, contemp- tible. hepts, ~1505 (f.), share, portion. obev, whence. olpeazes (fut.), -~Eouer, lament, regret. ov&e, nor, neither, not even. TayKpotiov (#.), an ‘all-in’ boxing contest. rapes, be present. TlepixAns, _-eous, Pericles, famous Greek statesman. 14. For ta &Apita, he was Minister of Food, and Agricul- ture as well. mn. 13. 416. Se, 15. For xpeopa, taking the dative, see c. 17, “Tt is right that...” is followed by the accus. of the person and the infin. of the verb.202 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK TrepioBos (f), series, Tpospepouan, ‘find’ a person to be so and so in one’s sequence, opaAropen, fail. tnrovoctew, sink to, down to. piAoverkos, contentious, fond come relations towards him. TpoTiOnui, put before. muyun, boxing. oreparvos (m,), a garland. OTPATNYED, ea general, ovppetos §(m.), sweepings, ipiak, pes of winning; To -ov, the competitive spirit. piAoripos, ambitious; to -ov, vaulting ambition. xiMos (adj.), thousand. XAeucopos (.), scorn, mock- ery. THE CONTRACTED FUTURE 1. If the stem of a verb ends in A, u, v orp, the Future Tense is frequently formed by adding not -o but -e to the stem—e.g. peveo (I remain), Fut, peve-w. This, of course, contracts and is conjugated like the Present tense of prAew. In the same way the Future of some verbs ending in one of the above consonants (called ‘ liquids’) in the Middle is conjugated like p1iAcupat—e.g. oaivopar (I appear), Fut. pavoupau. 2. KoAeo (I call), and teAcw (I complete), in some dialects of Greek have Futs. KoAcow and TeAow. But in Attic Greek the -o- dropped out, and the fut. KoAw and teAw is conjugated like pikew. In many of these verbs the form of the Future is indis- tinguishable from that of the Present. In Attic the Future of dAAupt is 6Aw, and of poxoucn, poyoupat. 3. All words that end in -130 or -1z0y01 form Futures with a contracted ¢ instead of o—e.g. vopigu, Vopl-ee = vopieo, and . . . KopIZopoi, KopLoUpat. 4. One or two verbs with « in the stem, making a future in -cow, dropped the o and contracted the future like the present tense of Tiyaw—e.g. oxeSav-XX. CONTRACTED VERBS 203 vupi—(I scatter), Fut, oxeSac (oxeS); tAcuvw (I drive), Fut. tAaco, éAw. FURTHER NOTES ON CONTRACTED VERBS x. A few verbs have -n instead of -c all the way through, though conjugated like tiucc—e.g. Biya (I am thirsty, cf. dipsomaniac), infin. Sypny, etc. ; zac (I live) and ypaoua (I use). 2. Two-syllabled verbs in -w, like wAew (I sail) and tvew (I breathe), contract e+e to e and e +1 to et, but leave e + 0 or ov, uncontracted— 1.€. TTAEW, TTAEIS, TTAEL, TTAEOPEV, TTAEITE, TTAEOUCI.CHAPTER XxXlI IMPERATIVES ‘Kou Aeyeo Toute,” said the centurion, ‘ Tlopev@nT1, Kal TropeveTar Kot dAdo, “Epyou, Kat EpyeTat Kal ToD SovA@ pou, Moinoov Tout, kor Troe.” (Matt. viii. g or Luke vii. 8). One suspects that the centurion must have frequently been in this imperative mood, grammatically as well as mentally. At any rate, he uses three forms of it here. The Imperative Mood, then, expresses a command. In Greek, not only is the Present Tense of the Imperative used, but also quite as commonly the Aorist Tense. There was a distinction, though it is not one of time, The distinction is the same as that which applied to the Infinitives. Strictly speaking, the Aorist Imperative should be used for an instantaneous command relating to a specific action, the Present for a general injunction, or one calling for continuous action. Doubtless, however, the distinction became blurred in the course of time, and it will be noted that our centurion hops about quite unconcernedly from Aorist to Present, and back to Aorist again, although he can hardly have intended any difference from a grammatical point of view between ‘come’, ‘ go’, and ‘do’. Here, then, are the Imperatives. Only the 2nd persons are given in full, for they are obviously the most common. Greek did employ a 3rd person singular and plural of the Imperative, to be trans- 204XX. IMPERATIVES 205 lated in English, ‘ Let him, her, or it loose, honour, love, etc. Let them loose, etc.’ You are recom- mended to learn the 2nd persons thoroughly, but the 3rd persons are not of such frequent occurrence as to warrant your spending much time on them. The 3rd person forms of Ave are given here, and it will not be difficult to infer the corresponding forms for the other verbs. The Irregular Imperatives must be noted very carefully, as they are important. A Present (not Aorist) Imperative is negatived by putting pn before the verb. This is called a Pro- hibition. An instantaneous and specific prohibition involves the use of pn with the Aorist Subjunctive, and that must be learned later. Learn first the regular Imperatives pp. 206-7, and then return to these, from the -y verbs, I. ini iet lego (iov) = ég ou -E0nT1 fete leobe tte toe £01 Te 2. elu (‘I am’) Present Imper, Sing. 2, iof: Plur. 2. éote 3. toto 3. OvTov (or tstwoav) 3. elys (‘I go’) Present Imper. Sing. 2. i61 Plur. 2. ite 3. brea 3. lovtev 4. equ Present Imper. Sing. pct Plur. pocre 5. KoOnuar Sing. kafyco = Plur. ko@nofe, Keron KEIgO Kerode 6, olSa Sing. tot Plur. tote,THE IMPERATIVE MOOD Present. AORIST, Verb, Middle Active, and Active, Middle. Passive. Passive. Aue S. Ave Avou Augov Auoan Avonti P. Auete Rusate Augote Avoaobe AvOnTE Tapa 8. Tipo Tipe Tipngov ‘TiQeaL Tap enti P. trate Tipaote TIToorrE Tipnoaote TyNneyte pIrcca, S. praer giAou @iAngov planed | gran aqte P. piderte pideiobe giAnqoate grAnoacbe piAnonte BovAoc S. SovAcu SouAou SouvAwcov SovAwoar SovAwbnt1 P. SouAoyte | Soukoucte BovAwoate | SovAwoacte BovAwOn te TION 8. Tia. tiBou bes Bou TeOTL P, tiGete TiBeo8e ete Beate ‘TeOnTE goz MARYS JTASYNOA HOVALBiBeop1, fornut S. 8iB0u P, &i5ote S. fotn, P. fotorte Sercvupt ues S. Senevu P, Sencwute IMPERATIVE S. Avetoo P. Avovtoov or AvETwoay| 815000 Bos Bou S067 Bi5008e Bote Bote Bobyte iotado 1. S. otngov| 1. S$. oTnocn oTaOnti Ploteate) — P. otrocote, iotoote 2.3. omni | 2.5. otobnte P. atte P. Serkvuco: Beigov BerGan deryOq71 BSenucvuode Before BerGaobe SerySryte THIRD PERSON SINGULAR AND PLURAL Aveotos Avoore Avoactos AVON Te Aueodoov Aucavtov | Avoastav Auéevtav or or Auscbagay AuenTewcay “1xXX S3BAILVYadWI208 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK EXERCISE. IMPERATIVES Translate :— I. TINA TOV TATEDR DOU KAI THY UNTepa gov. 2. Bog thy Pacey to Fever. 3. un SnAou thy fnoaupov Tois ToAiTals. 4. evOus 101 Tpos THY TroAIV Kal TouTa cry yelAov Tors ToAtTas. 5. Tra1Ges pIKpOL PlAouvtwy GAANAOUs. 6. TeiBou ToIs Tou Pacirews Royor. 7. Trevecte payopevor Tors AckeSaipoviois, © "AOnvaior. 8. d&vBpeior gore, co oTpatiwto. evOus Beate Tos WoAeuioig Thy Gpetnv. g. iote Omi ovTrote drroSwaw to dpyupiov. ro. el Saxver ce & lyOus, capes. IL. KaOnote, a troSes, Ka oleoTrate. 12. evSaipoov loft, © Tra, TavTa toy Prov. 13, Avete Tous immous & Tov c&ypwv. I4. un gad TouTo: aloypov yap fom, 15. dye oni év ty Sep peyorn Se TH poovy Boa. KEY TO EXERCISE 1. Honour thy father and thy mother. 2. Give the kingdom to the stranger. 3. Do not show the treasure to the citizens. 4. Go at once to the city and announce these things to the citizens. 5. Let little children love one another. 6. Obey the words of the king. 7. Stop fighting the Spartans, Athenians. 8. Be brave, soldiers. Show your courage at once to the enemy g. Know that I shall never give back the money. to. If the fish is biting you, let it go. 11. Sit down, boys, and be quiet. 12. Be happy, my boy, all your life. 13. Release the horses from the fields. 14. Do not say this, for it is disgraceful. 15, Come, stand in the road, and shout with a loud voice. Inveni Portum 1. "Eats Kor ou Tuyn veya? yanpete tov Aipev” eUpov" ovBev Epo. x’? Uyiw' Twougete Tous pet”? eps,XXII. IMPERATIVES 209 1, As adv., a ‘long’ farewell. 2. For xo, 3, See c. 22. A Latin translation of this anonymous epitaph is to be found on the statue of Lord Brougham at Cannes. Inveni portum ; Spes et Fortuna valete; Sat me lusistis; ludite nunc alios. Perhaps : So farewell, Hope, for ever, Fond Fortune, fare thee well, For I have found a harbour, To shelter from the swell; And others will come after, Your jest and sport to be. But I am nought to you again, And ye are nought to me.—T. W. M. Point d’Appui 2. Bos por Tov oTw ! Kal KIVNGw THY ynv.—Archi- medes. 1. Subjunctive, ‘I am to stand.” Seec. 27. Archimedes was illustrating the principle of the lever. A fulcrum and a locus standi would give him power to wobble the earth. Luckily no one was prepared to make these concessions to the reckless scientist. Mehr Licht ! 3. wiKpov dro Tou Alou peTaotnO1.—Diogenes, Diogenes the Cynic philosopher is said to have lived in a tub. Alexander the Great came to visit him, and asked what favour he could bestow on him. This is Diogenes’ reply. Benefits Forgot 4. yap AaBoov pepwngo ! Ke Sous érriAcbou.? I, Hepvnou, a perf. with pres. meaning, is conjugated like Kabra. 2. It will be observed that parts derived from the210 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK 2nd aor, have endings like the pres.—e.g. the aor. of AapBave is LAcBov, the aor. imper. AcBe. The aor. of émAavOavopar is éreAaPopny (mid.). This is the aor. mid. imper. Be Sober, be Vigilant 5. ve Kal penvao” doriotev.—Epicharmus. Epicharmus, a comic poet of the fifth century B.C., lived in Sicily, where the sound n was broadened to a, An Athenian would have pronounced this vngpe and pepvnco. This has been suggested as the motto of a NAAFI canteen ! Compulsory Maths. 6. c&yewpetpntos undets ? elortos (see c. 7). 1, Not only is un used to negative an imper., but com- pounds of ot like overs (‘no one’), otnrote (" never’), etc., change their ot to yn. Proper Study 7. yvooth 1 ceautov. 1. Imper. from éyvev, aor. of yryvwoxw. This advice was written up in the temple of Delphi, together with the other great maxim, pndev cyav, ‘nothing in excess’ (see note above for pnéev). Aprés Nous le Déluge 8. you SavovTtos } youn? pryOnte ? truprr ovSev pede * por Tapa 5 yap Koos exer. 1. Gen. abs. 2. Another form of yn. 3. 3rd person aor. pass. imper. of pryvupi or peryvupt. 4. An impers. verb — le. one without a subject for which we supply the word ‘it '—‘it concerns’. ov&ev is here a kind of adv., ‘im no way’. 5. = Tafa, ‘my affairs’. This verse was frequently quoted by the Roman Emperors Tiberius and Nero.XXII. IMPERATIVES 2mr Divine Protection 9. EviUcacb THY TavoTrAIay tou Oeov—Eph. vi. 11. On the Spartans Who Fell at Thermopylae } To. & Eew’,? c&yyetdov? AckeSaipoviors 611 TEs Kelpefcr Tors Kelveov! Anyaot trebopevor. Simonides. 1. The story of Leonidas, who with 300 Spartans kept the Persians at bay in 480 B.c., is too well known to require repeating. The simplicity and restraint of this epitaph of Simonides have been universally admired. 2. §e1vos (voc. €ewe), a form of €evos, a word of many meanings: “stranger ’, ‘ friend’, ‘ host’, ‘ guest’. Here it refers to a bypasser. 3. GyysiAov, aor, imper. of &yycAA@—though some read here éyytAAciv—an infin. for imper., a con- struction common in French : ‘ Ne pas parler au Wattman ’. 4. = Exewov. Seec. 24. 4. Blind Bartimeus 11. Ye that have eyes, yet cannot see, In darkness and in misery Recall those mighty voices three— “"Incou,! gdencov ? pe ’— ‘ Oapcet, Eyeipaa ’—' “Ytracye,3 ‘H mortis cou cecwxe oe.’—Longfellow. See Mark x. 46-52. 1. Vocative. 2. Aor. imper. of fsco. This word is known to Catholics in the transliterated form ‘ Kyrie, eleison ’. 3. Uieryeo was used in late Gk. frequently in an intrans. sense, as ‘move along ’, ‘ go away ’. The Lord’s Prayer 12, Otrress otv trpoceuyecOe Uyers: Totep tuwv & év Tos ovpavois, Gylacb.,Tw ? To évopa cou, tAseTo 1. 3rd person aor. pass. imper.212 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK f) Baciweia cou, yevnonte? to SeAnux cou, ds Ev ovpaves, Kal él yns' Tov &ptov fipev Tov étriouvciov Bos flv onuepovy Kar deg? tiv ta Soeinuara Tuoov, os Ket Tels dpiepev Tois SpeiAetais fyoov' Ken pin eloeveykns * fas els Treipacpov, GAAa puoat > Hwas cro Tov movnpov.6—Mait. vi. g-13. 2. The aor. éyevnonv (a pass. form) is late Gk. for the classicaléyevounv. 3. Aor.imper.ofdginut. 4. Thisis the aor. subjunct. of slopepa—another way in Gk. of saying, Don’t do something or other, seec. 28. 5. voc, aor. mid. imper. from pvopat, ‘draw away’, ‘rescue’. 6. It is not easy to say whether this is neuter ‘ evil’, or mas., ‘ the evil one’. EUCLID. Ztotyeioov a’ te” ae eo E eo ——~, *Eav Buo ev@ernr Teuveociv! &AAnAas, Tas KaTa Kopugny? yoovias ioas GAANAaIS Trolovoly. So departmental is education today that it is frequently overlooked that Euclid was a Gk. philosopher who lived about 300 B.c. and whose series of essays in deduction provided the only geometrical textbook for generations of schoolboys until 1886. Eucleides called his work Eroryeia, which means ‘the elements’. He regarded them as the elements of deductive proof. The above proposition is from Bk. I, No. 15 (in Gk. numerals a’ 1’). I. TeHvaciv. Subj., required by the word éav, ‘if’. You may, however, translate it exactly as if it were the indic. How many Eng. words can you think of with the root TEM or TOM in, meaning ‘cut’? 2. Lic. ‘at the peak’ or ‘ vertex’. We talk about ‘ vert‘cally opposite angles ’,XXII. IMPERATIVES 213 Avo yap evéeiai of AB, [A tevetaoav? dAANAS kata To E onpeiouw Aeyw dt: fon éotiv A pev rot AEP yoovia Th Utro AEB, f S bro FEB tr tro AEA. *Erren yao euGera 4 AE érr’ evOerav thy PA épeotnxe,§ yoovias Toimveda tos bmo TEA, AEA, al &pa® tro TEA, AEA youre Suc’ dpGais Ioor eloiv. tradiv, érrer eGera AE err’ etberav thy AB épeotnke,® yoovias Troiovoa tas Uo AEA, AEB, ai &pa Uo AEA, AEB yooviar Sua épbeas ico elow. eBeryOnoav Se Kar at tro TEA, AEA Svolv dpdais icat ai dpa tre TEA, AEA teas tro AEA, AEB foo cic. Koiwn &pnp- note ® 7 Ure AEA. Aoirn apa 4 Ure FEA Aoi ty tro BEA fon éotiv: Spots &n Seryonoetan, étt kar ai trro FEB, AEA ican cian. "Eav dpa Buo0 evderar Tepvoooiv GAANAGS, Tas KaTO Kopugny yoovias foas GAAnAaIs Trotovoiv: étrep é6eL SeiEan.® VOCABULARY d&motew, disbelieve uo, two. éoa, after all, you see. fav (conj.), if. &ornu, let go, forgive. dlogepw, bring into. Bacihsia (f.), kingdom. thee, pity, have mercy on. yovia (f.), angle. évSvoyo, put on. 3. 3rd pers. plur. of the pres. imper. 4. Euclid always uses toro when denoting angles: 4 bmo AET yovia is short for 4 tro AED repiexopevn yoovia—i.e. the angle enclosed by AET. 5: Lit. ‘stands on 6. &pa is a particle meaning ‘ then’, you see’. 7. Buatw is a late dat. plur. of Suo. dpé6n, ‘ right’, is, of course, short for dp6q ywvia, ‘right angle’, 8. This is a rare form which you have not been given. It is the 3rd sing. imper. i tha oes pass. of dgaipew. ‘Let (it) be taken away ’. D. (quod erat demonstrandum), lit. ‘ which it a Toasty to show’. Note the active infin. 11 in the Gk.214 émtAavOavopa, forget. émoucios, sufficient for the coming day (adj.), from 4 tmovea (fuspa), the on- coming (day). evdero (f.), line. Qapoew, cheer up. OeAnua (92.), will, wish. kovos, -1), -ov, common. Kopugn (f.), apex, vertex. AorTr95, -7, -ov, Temaining. petiornu (tfrans. tenses), shift, move. bepvnuer (perf.), I remember. vnpe, be sober. Eeivos, Eevos (m.), stranger, host, guest. égeikeTns, debtor. SperAnua (7.), debt. Traize, play with, mock. mavorAia (f.), a full suit of armour. TEACH YOURSELF GREEK qetGouai, I obey (c. dat.}. Treipacues (w.), temptation. qrovnpos, -a, -ov, wicked, Teil Tropevoyo (aor. tropevony), go, march, TIPODEVXOUGI, pray, trp (x.), fire. pnea (x.), command, ordin- ance. puopuct, rescue, deliver. onpetov (7.) (see c. 12), point. onpepov (adv.), today. otoryeiov (7.), element. owza, save. ade, here. auyn (f.), fortune. Unaya, move, go one’s way. xaipw, farewell, rejoice.CHAPTER XxXil PREPOSITIONS Also rules for expressing Time and Space, and P & Pp prepositions compounded with verbs.) PREPOSITIONS are so common in Greek that it has been impossible to avoid them in the previous extracts. In the Crocodile story, for instance (ch. ro), they occur sixteen times. Some (eg. év, 2€, etc.) take only one case, some (e.g. Karta, Bia, etc.) two, and others (e.g. ém, mapa, etc.) three. The important thing in the case of these two latter classes is to notice what case they take when you meet them, because the meaning of the preposition is decided by the case which it governs. Originally they were a sort of adverbs of place, used to make the meanings of the cases more clear. Therefore els, “into ’, only takes an acc., #, ‘ out of’, a gen., and év,‘in’,dat. But wapa, ‘alongside of’, can be used with all three cases, and has a different meaning with each. At first sight this may sound confusing, but if you once understand the fundamental meaning of the cases, difficulties disappear. This is best seen in reference to the ideas of Place and Time. 215,TEACH YOURSELF GREEK pos } tov AEovTa apa.XXII. PREPOSITIONS 217218 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK ‘ > uno Tw AcovTXXII. PREPOSITIONS 219220 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Meaning of the Cases in Reference to Place and Time (a) Place. The acc. means originally motion to, » gen. 0 motion from. » dat, » rest at, AMopev thy ToAW means (in poetry, at any rate) ‘we came to the city’. So does fASouev elg THY TroAI. Troias yns AGes means ‘from what kind of land did you come?’ aifep1 varoov means ‘ dwelling in the sky’ (Homer), but in prose writers prefer, év al@epi. Similarly, Tapa Tous wokewious means ‘ towards the enemy’. TAPA Tov ToAeuicov means ‘ from the enemy ’. Tapa Tors TOAEHIOIs Means “ near or by the enemy’. (b) Teme. The acc. implies extension over. Tpetg TNEpas eperva, ‘TI remained three days’. (Also of space—e.g. ievor Thy authy Gdov, ‘ to go the same way ’.) The gen. implies during a part of—e.g. Tou ovrtou étous, ‘in the same year’, ic. ‘at some time within the year’. Compare the colloquial Eng. “of a morning ’. The dat. implies a point of teme—e.g. ty SeuTepg Tepe, ‘on the second day’. So vuxta = ‘all night long’; vu«tos, ‘during part of the night ’. These three basic ideas are at the root of the preps., and apply to most of them. But there are also— unfortunately for the learner !—many derived andXXII. PREPOSITIONS 221 less obvious meanings, some of which are commoner than the original meanings. You are therefore recommended to study very carefully the following table. Preps. are frequently compounded with verbs. In some cases Eng. derivs. are a help to learning their meaning, The numbers in brackets refer to chapters of this book (e.g. 18, 4 =ch. 18, extract 4). Before proceeding to the prepositions with three cases, you may like to test your memory. How many of these can you get right? EXERCISE. PREPOSITIONS (1) Translate :— . BY peta. . BETH TOU YEpovToS. . &va TO Opos. . UTEP Tov TOAITOOV. kara Thy dAnferav. USwp avTi Trupos. . bY domiBos. . HeTa Tov Enea. . TPO TOV PUAaKos. . Uirep To Tepper fever, . KATA THS ENTpOS Acyetv. 12, étro ths “EAAaBos 7]Ko. 13. Oedopev éxetv elpyvnv dvT1 Todepou. 14. of pev Gpgi tov oTparnyov épsvov ouv arto é&veu orrou pexpr vuKtos, of Se dAAo1 Epevyov eg” itmrou KepBous Ever Trpos TH TroALy. 15. Twpos S¢ TovTors of KoKor TraBes dvae KAIPOKE évoBovtes AiSous Ep” Ayes KorTEBOAAOV Tapa vopov, (Contd. p. 226.) HoH HOO ON DUS W NHTHE PREPOSITIONS A. Governing One Case Only Meaning. | Examples (basic). | Idiomatic Uses. | Eng. Deriv. Compounds. (x) With the Accusative r ‘into’, ‘to’ | els to crows (10, 3) | elsuaptupiay (22, 5), | None tloayay, ‘to bring dgr0 gos (13, 4) els} ‘forawitness’ |Stamboul is| into’ els or ‘Tov woTapoy (22, 1) | els tploKacios, ‘up| derived from. 2 to 300° els yy tok S ds 10 Rormov, ‘for the future" 2, "up" (opp. of | dvarov wotapoy, “up| dva tkarov, ‘by | anabasis (go-| dvaBavay, ‘to go up’ xera) stream ' hundreds’ ing up) éva |‘ back again’ anathema anachronism (time-back) t (2) With the Genitive f (original Wohsues dvr slonvns, - antitoxin In compounds often “meaning, ‘war instead of antidote means ‘in return _‘ against), | peace’ athy dvnBoos, ‘a giving q antiseptic in return’, ‘¢x- antipodes change’ “ away from ',| dre bxépov (G8, 4). ae apostasy émootorav, ‘to stand * from’ ‘from foes’ apostle away from', ‘re- dno feo, ‘from apostrophe volt’ god" drooreAha, * to send we MdauD 4ATaSYNOA HIWILSmoorpege, =‘ turn away In compounds often means ero BiBeopit, ‘ give back’ 5. * out of’ x tou d8art0g (10, 3), | le mweiBos, * from | ecstasy Kiet, ‘I make to ‘ outofthe water’| boyhood ' exodus stand out of '—i, & or tx rns woRews (‘from|é& Aros dvap, ‘a * drive out of 2 the city’) dream from ppevay, ' wits Zeus * (Homer) So txotacts, ‘standing outside oneself’ 6. ‘before’ mpo ms Gupas, ‘be- — Prognostic -rpobiBeo, “ betray’ (either of| fore the door’ prologue snponeyaw, ‘ foretell * po place or of| wpo ths wayns, * be- time) fore the battle’ (3) With the Datine ‘in’ |____—_________}|__| 2 ty Tp Nethp (10, 3) | 4 Te waporn, ‘ at | endemic ivGquos, ‘dwelling in‘, te 1 yu (10, 3) present’ energy “ native’ by ty-1@ rorope (10, 3) | of & tee, ‘ those tuepyeg, lit.‘in work’, in power, the so ‘activity * authorities * 8. ‘with? In prose ‘with’ is| ov Geos, ‘with | synchronise | evXkapBaves, ‘ collect ’ usually expressed | the help of the | synonym oumoniy, /a drink ow by wera with gen. s' synopsis ing party ' {e. sup.) syntax owritnu, ‘put to- synthetic gether’ syllabus symmetry sympathy symposium “XX SNOILISOdaYd fezB. Governing Two Cases (Acc. and Gen.). ® 8 Meaning. | Examples (basic). | Idiomatic Uses. | Eng. Deviv. Compounds. + (1) With the Accusative 9. ‘on account | Sia-rmv quow (22, 3), | &:a tora, ‘ there- Meaning ‘ right through * of’, ‘owing| ‘on account ‘of| fore’ diaphanous — | Siagenves, * show Sia to” nature’ through * diameter Sic uerpov, ‘ trams- _) Siete Spare verse measure- m (22, 3) ment’ > Meaning ‘ thoroughly ', usual meaning © in Gk. compounds—e.g. Sia92npo, = “destroy utterly ' « (2) With the Genitive (of place) ° "by means| Sia ts oAews, | 61" atrou (22. 5), | Meaning ‘ separation, division'—e.g. C of", ‘through — the| ‘by means of| Siayryveores, ‘distinguish *, Saipeo, % city" him’ ‘ divide ' (dizresis) a ‘through ” (of time) Bic vurtos, | 61" Smyou, ' after a c ‘through the| short interval’ a night * o | z To, ‘down’ a) weft aye “day | catastrophe keraotpeps, “I tum ™ by di | upside down ' z (1) With the Accusative (a) down — | xeve-notausy, ‘down-] xara ynv kai @cAac- | cataract _ Korte along’ stream ' cov, ‘by land and sea" @)" according, wera Tov ‘Ounpoy, | xara hoyov (10, 3), | catalogue xorahoyos, ‘list " ‘according to} ‘in proportion | cataclysm roroxauzes, * wash Honea (14, n.} to" down* 20) sel rouoy, * accord-| xa®’ éhov, ‘ wholly’ | catalepsy korahappave, * seize” ‘to law’ ee menace itil dase IRINA Aa alata rrr ns rereCaen (a) vi the Genitive (vertically) wn | kaTa TOU TEIXOUS, - - - rom" ‘down from the wall’ (0) ‘against’ | xara cou Acyo, ‘I - - - speak against you! (1) With the Accusative ‘ n ‘after’ (either | uera tovro (22, 5), metaphysics | ta vera quama, ‘ things of ne or| ‘after thle after physics’ oO ace) usta Tov TOAELOY, ae ae ‘after the war’ x in search a metabolic ueroBeddes, ‘throw to- % gether’,so‘change’ > (2) With the Genitive ‘with’ wera gou, ‘with - jIn compounds frequently denotes 3 you’ (14, 0. 17) ‘change '—e.g. weravors, ‘changing jm one’s mind‘, andso‘repentance* 0 vets Tav gitar, = Sometimes ‘search ’—e.g. uetanaimo- O * with his friends * va, ‘send for’ 2 (23, 1) | a ° (i) With the Accusative Z 12. over’, ‘be-|émep my Schacouy, | imep Suvamy, * be- ) hyperbole twepBadho, ‘surpass’ 7 yond’ ‘beyond the sea’| yond one’s hypereritical ime power’ hyperborean Gmep Bopsav, * be- - hypermetrical ‘ond the North In compounds it has the idea ind ' of ‘ excess’ (2) With the Genitive ‘above’ ump ths yas, ‘above - - - the earth” B ‘on behalf of ' _ rep ths erpibes, - - “ ‘on behalf of one’s count xy226 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK KEY , On account of love. . With the old man. . Up the mountain. . On behalf of citizens. 5. According to the truth. 6. Water instead of fire. 9. Through a shield. 8. After the beast. 9. In front of the guard. 10. To go beyond the boundary. 11. To mother. wR the speak against C. ‘Improper 12, 1 have Greece. 13. We wish to have peace instead of war. 14. Those around the general remained with him, without food, until night, but the others fled on horse- back, for the sake of reward, to the city. 15. But in addition to these things, the naughty boys, having climbed up a ladder, threw down stones on us, against the law. come from Prepositions ’ With gen. (1) The following words take a genitive case, but with verbs. call them ‘ cannot be compounded Therefore grammarians improper ’. dveu, ‘without’ (dveu goovns, 22, 2). évexa, ‘for the sake of’ (generally follows its case: pioou évexa, ‘ for the sake of reward’). vexpl, ‘as far as’, ‘until’ (pexp1 ths TTOAEODS). yapiy, ‘for the sake of’ (uvnuns xaptv, ‘for memory’s sake ’), Any, ‘except’ (TAnv éuou, “except me’), With acc. (2) as, ‘to’, takes the accusative, but is used only with persons. @s Tov PaciAex TAov, ‘I came to the king’.XXII. PREPOSITIONS 227 With dat. (3) dua, ‘at the same time as’, takes a dative: &ya th tpepg, ‘at dawn’. duou, ‘ together with ’, takes a dative. D. Adverbs used as Prepositions Some adverbs are used as prepositions, and take a genitive. They include :— uetagu, ‘ between ’, émiovev, ‘ behind ’. tytrposGev, ‘in front of’| évavtiov, ‘ opposite (nou, 22, 5). to’. Trepav or tepa, ‘beyond’| ywets, ‘apart from’. (tou *lopSavou, 22, 5). évtos, ‘within’ (ths wuxns, 22, 2). tyyus TANSIOV oe | inside ’. go |. ae Eat outside’. } near ”.[N.B.—Examples of basic meanings given first, then idiomatic usages. E. Governing Three Cases Try to discover from which meaning the English derivative (on pages 229, 231) is taken.] Meaning. With Accusative. With Gi 13. ‘ alongside ' apa Th BoAaosay, ‘by the seaside * | ropa Gseu, ‘at the hands of’ or * from [In compounds, | rapa Byveww, ‘ beyond one’s power’ | God‘ (22, 15) mapa | ‘beside’, past’, (22, 3 ‘wrongly’, ‘sepa Tov vepov, ‘contrary to the law’ “amiss'] rapa Sofa, ‘contrary to expectation ' 14. “onbothsides’,|ol dug: Zaxperm, ‘those around | (rare in prose) “around” Socrates ' dur &ugi ceqyny, ‘around the moon’) dug yuvores ‘about a woman” (13, 10) 15. around’, wep dyxiorpav, ‘around the hook’| mp1 tov gatos, ‘about the light’ ‘about’ (10, 3) (22, §) rrepi | [fn compounds, | mpi ‘sv ampere dpav, ‘about the | mp: Tou mpcyucros, ‘about the also idea of} first hour’ matter" ‘excess’, oF mpi omoMeu memiofai, ‘to value “survival *] highly’ gre WIIUD AISYNOA HOV4ILE. Governing Three Cases—continued Meaning. With Dative. Deriv, Compounds. 13. ‘ alongside’ ap" iyoi, * chez moi" parasite (rapa oro) mopa-Bay, ' betray’ [In compounds | nap" dAAndoss, * alongside | parallel wape-BodAw, ‘ compare’ mapa | ‘beside’,"past’,) one another * (14, a. ro) | parable a-Kohew, ‘ encourage’ 'wrongl paragraph rrope-Peivs, * transgress * vamise’) paraclete paradox 14 ‘on both sides',| dup: ducts, ‘around the | amphibrach dugrfectpov, ‘a round or “around * oulders * (Homer) amphitheatre oval theatre * Sur amphibious vpi-Pws, ‘living a double amphisbaena,‘an| life’,ie. ‘on landandsea’ animal that walks two ways * (4eg1-Bame) 15. ‘around (chiefly poetic) peripatetic spt-mares, ‘ walk round ° ‘ about” perimetre smpryryvectn, ‘survive’, ‘exe trepi | (In compounds periphrasis cel! also idea of periscope impt-oxonea, * look around’ ‘excess’, oF ‘survival ") xx SNOILISOdaud rrE. Governing Three Cases—continued Meaning. With Accusative. With Genitive. 16. ‘under * Qmo Wapors Pawvew, ‘to go under a| tno yns, underground” [In compounds | ladder’ (‘ motion ‘) + cindy Sava, * to be killed by him’ tro also‘secretly’, | Gro vuxra, ' about nightfall * two Geovs parte, ‘to act through ‘slightly’, fear’ ‘ gradually’) 17 ‘at’ or‘ by’ | npos tay wok, ‘towards the city’ | pos untpos, ‘at the hands of’, also xpos tompas, ' towards evening” ‘in favour of a mother’ TIpos mpos Tous Tohaiows, ‘against the | mpos Oxov, ''n Heaven's namel ' (in enemy” oaths) ‘mpos Tavra, ‘ with reference to this” apo; yap, ‘with a view to giving pleasure * 18, ‘on’, tm mroov, ‘on toa boat’ (22, 4) Ug! Irmou, ‘on horseback * (22, 4) ‘over! tg trrov Gvapcwav, ‘mounta horse’ | (you can only sit on a part of a im tm wacor ynv, ‘over the whole earth ’| horse) (13, 10) by’ jou, ‘in my time‘, but fr tuo in tm ~‘roug mokqwous, ‘against the| my power’ enemy’ br olkou, ‘ homewards ’ t’ GBap, ‘ to fetch water’ tm to mody, ' for the most part * (N.B.—tm is the bad boy of the prepositions, and breaks all the ‘rules’ of grammar. The variety of its meanings covers five columns in the lexicon |} oft 423YD JTISYNOA HOVALE, Governing Three Cases—continued ‘Meaning. | ‘under’ [In compounds With Dative. tw’ ‘AGnymols, ‘ subject to the Athenians’ Eng. Deriv. Compounds. ‘tre-nidnut, ‘ place under’ ‘ro-veiBiacs, ‘smile slightly’ hypothesis hypodermic t also'secretly', Bepuc, ‘skin’ mo | Slightly’, “gradually "] 17. ‘at'or' by’ | mpos 1H fupg, ‘near the | proselyte , Tpos-fADaw “ to come to" door? prosody (@6n) ompos-yryvoum, ‘ be added * atpos mmpes towrars, ‘in addition mpoopedhes, ‘attack ' to these things" (a com-| (These appear to be the only Eng, derivs, mon meaning} Don't confuse po with xpos 18 ‘on’, ‘over’ | tm ry spay, ‘on the| epidemic, tm and Snyos, ‘among the people’ table’ epidermis, ‘on top of the skin '—ie. ‘outer ém tm yoo, ‘to cause a| layer’ laugh" epilogue, ‘on top of a speech’, or ‘ spoken in fm Toutoig, ‘ on these con- ditions * addition * epigram epidiascope [Gk. can have two preps. in com- episcopal pound, sometimes three, e.g.— epitaph, ete. Hayes, 'T lead out’ mapefcryis, ‘I lead out in line * dvrmapegaye, ‘I lead out in line against '] “UXX SNOILISOd3 Yd réz232 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK EXERCISE. PREPOSITIONS (2) Translate :— A Famous Saying of Heracleitus—Two Versions I. (a) otk tom! Big els tov cttov? Trotapov euBnvat.? (b) tor els tov atrrov TroTapov eicBaivouct” étepa Kor étepa USaTo étrippel. Heracleitus, the philosopher, lived about 500 B.c. Only fragments of his writings survive, of which Tava fei, ‘everything is in a state of flux (lit. flows)’, is the most famous. These are two versions of his discovery that matter itself is continually changing —e.g. the water in a river. What is Thought? 2. Biavoia tot evtos THs Wuxns Tos avrny BicAoyos avev pwvns.—Plato. The Greeks 3. (a) Kol Tapa SuvapIV TOA TO KO Trapat yveo- unv? KivSuveutor Kor év Tog Seivois® eveArrides.— Thucydides. (6) Koa yap toi d&ynporo: pev atrrov af pynuci, gnrwtor S— Gro® ravtav dvOpwrev af tTiyot of? TrevOouvtal pev Bic THY puoi as SynToI, UvouvTat Be dos &Baverror Sia Thy dpetnv.—Lysias. 1, tott, ‘here’ = é€eon, ‘it is possible’ (v. c. 15). 2. v.c. 24 under 6 avrros. 3. uBnvoi, aor. inf. of éuBouves (‘I walk’, or ‘step in’). éuBcavover is not 3rd plur. of the pres. ind. What is it? 4. Here ‘judgment’. 5. év tors Beivors, ‘in extremities’—Latin, in extremis. 6. For tro with gen., see c. 2z, §E, 7. of comes from és, the rel, pron. S10 with acc, = owing to, uv. c. 22, B.XXII. PREPOSITIONS 233 A Learned Fool 4. OXOAGOTIKOS Tis, TOTaYOV Trepav® BovAoLEVos, érreBr) ® Ett trActov ép” itmou !9 Konpevos. trufo- nevou "4 Be twos Sia 71 Ep’ itrtrou, tpn 1? oTrovSazetv.4 From the Fourth Gospel 5. tyeveto dvOpeotros écreataxdpevos 4 trapa Ocou,1® Svopa arto "lwavyns. ottos fAGev1® els paxpTupiay, iva paptupnon 1? mepi tou gatos, iva tavtes Trio- tevowor!? 8 atrrou .. . “loavyns uaptuper repli atrrou, Acyeov, ‘O dirica pou épyouevos Eutrpocéev 18 Hou yeyovev’® . . . towuTa éy BnOaBape tyeveto trepav 18 tou “lopBavou . , . Kal TH THEPE TH TPITH yauos tyeveto tv Kava tns PoAiaaias:?? Kai Av f untnp tou “Inoou éxer. . . toov Se exer UBpie ArGivar Kelpevar KaTa Tov Kabapicpov®! tev *“lovSateov, yoopoucat dva petprtos*? Guo 7 Tpels . . . Ka pete TouTo Karten eis Kotrepvooup,?? Kor of porto pet” curtou.—TO KATA IWANNHN EYAITEAION. 8. wepav can either be a prep. (v. 22, c. 4) or the pres. inf. of tmepaw. Whichisithere? 9. émeBn, 3rd sing. of érreBny, aor. ind.ofémpBoive. 10. v.c. 22, E, for meaning of ém with gen, 11. Aor. pteple. of truv@avopor, ‘enquire’. 12. Impf. of qnut, ‘I say’. 13. Inf. because indirect speech, v. c. 26. 14. Perf. ptcple. pass. from AamroateAhw (‘I send away’), here just ‘send’. Why is ‘apostle’ so called? 15. uv. c, 22, E 13, for meaning of wapa with gen. 16. #AGev, aor, ind. of épyouoi, v. c. 25. 17. Purpose clause, v. c. 28, ‘to witness’; baprupnon, subj. mood., also miorevowan, ‘ that they might believe’. 18. v. iC: 22, D. 10, Irreg. perf. of ytyvouca, “has become '"—ie.‘ is’. 20. Gk. says, ‘Cana of Galilee’ (partitive gen.), we say yc. in G.’ 21. ‘ According to the purification rite’—i.e. for like purpose of it. 22. é&va with acc.,‘up to’ (of numbers). 23. Indeclinable—a Hebrew, not a Gk. word.234 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK VOCABULARY Gynpatos, -ov (adj.), ageless (&- not, ynpas, ‘old age’). SiaAoyos, -ou, conversation (dialogue). Biavoia, -as, thought (what goes through the vous). txer (adv.}, there. Empaiva, I go on to. érippew, flow over. épyouct, I come. evayyeAiov, gospel (lit., good news). BNAwTOS, -N, -OV, (gnhow, I envy). *lopSavos, Jordan (river). *louSones, a Jew. *loavyns, -ov, John. xivSuveuTns, -ou, an adven- turer, v. c. 7 (kivSuveuc, I run a risk). Moives, -n, -ov (adj.), made of stone (1805). yeéntns, -ou, learner, disciple. waptupe, I witness (martyr). waprupic, -os, witness, testi- mony. enviable ETpTTNS, -ov, & mMeasure holding 9 gallons. BvnBT, -1s, Memory. mow, with gen. after, be- hind. ovros, this (man), v. c. 24. tevéew, I mourn (reves, grief). wepav, prep. with gen. across, trepa, I cross. qmAotov, -ou, boat (dew, I sail). cxyoAaotikos, -ov, a learned man (scholastic). orouSaze, I am in a hurry. mun, -ns (f.), honour (ripe, T honour), ToAUN TNS, -ov, a daring man, uv. c, 7 (roAuoo, I dare), USpia, -as, a water-pot. Unvew, I sing of (hymn), xapewo, I make room for, and hence, hold (of measure). Usually means I go, ad- vance.CHAPTER XXIII NUMERALS Most of the Gk. numerals are easy to learn through Eng. derivatives or similar forms in Latin. The Cardinals from 5 to roo are indeclinable. The Ordinals (1st, 2nd, 3rd, etc.) decline like regular adjs. in -os (é.g., 1TpwTos, -n, -ov, SeuTEepas, -cr, -ov, etc.). The advs. from ‘four times’ (tetpaxis) onwards end in-oxis. If you read them carefully through several times, you should have no difficulty in recognising them in a sentence. The Gks. used letters (with accents) instead of numbers (e.g., a’ for 1, B’ for 2, etc.), but you need not know these, as, except in Euclid, you are not likely to meet them in Gk. authors. Translate :-— 1. "Ev tea Alyoug meAcyer clot Asioves fy) Sic Kooia vnoot, af Se TAioto ot peyodkat, peyloTry Se t) EuBois éotiv, 2. TouTo To PifAtov éxer Sktoo Ko elxoot vepn, tobe Se pepos oti tprtov Kon eikooTov. 3. al evvex Movoor fAGov tote impos Tas Tpels Xapitas, ai epepov KcAafous. év Se Tos KoAabors bnAca qv. TovTav be tTiva éS0c0v al Xapites Tas Movoais. KEY TO EXERCISE 1, In the 4#gean Sea are more than two hundred islands, and most (are) not big, but the biggest is Euboea. 235 (Cont. p. 238.)Cardinals, | Derivatives. | Ordinals. [ Adverbs, | Derivatives. 1 ) els, pio, év _ TPwTOS érag | (once) 2 | &u0 dual Bevtepos Bis Deuteronomy (vopos) 3 | pes, tpia | tripod TprTOs Tels 4 | TeTrapes, tetrarch, TETApTOS TETPAKIS veTtape (or| eouapes) | tessellated 5 | wevre pentagon, | reprrros TREY TORIS pentameter| 6 |& hexagon, | Extos bfons hexameter’ 7 | nto heptarchy | &BBopos tirtaas | hebdomadal (weekly) 8 | éxra octopus bybo05 éxraxis 9 | even — bvorros Everxis 10 | Sea decalogue, | Bexatos Bexoxis decade 11 | évBexc hendeca- bvBexertos Evbexoxis syllables 12 | bobexa Dodecanese | Bcabexatos | Swbexaxis 13. | Tpats Ken = TprTos Kar | TpIg Kiet Bexa, etc. = Sexatos ‘Bexoxts ote WIIUD JTISYNOA HIWIL2,000 elkoot TpieKovTe TeIoOpAKoVTE TEVTTKOV TE vr 2Bbounkovra Sy5onkovre: Evevqxovta éxcrov Braxogto1, -a1, <0 ‘TploKoRIC!, -cn, -a, ete. yutor, -a1, - Broyimion uptar Bexa pupt- bes Elkooras dxoooms | N. etc. A ‘TPIGkooTOS G TEOTAPAKOT-| D. TOS THEVTHKOGTOS| etc. N, A G. D. kilo, kilo- metre myriad Hupionts vopz| caps Declension of First Four Cardinals. és pia tv joubas = (no -tva prov fy | one) simi- s vos was avosy larly — de- evi ig dv | clined, of- Bea, ovBev } “}Bu0 " pouoww xXx S1IVYAWNN te238 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK 2. This book has twenty-eight parts, and this part is the twenty-third. 3. The nine Muses once came to the three Graces, who were carrying baskets. And in the baskets were apples, and the Graces gave some of them to the Muses. The Four Best Things in Life Translate :— 1, Uytawe pev &piotov dvbp1 Ovntep, Sevtepov Ge puny 1 KcAov yeveodan, To Tpitov Se mAouTew &5oAws, KA TO TETAPTOV HPav PETA Tov Prrcov. Robert Herrick has translated this as follows :— “Health is the first good lent to men; A gentle disposition then : Next, to be rich by no by-wayes ; Lastly, with friends to ‘ enjoy our dayes’. Epigram on an Unhappy Man 2. ‘E€nxovtoutns? Aiovucios évOaSe Keio, Tapoeus, pn ynuas’? eife 4 Se pnd” 6 trornp. An Unpopular Lecturer 3. Xaipet” "ApioteiSou Tou prtopos eta patra, Tesoupes of TOYO! Kal TpIc CUWeAter,® 1, Acc, of the part concerned. ‘As to’ and so ‘in’ nature, 2. Contracted for &&nxovto-erns, adj. = sixty years old. 3. Strictly speaking, pn with the ptcple. should mean ‘if I had not married’, but after the Classical Age un is often used for of ynuas, aor. ptcple, from yopew, 4. ele with an aor. ind. (sc. here éynue) expresses an unfulfilled wish, v. ¢c, 28, § 6, un&e for olS because in a ‘wish’ clause. 5. cuyeAia is not really a Gk. word at all, but a Gk. transliteration of the Latin word subsellia, ‘ benches ’.XXIII, NUMERALS 239 Proverb 4. pict yeAlScav ot gap Trotet, Elementary Mathematics 5. Ta Bwbexar oti Sig €€, Tors TeTTapa, éEoKis Suo, TETPOKIS TpIc. A Riddle ® 6. of Xapites pnrwv Kothabous pepov,® gv be ExaoTop foov énv? trAnfos. Movoct ogicw® dvte- PoAnoav tvvea, Ko pnAwv® ogeas fiteov. ol & dp” BScoxery 10 foov éxaotr TAnNSos, Exov® & joa evvea Kot tpeis.31 eltre,#* trogov ® ScoKxav,® Kor Strasg!3 8 toatl Traca éyeoxov. 14 (a) How many apples did the Graces have at first in each basket ? (6) How many apples did each give to each Muse? (c) How many did each have at the end? 6. This riddle is written in hexameters, the ‘ six-foot’ metre of Homer, Gk. oracles, etc. gepov is for égepov. In Homer the augment is frequently dropped. Similarly tyov is for elyov, and SoKav (1. 5) for uxav. 7. Env, poetic form of jv, ‘was’. 8, ogiciv, poetic for avrois, “them ’, dat. after dvteBoAnoay, ‘met’. 9. unhev (partitive gen.), ‘asked them (opeas) for some of their apples’. ogecs = atras, dreov, impf. from aftew, ‘Task... for’. io. Aor. from Side, v. c. 16, 11. Notice gender of tpets. What does it agree with? évvea is also the subject. joa, ‘equal things’, ie. ‘an equal amount’. 12. elite, ‘tell’ (me). Imperat. from elmov, ‘I said’. 13. mogov, v. c. 24, correlatives. Also émas, ¢. 24. 14. txeqxov, poet. for elxov. Answer to riddle in key.240 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK 7. Bia Tobe, Zyveov Epny, Svo pev Ta Eyouev, sTOUa Se év, iver trAeio pev dKkoucopev,}> hooova Se Acyoopev.15 A Happy Mother 8. Elkoon KaAAikporreict Ka évven Texvar Tekouca, 18 U8’ Evog oSe pias ESpaKouny 1? Gaverrov: GAN’ Exatov Kol TrevTé Sinvugapny 18 éviautous, OKITTONVI TpOLEpay otK ériGeroa 1° yepa, Another Riddle &vGpwrtrou pepos eli, O Kort Teper WE T1STPOS,29 ypappatos alpopevou Suetat teA10s. ‘Tam a part of a man; iron sometimes cuts me. When one letter is removed, the sun sets.” VOCABULARY BoAws (adv.), not treacher- ously (&-, not, 50Aos, guile), aitvewo, I ask... (for). Impf. tjteov. épa (paréicle), thereupon, after all. yovew, I marry, Siavues, I bring to an end, conclude. évGaSe (adv.), here. tylautos, -ou, a year. Zyvev, Zeno, a philosopher. Kadabes, -ou, basket. poty1ns, learner, student,dis- ciple (in N.T.). unAov, an apple. Movoa, as a proper noun ‘Muse’. qwaAnfos, -ous, n. quantity, crowd. tTAovTeso, I am rich. éntep, -opos, lecturer, public speaker. oKitroov, -covos, a staff (Lat. Scipio). Tapoeus (adj.), of Tarsus. orxos, -ou, wall. TpoEps, -a, -ov, trembling. vyioives, Lam in good health (uytera). oun, -ts, Mature. Xap, -1Tos, as a proper noun in plur., the Graces. yeAtSeov, -ovos, swallow. @ra from ots, dtog (n.) an ear. (See p. 100.) number, 15. Subj. in purpose clause, v. c. 28, ‘in order that we may... forth’. Aor, mid, from S:avue, 16. texovoa, fem. aor. part of tixto, ‘ bring 17. EpaKkounv, aor. of Bepkopa, ‘Isee’,v.c.15. 18. 1g. émiSeioc, from. émrribnyn, v.c. 16. 20. Here is another riddle with translation. The answer is a Gk. word that occurs in c. 9 with a guttural stem.CHAPTER XXIV PRONOUNS AND CORRELATIVES PRONOUNS are very common in Greek, You have had several already: éxeivos, avtou in c. 1; olos in ¢c. 12; Trowos, GAAnAous in c. 14; tes and cos in c. 15—can you remember their meanings? You must expect irregularities among such well- worn words. But you should not find them difficult to recognise whatever the case-ending may be if you study them carefully as set out below. 1. Personal Pronouns. Sing. N. éyw, ‘T’ ov, ‘ thou’ A. épe (or pe), ‘me’ oe G. tyou (or pou), “of me* gov D, épo1 (or pou), ‘to me’ ool Plur.N. ters, ‘ we’ Gusts, ‘you’ A. fpas, us’ Spas G. foo, ‘ of us’ pov D. fp, ‘ to us’ Upw (1) The alternative pe, pou, yo: forms are less emphatic, and are called ‘enclitic’ (év-KAive, ‘bending-in ’) forms because they are attached for pronunciation to the word which governs them, and which they must follow and not precede. Cf. ‘thee’ in ‘prithee’. Also they are not used with prepositions—e.g. 6 éye, ‘on account of me’. 241242 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK ‘Remember me’ could be either éyov wepvngo or HELVT]TO YoU. (2) There is, properly speaking, no 3rd personal pron. in Attic Gk., its place being taken by atrros in all cases except the nom. atrros declines like the article (tov, thv, To) with the syllable av- in front of it—oatrtos, attn, ato, etc. For the nom, case (sing. and plur.), the Gks. used the Demonstrative pron. otros (‘this man’) or éxeivos (‘that man’), though 6 and oi survive in the usuage éyev.. . 6 be (‘the one ... the other’) and of pev... of 5e (‘some .., others’), Thus (yw) éBAaya ovtov, ‘Lhurt him’. (otros) éBaAcnpe ie, “he hurt me.’ 2. Possessive Pronouns. These are adjectives formed from the personal pronouns and declined like regular adjectives. They have the article preceding them. Masc. Fem. Neut. 6 éuos (‘ my ’) A ean To tyov 6 cos (‘ thy’) Fon TO Gov 6 f\yetepos (‘ our ’) f) fete To t\eTEpov 6 Wpetepos (‘your’) =f) GueTepax TO UpeTepoy, So ‘my brother’ is either 6 gos &Bckpos or & &Sekpos you. The gen. of attos is used for the possessive of the 3rd person—e.g. :— “his brother ’, 6 dBeAgos atrtou, “her brother ’, & dSeAqos ots. “their brother’, 6 GBeAgos atrrev. 3. Reflexive Pronouns. These are made up of the personal pronouns and attos, thus :—XXIV. PRONOUNS AND CORRELATIVES 243 1st Person 2nd Person 3rd Person, (‘ myself ’). (‘ thyself ’). Sing. A. tuautov (-nv) geauTov or éovrov, -Thy, cautov (-1Vv) -TO or arrow G, tuautou (-n5) GeavToU or éavTou, -T75, cavToy (-n5) -tou, etc., or oaurou D. tuaute (n) oeauTeD or gout -(n) Plur. A. twas ovrous (our- yas atrous, éautous, -ras, selves) etc. -Ta, etc., or awtous G. tev atrrov Upov attav forutoov or auto D. Aviv etrors (-o1s) thiv = ators favors, -a15, (-a15) 1g, Or ceuToIs Another form of the 3rd person reflexive pronoun in the plural only, is ooas atrrous (“ themselves ') opev attov opicw avrrols and there is a reflexive or possessive adj. (suus in Lat.) opetepos, ‘their own. . . . , There is a reciprocal pronoun, ‘ each other ’, ‘ one another’, which is thus declined. You had it in Ch. 14. Plur. A. GAATAoUSs, -as, -x G. AANAY, -cov, -cov D. AAAI, -als, -O15 The word is formed by a reduplication of dAAos. "AYTOZ ‘O—AND ‘O *AYTOZ Where in English we use ‘—self’ to intensify a noun or pronoun, Greek uses atrros. Thus avrtos 6244 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK GvOpwmos = ‘the man himself’ (autobiography). But 6 otros (or attos, as it is often contracted to) évopatros = ‘the same man’, v. ch. 12,18. Neuter would be to avto or taro (note the breathing) (Eng. tautology). Acc. Tov atrtov, etc. 4. Demonstrative Pronouns. There are only three main ones—ottog and é8e ‘this’, dxeivos ‘ that’. N. ottos =o ott = rouTo bkelvos ExeivT) EKEIVO A. TouTov TaUTHY TouTO ixetvov txervnv ss EKetvo G. tovtou Touts TouToU | EKeivou exervns eketvou D. rout = tourn Toure | ékervep exetvy EKelvep N. oftor = oatrar = tauTa Eke1vor éxeivoa éxervet A. Tovtous TauTas TauTa | ékervous Exervas — Exervex G, Tovtwv TouT@V TouTov |ikevav ixiveov exetveov D, tovtois Tavrais tourors | ékeivois — Exetvaris KEI vOIS Notes on Demonstratives 1. Like otros are declined togovtos, ‘so great’, and toiovTos, ‘ such ’. 2. Another word for ‘this’ is $8, which is declined exactly like 6, 4, to with -5e tacked on. ottos and its compound refer back, 65¢ looks forward, thus :— Tavra pev éAete, pace Se Tabe = This is what he said, but he did as follows. So totogée (‘such as this‘). éAe€e TorauvTa, ‘ he spoke as above ’, but éAefe toiase, ‘ he spoke as follows’. 3. The article always goes in between the demonstrative and the noun, thus— ouros 6 dvnp, Leap; > or 686 ca his marie Originally the demonstrative may have been regarded as a substantive: ‘ this one (I mean), the man’,XXIV. PRONOUNS AND CORRELATIVES 745 Exercise | Translate :— I. tout’ gott To anv ovy éaute env povev.— Menander. 2. yvwb ceautov. 3. & pbovepos artes TroAguios KehiotoTon.? 4. 0K gotiv dots Trav’? dvnp evSaipover. 5. ot omreipouaiy, oUde Gepig0ucl, ove cuvaryouciv els GrroOyKas, Kat 6 ToTHp Uyav 6 otipavios tpepet aura: ovy Upers poAAov Biagepete atrroav ; 6. Badrwv4 tis Alfa Tov Kuve, ci6’ GyapTtov Kal THY UNntpuiay Tratafas, OWS" ottos, pn, KaKCS. 7. TopoKans tpn attos® pev ofous Ge1® rose, EvermiBnv de ofo1 eloiv.—Aristotle, Poetics. War Profiteers 8. Ste cuvevyvoyaciv? of ator KaIpol Kor Tors 8 1. Pres. inf. of yao, ‘I live’, v.c. 20 on why it is not zav. 2. Kabiorerat, pres. ind. mid. of xatioTnm, ‘ establishes himself’, ‘becomes’, so ‘is’. 3. Adverbial acc. ‘in all things’. 4. BoAAwv means ‘throwing at’, as well as ‘ throwing ’, and can take an acc. of the thing ‘ aimed at’. 5, euros, for the significance of the nom, with the inf, after verbs of saying, v. c. 26. 6. olous Si is ambiguous. The Gk. says only, ‘that he made his characters as it was necessary’. An inf. must be understood after Sa, This is usually thought to be ceiver, and the sense to be ‘as they ought to be’—i.e. idealised characters, as opposed to the realistic ones of Euripides (‘as they were’). But the Gk, could also mean ‘as he needed to make them’ (under- standing totiv)—i.e. as he needed for dramatic reasons. Which interpretation do you prefer? 7. cuvewnvoyacty 3rd plur. perf. ind. act. of the very irregular verb cuppepw (v. 25), which means to “be an advantage to (dat.)', ‘ be useful to’. The order of words in Engl. is otk éveomt (= eon, ‘it is not possible’, v. 26) toutov (‘ that this man’) civar.. . (‘should be’) .. ., dt@ (‘to whom’). 8, Gk. says ‘same... and to the. . .’, we say, ‘same246 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK ‘TNS TrOAECS ExOpors, OUK EveoTi TOUTOV evvoUY elval TH trectp181.—Demosthenes. Epigrams On the statue of a dog placed on the grave of Diogenes. g. a. eltre, Kuov,® Tivos dvpos Epectoos onuc Quaracoets ; B. Tov xuvos.12 a. GAAG Tis Hy otros dvnp 6 KUOOY ; B. Atoyevns’ a. yevos ele. B. ZiveoTreug:?? a. Os TriGov Ket ; B. Kot poAa,!? vuv Ge faveov dotepas oikov 14 yet. Wheel of Fortune Io. xpudov dvnp eUipcov 1 tAitre Bpoyov' attap 6 ypucov, 26 év Artrev, otry sUpcov, Twev, dv cups, Bpoyov, 17 —Plato. , as to the ...’. Demosthenes was the greatest of the orators of Athens, and warned his countrymen of the black marketers of his day. 9. Kvov, voc. Tivos = interrogative pronoun, v. following section. Alsotisnextline. 10. épeotos, and perf. part. of épiornui (v. 16), ‘standing’. 11. Tou Kuvos, of the dog, i.e. the Cynic, For Diogenes, v. 21. 12. Of Sinope, a town on the south shore of the Black Sea. 13. Koa poAa, ‘yes, certainly’. 14. ‘Asa home’, olxev in apposition to dorepas. 15. eupoov, 2nd aor. part. of elpioxe, ‘I find’. 16. The order is 6 ypugov ovx eUpoov, ‘ the original owner who did not find the gold’. For é6v see following paragraph. 17. The point of this anecdote of Thief and Miser is that the latter committed suicide because he did not find the gold which he had left. Coleridge on one occasion trans- lated the couplet extemporarily thus :— ack finding gold left a rope in the ground; ill missing his gold used the rope which he found.XXIV. PRONOUNS AND CORRELATIVES 247 VOCABULARY Gro8nkn, -15, storehouse, pntpuia, -os, mother-in-law. granary, barn (érotiénui, I store away). éarto, I fasten, fasten to (aor. wa). attap, but. poxos, -ou, noose, halter. wapepoo, (1) I differ from, (2) I am superior to. evba1pove, Iam happy (lit. have a good spirit inside me). fepigw, I reap or harvest (8epos, summer). Kapos, -ov, occasion, oppor- tunity. oikeoo, I dwell in, live in, inhabit, ovpavios, -a, -ov (adj.), heavenly, of heaven (oup- aves). TraTacsw, TeTageo, Eraraga, strike. mi§os, -ov, cask, tub, large earthenware jar. omreipe, I sow, ouvayo, I bring together. tpepw, I nourish. piovepos (adj.), jealous. RELATIVE PRONOUNS In this last extract you have had in ‘év’ the ace. masc. sing. of the relative 6s, ‘ who’ or ‘ which’. It declines like xaxos, except that, like all pronouns, it drops the vin the nom. and acc. neuter sing. Thus :— Sing. Plur. Masc. Fem. Newt. Masc. Fem. Neut. N. és j 6 ol ai 6 A. év tv 6 ols ds & G. ot fs ou av ov av D © q fos) ois ais ols Note the rough breathing, which enables you to distinguish the relative from ov (‘not’), dv (‘ being’), 7 (‘than’), etc. The relative agrees in gender with the word to which it refers (called the antecedent), but takes its case from its ownclause. Thus 6 cavnp, év éBAcwa; ‘the man whom I saw’, but yurn, fv éBAewa. Sometimes the suffix -mep is added to make the relative more emphatic—e.g., domrep, ‘ the very man who ’, iTp, étrep.248 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS The direct interrogative is ty (‘who?’), Th (‘ what? ’), which is declined thus :— Sing. Plur. Masc. Fem, Neut, Mase. Fem. Neut. N. TIS 1 TIVES Tivo A. Tivet TI TIVOS TIVa G. Tivos (or Tou) TIVeDV D. Tivi (or Tp) TIOL E.g. 115 totw otros; = ‘ who is this man?’ v1 éoT1 TouTo = ‘ what is this (thing) ?” The indirect interrogative is éot1s (whoever), made up of 65 and ts, declined separately but written (ex- cept in the neut. nom. and acc. sing.) as one word :— Sing. Plur. Mase. Fem. Neut. Mase. Fem. Neut. N. éot15 as 6, TI oltives = atives. tive (or é&Ta) A. évtiva fvtwa 6, Tr overives dotivas drive (or erra) G. étou fotives étou evtivev (or dtwv) D. ote qm ote olotict §atoticn ofoticn (or (or oto1s) éto1s) The neut, sing. is written 6, 11 or 6 1, to distinguish it from the conjunction én (‘that ’, or ‘ because’). Aeye por éotis gotiv otros = tell me who this man is. But you can equally well say, Aeye por tis Eotiv ovros == tell me who this man is. éortts is also used asa relative—e.g. doris el, Aeye = ‘ whoever you are, speak ’. INDEFINITE PRONOUN tis is also the indefinite pronoun meaning ‘ any- one’. You may think, “ How confusing!”, butXXIV, PRONOUNS AND CORRELATIVES 249 you can always tell which it is, because when an indefinite pronoun, it is an enclitic (v. note 1 of Section i of this chapter), and therefore can never be the first word in a sentence, as it usually is when an interrogative. E.g. theye xexov Ti, ‘he was saying something bad.’ But ti xaxov fAeye; ‘what bad (thing) was he saying?” It is declined in the same way whichever pronoun it is, Correlatives —The following table will show you at a glance the commonest of the correlative pro- nouns. They occur so frequently that it is worth studying them carefully. What do you notice about the first letters of the words in each class (reading downwards)? What idea does this denote? CORRELATIVE PRONOUNS Interrogative. Demon- Relative. i Strative. Indefinite. Direct. Indirect. ms; who? |éons, who] ds, who | as, any, |45e, otros, this 2. | moges; how | dtrogos, TogesSe, Too- big? how | how big, ouros, 50 many? how big, sO many | 3. | Tos; of | évo105, of | clos, such a Towobe, ToI- what what as evtes, such, kind? kind of such kind 4. | Totepos; Srrotepos, => _ & repos the which of} which one (o1 two? (of two) other) of two250 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Except in the case of 1, the direct interrogatives begin with the letters tro- (Lat. qu-). Except in the case of 1, the indirect interrogatives begin with the letters é1o-. All the relatives begin with the letter é-. Except in the case of 1 and 4, the demonstratives begin with the letters to-. CORRELATIVE ADVERBS Interrogative. —_______| Relative. ] Indefinite. Demon- . . styative. Direct. | Indirect. Trou ; ot, where} tov, tvtauia, exe, where? somewhere there anywhere roBev ; Sdev, qrofev, from | évreutev whence? whence| somewhere) ixeev } thence Trot; ol, wot, to some| &xege, thither whither ? whither| place Tote; OTE, qrore,atsome | tote, then when? when time or other, once i Treas; how ? | dtras, Os, as Tes, some-| o5e how Bow | Sores | thus mm; which | 61, 4, where | 7, some-| 1n5e, . way? way Tar }PY this way, thus Examples :-— trou el; = ‘ where are you?” ot ofSca étrov efpi = ‘I don’t know where I am.’ Tote Touto étomoas; = ‘when did you do this?’ tovto érroinga tote = ‘I did this once.’XXIV. PRONOUNS AND CORRELATIVES = 251 Exercise 2 (Maénua tetaptov Ka sixootov) Translate :— I. A. Tivos oti 68 6 tapos ; Tapos ETTL VOUTYOU, @ PAs. TL tv To Svoua TouToU ; ovx ofa, Treipacopat Se eevperv. trot étrovtotrapel # vous, te olrTos GAETO ; ot oiSa Strot, STro8ev Be TAGev Suva Agyelv. Bpeope 2, 2. otK ol6a, & “HpoxAerte, Stress # Strou doreBaves, GAA” OS’ “AiSns altos Suvycetai yeipa EmiPoAew tats cos dnSocrv. KEY (THE 24TH LESSON) Whose is this tomb ? It is the tomb of a shipwrecked (man), oh, friend. What is his name? . I don’t know, but I will try to find out. . Whither was the ship sea-sailing when he perished ? . I don’t know whither, but whence he came I can say. Dp bp D> 2. I don’t know how or where you died, but not even Hades himself will be able to lay a hand on your nightingales. On a Sailor's Grave Translate :— I. Naunyou! tapos eur ou Se Ace? Kon yap 60" § thes @Aoyed”,4 af Acrtrai ® vnes Errovtotropouv.® 1. Ionic form of yavayos, ‘a shipwrecked man’. 2. Im- perative. 3. The elided letter ise. The 1 of 6m is never elided. 4. ®Aopny is the strong aor. middle of dAAuw, ‘I destroy’. In the middle it means ‘ perish’. 5. ‘ Remain- ing’. 6. ‘Were sailing the sea’, deriv. tovtos, v. c. II, and topos, ' way, passage, ford’.252 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK “ A shipwrecked sailor’s tomb am I, But thou sail on; the day We sank, the convoy’s other ships Kept on their ocean way.’—Michanopoulos, A Dead Friend * 2, eltre tT1s, ‘HpoxAerte,” teov § popov, és Ge pe Saku hyayev’® épvnodny © & dccaxis dupotepor ftov év Acoyy KaTeSvcapev!! dAAa ou ev Trou, Sev’ 8 “Adikapynoceu, 4 tetpatradat 5 otrodin. * This little poignant iyrie by Callimachus, who lived about 250 B.C., on the death of a scholar friend is well known from the translation by Cory, but lovely as his version is it lacks the simplicity of the Gk., and verges on sentimentality. Contrast the repetitions in the Eng. with the restraint of the Gk. H.’s ‘nightingales’ are probably his poems, One still survives. They told me, Heracleitus, they told me you were dead ; They brought me bitter news to hear and bitter tears to shed. I wept, as I remembered how often you and I Had tired the sun with talking and sent him down the sky. And now that thou art lying, my dear old Carian guest, A handful of grey ashes, long, long ago at rest, Still are thy pleasant voices, thy nightingales awake, For Death, he taketh all away, but them he cannot take. Cory. 7. Not the philosopher (500 B.c.). 8. teov, poetic form of gov, so tect for co. g. & governs Soxpy, ‘ brought me toa tear’. tyeyev, strong aor. of &yw (‘I bring’). 10. tuvnoSnv, aor. of peyvnpm (‘I remember’), which is the perfect passive of piavnjckxw (‘I remind’), ‘I have been reminded ’, and so ‘remember’. 11. Lit. ‘we made the sun to set’, i.e. talked the sun down. 12. Tov, an expres- sive little word at the end of a line, full of pathos. ‘I suppose’ is perhaps the nearest Eng. equivalent. 13. eve, another form of eve. Gk. uses the same word for ‘ guest’ and ‘ host ’—so sacred did they regard that relationship. tq. ‘Of Halicarnassus’, town in Caria. el, ‘ you are’, is understood, 15. Terpatrakm, a rare word meaning literally ‘ four times long ago © (1aAc, ‘long ago’).XXIV. PRONOUNS AND CORRELATIVES 253 ad Se tec § geoouoiv?® dnBoves, foi!” 6 ravTevls aptraxtns “AiSns ovx ém1 yeipa Bother, 9 Callimachus. VOCABULARY déprroxtns, -ov, stealer, robber éccaxis or écaxis (in prose), (harpy). how often. zac, I live. trace, I sail. Aeoxn, -75, Place where people trou, somewhere. talk, so conversation omodia (otroéin, Ionic), heap popes, -ov, death. of ashes. vaunyos, v. note I, 16, 3wovcl = Zaovel. 17. for, Ionic for als, ‘relative’, dat. gov. byém . . . Bode, tmesis (i.e. ‘cutting off’, ‘ separ- ating’) for émBade. Originally the preps. were advs. of place (v. c. 22). 18. Lit. ‘snatcher of all things’. 6 goes with ’Ai&ns. "AiSns is a poetry form for the more usual “Aiéns. 19. Fut. of BotAAw, here ‘ will lay a hand ’.CHAPTER XXV IRREGULAR VERBS A HYPHEN preceding a word indicates that it is only found in compound forms. * Conjugated like prAco. Present. Future. Aorist. Perfect. | Cc , lead, | &§eo i) ov -1xo ae ag (mid.), axon iyucn marry i aiveo, praise, | -c1veoopar Tiveou Tyvek, advise Qvetny Fvryon alpeco, take | clpnow elhov enka (mid. choose) ‘ efAounu henuat (pass) tpeOny adobavopat, alc inoopar hobopuny hosnuet perceive exove, hear ékoucopat fkouca dxnKkoa FKouciny éMoxKopa, be | &Acoopar Exdoov Eakcoxa or caught AAwKa apaptaves, éyaptycopat | HuapTov fapthKa miss, sin Baiveo, come, | Pyoopcn éBnv BeBnxa go Bardo, throw, | Bokw* Barov BeBanke: shoot, pelt éBAnonv BeBanuen Bronte, harm | BAayo EBranya BeBrapa BAaPny BeBAnyar Bouropat, wish | BouAnopor epovanény BeBouvaAnpot yopew, Marry | yapo* éynua yeyopnka (governs acc, of woman) yoapoupon (gov- erns dat. of man) . 254XXV. IRREGULAR VERBS 255 Present. Future. Aorist. Perfect. yyvopa, be- | yevnaopar tyevouny ‘Yyeyevnued come (éyevn ony yeyova late) Ylyvookes, yvooouas tyvoov eyvaka realise, éyvootny tyvooopar recognise yeaa, write | ypaye Eypoya YEyeapa . pany Yyeypoppen SoKveo, bite nfo EScKxov SeSnypaa £SnxOnv BiSacKw, teach | S18e§eo ES1SarEax SeSiSayar SiSau1, give Scocco &60Kc SeBaoKa Boxew, think | Sof BBoFx SeSoynar (Impersonal, it seems good) Buvanar, be | Buvncopar éSuvnonv SeSuvqucr able tysipw, waken | tyepo* Tyyeipa éypnyopa (trans.) (mid. in- trans.) Serco {also | &eAnow HOeAnoa AOEANKA feAco), wish, be willing —Inow eloopen _ olSa (pres. meaning) el, be éoopant —_ _ thauves, drive | tho (like | AAcoa eArjoKe: Tia) qAatny EAnAapon imorapa, un- | Emornoopa = | Amotnoqv — derstand (imperfect jistapny) érropon, follow | &youor éotropny (im- — perfect eltropny) €pyoucn, come, | ely AABov éanAufa = or go Ake —ask Epngopar Fiponny — toSieo, eat &Bopen Epayov fBnSoKa256 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Present. Future. Aorist. Perfect. etpioke, find | eupnow nUpov nuenKa nupedny TWeNLeI tyo, have (mid. &&o éoyov foxnKa hold on to) | sxnow (mperfect | -eoxnuar elyov) zee, live ZNO, gnoopm,| EBiav BePicoxet Bicscopor BePieotat (impers.) Serre, bury | Sayoo Eonar tefoppar érapny o -6vqjoxe, die, | -bavoupai* -efavov tefvyKa be killed. int, let go, | -now “TKO eK make for -eiunv (mid.) — (mid.) -si6nv (pass.) | -erpod éq-Kveopat, &p-1Fopor p-1KONTY &o- tyne arrive former oTnow totnoa(trans.)| éotnxa = (in Trans. set up gory (in-| trans.) Intrans. stand) trans.) “T stand” toraSny (pass.) Kaw, burn | kavow txouaa ~KEKOCUKER (trans.) Kade, call KoAw * ExaAcoa KEKAT]KO bkAnony KEKATHO Kayve, labour, | kapoupoi* éxapov KekEKO be weary Kepavvupt, mix | KEpe (like | &xepaca _— Tica) &xpatny Kekpayiot KAGIO, Weep KAQUCOLaI ékAouca —_ KEKAQULLCH kAetrroo, steal | KAEwoo exrspor KeKAopa éxAorny KeKAELUCH kAiveo, bend, | -KAivoo * EkAivat —_ incline ~eKALVTY KEKAILOI kpiveo, distin- | kpives * ékpiva KEKpIKa guish, judge éxproqv KekpIPat -KTeiveo, kill | -KTeveo * “EKTELVOE -EKTOVa Aayyaves, get | Anfopat FAcyou elAnya (by lot) eANX Env elAnypanr AqpBave, take | Anwouat tAaBov elAnga EAnpony elAnuucnXXV. IRREGULAR VERBS Present. Future. Aorist. Acvbaveo, Ano tkabov elude, es- cape notice bmiAavéavopan, | EmiAnocopar érreAcfouny forget Aeyo, say asfeo trsEa époo * eltrov (Pass.) (Pass.) scryopeuen AexOrjcopucn trexOnv elpnoopcnt éppnonv pnongopan Mevtreo, leave Repos EArtrov Aiptny pavOaveo, learn | patncoper tuatoy poyopot, fight | peyoupo * Eayeoapny Beryvupt or | pergeo bperger (Eur Sex) pryvuyn, mix éuryny (Eurx Orv) HEAAOO, be | peAAnoo euekAnoa oor about to, in- FpeAAT OR tend, delay peveo, wait peveo * épeiva, dvopipvyoKe, | cvapvnce c&vepynoa remind. HipvyoKopa, =| pyngongopar | Exvnofny remember (wepvncopan) vELO, allot, | vepco * évetpo distribute Eveunonv dy-oryvuut, cy-o1boo &v-eep€a (impf. open cvepyov) Pass. cveq- xonv oloper, think | olnaopai enénv olyouan, be | olyncopen (imperf. gone @xXopny) éetr-odAu, de- | dtt-oAw * dr-woAeoa stroy &ir-coAopny (intr. perish) opvup, swear | dpoupon * @pooa @poonv 257 Perfect EAN Oa émriAcAn open elpnKa elpjucnt AgEAEypat dekorTta AAI pO pepadnKa HEpoXT) Har bepery por HepevTnKa pevvTnot (used as present) ~VEVELTIKO VevepTpor évewynor olyoKe GTr-OAGAEKS érr-oAwAa (intr. I am undone !) Sp@poKa Spoopopon258 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Present. Future. Aorist, Perfect. dpa, see éyopuar el5ov BopaKka or agin EwpoKa éeopapar Sgeiheo, Owe Sperknow QperAnoa perAnKat cdopehov SpMoxKaveo, in- | SPANT @QAov oAnKa cura charge SPANpat of oo, suffer, | Tetcopot érrafov TreTrovOg be treated | med, Act. | TeIdw érreiog ‘eTrerkat perenne, érreio Ov TETEIG POI ass. obe TrepTIO, Sen TED Etre pa TETIOPPa Errenpoqy TWETTEPpPO Ey-TpTANUI, Ey-TrAngw év-eTrAN Ga EprrerrA Ka fill év-eTrAnoOny = | guTreTAT|ouOL myo, drink TOUCH émiov TETECOKE érrofnv TreTropo mirre, fall Tresoupan * éttecov TET TOK TTAg, sail TAeVCOUST ErrAcuoa TETAS UK, arvew, breathe | -1rvevcopar étrveuoa “TET VEUKO TuvGavouci, TEVCOpO érrufopnv TETTUOPOL enquire, learn Treokeco GrroBi- | TeAnow _ TETTPOKa Soyo, sell éro8acopar | d&reSounv TITpPaoKOpat, TETTPaTOpen érrpabny | TETTP@ po be sold fnyvuur, break | 6n§co tppnga | Eppaya tppayny (intr.) pitrte, hurl piyeo Eppiyat Eppiga | éppiony Eppiupioa OKOTTED, in- | okewouor toxewouny EqKEL UO spect,exam- ine,consider OTTEIP@, SOW oTrepw * Eotreipa totrappet torrapny omev6oo, pour | oteige totreioa _ a libation (mid.) make a tuneXXV. IRREGULAR VERBS 259 Present. Future. Aorist. Perfect. Gero-oTeAAe, | -orTeAco * ~EOTEIAK EO TOAKCE send forth ~ECTOANV ~ECTOALGL otpepa, turn | -oTpsyor totpeya toTpayyan torpagny opardw, trip | oparw * toqnaa _ up, cheat toqaany tapoapar TeAceo, com- | TEA * Erekeoa TETEAEK plete, fin- éveAccOny TETEACONC ish, pay TeLve, cut TEL * Etepov TETUTNKG érunonv | TETHT)POR Tn, put Snow eOrKo TeOnKa éepny (mid.) | tedeipon éteOnv (pass.) | (mid.) keruan = (used for pass.) tixtoo, beget or | teGopar étekov TETOKA bear tive, pay, re- | teow or tice | Ereroct (etic) | TeTEIKet quite -€TED “TETELOUCH Teer, turn TpEyOo Etpeya TETPODA ‘TpE\youan éroewounv (I | terpeppen put to flight)) étpctropny (L fied) étpanny (Iwas turned) also Etpepiny tpepo, rear, | Opewoo Efpewar TETPOPA nourish Opeyouct ttpapny TeOpoppot Tpexo, Tun Spepouper * tSpapov SeBpapnkar tuyxave, hap- | tevfoucr Etuxov TETUXTKG pen, light upon, hit tTuTta, strike | morafo érrataga TETANY fvanynv ‘TETTAT TY BC gaives, Show pave * tonva TEDTI VA (intr.) paivopal, ap- | payjcopat Epavny (I ap- | repacpen pear peared) (intr. and tpavinv (Iwas) pass.) shown)260 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Present, Future, Aorist, Perfect, Pepe, bear | olow tweyxa or évnvoya (mid.) win fveyKov oiconat iywexOnv évnveyuan geuye, flee, be | pev§ouor tguyov Trepeuya exiled, be a defendant gnu, say | onow pny _ (pres. ptcple. paoKey) goave, antici- | pqcopat epdaca _ pate &pOnv _ pbeipw,destroy,| pOepc * ~Epbeipa ~EgPapKa corrupt. plepoupat * igbapny -epbappon -pbapnoopar ove, beget quae (tr.) Eguoct (tr.) — (intr.) be gvooyua (intr.)| Epyv (intr.) Tre a Tam?” xatpe, rejoice, | xaipnaw tyapny KEXapnKa farewell xXpaoum, use | XeT|ISOpCL Expnoouny KEXpTYCH Exenoony (pass.) oe, push aou taca tooopon tacbny — @veouct, @vygopan érprayny toovrjpon (mid. buy foovnOny and pass.) (pass.)CHAPTER XXVI THE INFINITIVE, VERBAL ADJECTIVE, AND IMPERSONAL VERBS Syntax. So far this book has been mainly devoted to what is called the ‘accidence’ of the Greek language— that is, the grammatical forms of the words. In the remaining chapters you will have a few hints on the ‘syntax ’—that is, the arrangement whereby the words are put together to convey a certain sense. If the accidence of a language represents the building materials, the syntax is the architecture. It is, of course, impossible within the compass of this small book to deal even adequately with the syntax; nevertheless a few remarks will assist you towards the translation of Greek of a slightly more complicated structure than that which you have hitherto met. The Infinitive. The infinitive, ‘to live’, ‘to have acted ’, ‘ to be beaten ’, etc., is used in a number of ways in Greek that will cause little difficulty in translation, since they closely resemble the English. Thus the Infini- tive may be used with an adjective—tpayua yareTrov rroitv, a thing difficult to do; or a nown—évayKn totiv ccrofavery, ‘it is necessary (lit. there is necessity) to die’. It may be the object of a verb of wishing, PovAetat éamieven, “he wishes to go away’; or of commanding, éxeAcuae pe Tivelv; “he bade me drink’; 261262 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK of attempting, treipaoapefa puyeiv, “we tried to escape’; or of ability, ox &5uverro tov &SeApov evpsiv, “he could not find his brother’. The infinitive may be the subject of a verb, as in éeot1 Seitrvery, ‘it is possible to have dinner’. Such uses as these require little comment, for they are almost self-evident. ‘What is less so, however, is the point that arises when the infinitive as subject of a verb itself has a subject; this is put into the accusative case. For example, Se1 oe éyeipeo@ci, ‘you must wake up’, takes the form in Greek ‘ you (acc.) to wake up (infin.) is necessary’ (verb), This is called the accusative and infinitive construction, and is of paramount importance in Greek. Verbs of Saying, Thinking, Knowing, etc. This accusative and infinitive construction is used fre- quently after verbs of saying, thinking, knowing, etc,, where we use a subordinate clause beginning with the word ‘that’. Greek drops the word for “that ’ (in this construction) and changes the subject into the accusative case, and the verb into the infinitive; at least, it does so from our point of view —e.g. paoi pe TAovTeiv, “they declare me to be rich’ —‘they say that Iamrich’. If the subject of the main verb is the same as the subject of the infinitive (e.g. ‘he said he was in a hurry’), Greek omits the subject of the infinitive (é97 omovuSagew). If it were put in (which happens when there is great need for emphasis) it would be in the nominative—e.g, ton avtos troinga, ‘he said that he himself did it’. Remember, however, that if the subject of the mainXXVI. THE INFINITIVE 263 verb differs from the subject of the infinitive, the accusative and infinitive construction is used. évopioa otrov trapeivet, ‘I thought that he was present ’. If the verb in the subordinate clause is negatived, the ot is usually pushed up forward in front of the verb of saying—e.g. otk épn paver Oat, “he said that he was not mad’. Verbs of promising, hoping, expecting, etc., usually refer to the future, even though followed by the present infinitive in English, They are usually followed by the future infinitive in Greek—e.g. WirecyetTo TouTo troinoeiv, “he promised to do this’. The Article with the Infinitive. One important way in which the Greek usage differs from the English is the use of the neuter article with the infinitive, corresponding to our verbal noun ending in -ing. Thus, to émrofavery means ‘dying’; KeAov tot To Urep THS TratpiSes dcroSaverv, ‘noble is dying for one’s country’. As before, the subject of such an infinitive, where not the same as that of the main verb, will be in the accusative case—owdev Goupaotoy TOUS KepayEcs Tw Kepapecov Siapepectan, “no wonder that potters fall out with potters ’. Infinitive after Verbs of Preventing. Where we say, ‘I prevented him /rom doing the work’, Greek uses a simple infinitive—éxwAvoa otrov to ipyov éxteAciv. Sometimes a seemingly unwanted un is slipped in, because the Greeks looked to the result in their thought. epEovow fas un dOpoigecbat, “they will prevent us from assembling ’. The Infinitive in Clauses of Result. The infinitive264 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK is also used in clauses indicating the result of some- thing previously asserted, especially when intro- duced by totoutos . . . clos or by ottws . . . GoTe, or even by ote by itself. 6 Aoyotrotos TolouTOSs TIS totiv oios Epwotyoo TModev ov; ‘the rumour-monger is the kind of fellow to ask Where are you from?’ oty otrtoos pwpos elut Bote ccrrogevyeiv, ‘I am not so foolish as to run away’. The negative is pn, and the subject of the infinitive is accusative unless it is the same as the subject of the main verb. Exclamatory Infinitive. The use of the infinitive as a kind of shriek is natural enough; To éue TorauTa traverv, ‘ fancy me being treated like that!” and for the infinitive as tmperative, see c. 21. Translate :— Irresistible Right I. Tos yap Sixciois dvtexeiv ob Sadiov. Sophocles. “A Time to Embrace .. . 2. pr} tpav, pn Se youerv, dpn Se tremraveda.? Timon (of Athens). 1. Said of one who turned to pleasure in old age. A dialect form of the more usual dpa. 2. metravatan, ‘to have done’, perfect infinitive middle. The Gentler Sex 3. otrot ! cuveyGerv ? &AAG ouporeiv éouv.§ Soph., Antigone. I. otro1 (not, mark gow Don’t confuse with otto (these). 2. Notice the force of the ovv, to share in. 3. tguv, 1 was born to . . ., intrans. of puw, see c. 25.XXVI. THE INFINITIVE 265 Riotous Living 4. THOpOTA TOAAK Tpeperv! Kor Soopertct TTOAA’ cveyeiperv 2 étparros els treviny éotiv étotpotatny. 1. Le. in entertaining guests. 2. In building ventures. ‘*Scruclating Idle’ 5. ls qvAakny BAnders tote MapKxos & dpyos, éxovti,! dxvoov ? &EeAGe1v, uokoynae povov, 1. Adv. ‘voluntarily’. 2. Lit. ‘hesitating, shrinking ’. He was too idle to walk out, so confessed to murder. Black Market 6. Tag Tpryas, @ NikvAAg, tives Borrteiv oe Agyou- ow, ag ou peActivotarras ? 26 cryopas érrpico.3 I. Yet Aeyoo does not often take the acc. and infin. construction. It is usually followed by 67 (that). 2. Acc. fem. plur. 3. See dveopon, c. 25. Last Scene of All 7. yepovtes otev éopev GAA TrANy ! wopos Kar oynp’, oveipcov & Eptropev piunperra,? vous 8° ok éveotiv, olopeoba ® 8” ev ppovetv. Euripides. 1. Here a conjunction = than. 2. Cf. Tennyson's Tith- onus, ‘A white-haired shadow, roaming like a dream.” 3. olopecda, a poetic form of clous8a, whose subject is also the subject of ed gpoveiv.266 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK ‘Cold Cascade’ 8. tis yAUwos Tov Epata mapa Kpnyyjow ? éénkev, olopevos Travel? Toute To True USarTt ; On a statue of Eros near a fountain. 1. Poetic form for Kpnvas. 2. Thinking that he would check—fut. infin. whose subject is the same as the subject of the main verb. Life and Death g. Tis 8 ofSev el To env! pev got KaTOavelv,? to koT@avev Se anv Korte 3 vopizeTan ; Euripides. 1. zaw is irregular, having n instead of a all through. This of course is the infin. 2. Short form of Korafavev, a verse equivalent of éro@avev. 3. Below—in Hades. VERBAL ADJECTIVES There are two kinds of verbal adjective in Greek : (1) ending in -tos, -Tn, ~tov, implying possibility ; (2) ending in -teos, -tec, -teov, implying necessity, They are adjectives, derived from verbs, formed by adding the above suffixes to the stem. They are passive in voice. We are familiar with (1). All our words ending in -ible and ~able are parallel, Translate :— (a) to THs Tuyns ! yap &qaves of 2 TreoBnoetat xé&ot’ ® of SiSaxtov,! oWS’ dAloKeTar Teyvy. Euripides. 1. The quality of Fortune. 2. Not masculine plural. Then whatelse? 3. = xo1tom1. 4. Verbal adj. from S18acke. (b) Kaxor yap ev Trpattovtes otK d&vaoyeTor.) 1. Verbal adjective from dveyoo, ‘ to put up with’XXVI. VERBAL ADJECTIVES 267 (i) The adjectives ending in -teos have no parallel form in English, but you must imagine one, meaning “must-be-’. The person by whom the thing must be done is put into the dative case. oped Tex Gor ft] TOAIs EoTIV The city is to-be-helped by you. 6 Aeyw@ pnteov otiv What I say is to-be-spoken = must be spoken. (ii) If the verb is intransitive, the neuter of the adjective must be used. oti Uirekteov ovSe dvaywprteov There must be no yielding or retreating, (iii) The neuter of this adjective (either singular or plural) may also be used transitively, governing an object—e.g. oloteov toadSe (one) must bear these things. Translate :— (a) ov SouAeuTEoV Tous vouv éyovTas ToIS KaKOS povovaly. (6) ‘Omg dv16 Aoyos, dorrep trveuper, pepy ! TauTH {teov.—Plato. 1. év with the subjunctive makes the sentence unspecific. ‘ Wheresoever.’ For dv, see c. 28. VOCABULARY cyopa, -as (f.}, market-place. é&rparros (f.), path. &vacyeros (vb. adj.), from “pavne, -ts (adj.), obscure. dvexoo, to endure. yaAupo, carve (hieroglyph). dvoyopen, retreat. Seve, -atos (n.), house. dveyeipw, raise up. elpyw, prevent. cyreyoo, resist. éxovti (adu.), willingly. écrrogevy@, escape. txtehewo, do thoroughly, Gpyos (&-Epyov), lazy. complete.268 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK iptra, creep. trolpos, -1, -ov, ready. {teov (vb. adj. from elm), go. xotedvnoKe, die. Kepopeus, -e05 (17.), potter. kpnvn, -ns (f-), spring, foun- tain. peivopoi, be mad. PINE, -cros (7.), imitation. wepos, -ov (m.), a fool (moron), ékveoo, hesitate, be unwilling or too lazy. guohoyew, confess. dverpos, -ou (m.), dream. PgSras, -a, -ov, easy. prteos (v. adj.), from Aeyoo (ew), must be spoken. ouveyfeo, join in hating. cupgias, join in loving. urrerxeo, yield. intisyveopat, promise. govos, -ou (m.), murder. gpoveco, to be minded. Koka ppoves, to be ill-disposed. ooos, -ou (n.), sound, noise, opp. to reality. perc, help. IMPERSONAL VERBS Tf you were to say “ It looks like rain”, some wit might enquire, “‘ What looks like rain?” You should then lead your questioner gently but firmly aside and expound to him fully the significance of the grammatical term ‘an impersonal verb’. Ignoring his attempt to disengage, you would explain that such verbs are to be found in every language, but more particularly in ancient languages, while in our own they have become for the most part con- fined to meteorological phenomena, ‘it thunders ’, “it is snowing’, and so on. “Even the word ‘please ’,”’ you would continue, “‘ which you keep anxiously repeating, is an elliptical form of the phrase ‘if you please’, or, better still, ‘if it please you’, the impersonal nature of which is more clearly seen in the French ‘s'il vous plait ’ than in our native tongue. What then is an impersonal verb? It is a verb in the third person singular, which may be in any tense, but has no personalXXXVI. IMPERSONAL VERBS 269 subject, for lack of which we are constrained in English to substitute the dummy word ‘it’ owing to a feeling in our language that a word in the indicative must have a subject of some sort.” You would then invite your limp auditor to con- sider with you the Greek impersonal verb. Firstly you would list the weather verbs like Ue, ‘it is raining’, and éotpomte, ‘there is lightning’. Secondly, you would remind him of two important words, 6e1 and ypn, which are followed by the accusative of the person and the infinitive thus— Se1 (imperf. é5e1) Ger pe cmevon, ‘it is necessary for me—TI must depart.’ (@)ypnv ce dxovew atrroy, ‘ it was right that you—you should have heard him’. You would then proceed to the class of impersonals which are followed by the dative of the person and the genitive or an infinitive. He should then be woken up and the following list placed in his hands. i. Ue, ‘it rains’; dotpomter, ‘it lightens’; Boovte:, ‘it thunders ’. 2. Sei, ‘it is necessary '; ypn, ‘it is right ’, accusa- tive and infinitive. 3. Soxer por, ‘it seems (good) ’, ‘I am resolved ’; peAet por, ‘it concerns me ’, dative of person. peToperdr por, ‘it repents' me’, ‘I regret’ peteot: pol, ‘ there is a share to me’, ‘I share’ AvoiteAgi, ‘it is profitable’; oupgepei, ‘it is expedient’; tpetret, ‘it is proper’; tpoonkel, ‘it is fitting’; por TouTo Tote. toutou, ‘ this’270 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK eeort, éveott, and mapsoti (all meaning ‘it is possible) poi Touro mroiiv. tmapyer por, ‘it belongs to me.’ The noun dverykn and the participle ypecv (from xpn) are followed by the dative and the infinitive and accusative and infinitive, respectively, meaning ‘it is necessary ’ and ‘ one should’.CHAPTER XXVII PARTICIPLES In Chapter XI you were told that participles played a more prominent part in Greek than they do in English. Before you can tackle Greek of much greater complexity, it would be well to study some of the ways in which these participles are used. Remember what a participle is—it is a part of a verb which has all the qualities of an adjective; it says something more about the circumstances in which an action takes place; and it often completes the meaning of a verb in the same way that an Infinitive does. |. Participle with the Article. When the participle has an article in front, it is equivalent to an adjectival clause—he who, or those who— 6 pevoov év TH cyorrn pever Ev tw Sew. (c. 7.) ‘He who remains in love remains in God.’ F KEpaAT T THNGEI9G der Sev. (c. 15.) ‘The head which had been cut off kept constantly singing.’ éqrei of troSeg ouviac Ta Aeyoueva. (c. 16.) ‘As soon as the children understand what is said to them.’ 271272 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Il. Participle Representing Various Clauses. (a) As an attribute it may qualify a noun— TL pot perxeod’, éraipo1, Kouta GeAovTi tively; (c. 8.) ‘Why do you quarrel with me, friends, myself too wishing to drink?’ (b) It may show a time relation between two events— oxiptov éAaKktice Tov Seotrotnv. § (c, II.) ‘While skipping about he kicked his master.’ KorroArtrovTes atrrov drrnAGov fri to dwov. (c. II.) ‘ After abandoning him they went for the fish.’ This is perhaps the commonest relation, although the participle may have many and mixed shades of meaning. (c}) It may show a relation of Cause, Manner, or Means— TIPWPOUVTAL Tous cAloKOLEVOUS as KoKEOS KAETTTOV- tas. (c. 16.) ‘They punish those caught on the ground that they steal badly.’ vuv Se Baveov cotepas olkov Exe: (ce. 24.) ‘But as it is, since he is dead, he has his home among the stars.” peAAwv Kat 5i50us xpovoy, iacato latpos. (c. 16.) ‘ By delaying and dy allowing time, the doctor has healed.’ (d@) The future participle frequently indicates purpose, especially with as—XXVIL. PARTICIPLES 273 of KeaAucovTes Tepav foav toAAo1 fittreis (c. 17.) ‘The ones to stop them from crossing were numerous cavalry... .’ TABe Auopevos Suycrtepa. «He came to ransom his daughter.’ (e) The participle is sometimes used where we should use a conditional or ‘ if’ clause— Geou Gekovtos Guverra TravTa ytyvetar. (c. 18.) ‘If the god wills, everything becomes possible.’ TOAAG Ope TrpoBata & droSapevta . . . trape€er Thy diaBaow. (c. 17.) ‘I see many beasts which, if skinned .. . will facilitate the passage.’ (f) Concession. Often you must translate the participle by ‘although’. The word for ‘ although’ is xormrep, which is only used with a participle. Frequently, however, the participle without Karep will have this concessive force, Baous Ov Aiav @ov atros yeyovev. (c. 13.) ‘Though being excessively hairy, he has become bald as an egg all over.’ I. Genitive Absolute. The participle may have any of the above mean- ings, but if it goes with a noun or pronoun which is not connected grammatically with the rest of the sentence (i.e. not subject, object, or indirect object) it is put into the genitive case, and the whole construction is called the genitive absolute.274 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK eltrovtos Se attou, Et cor ein, 2on .. . (c. II.) ‘He saying (= when he said) that it had, “Good for you!” said the other.’ TIOAAWY Lev OUCY THY LEV eUpTnoEIS KaKnV, THY Se Anp’ éxovony etryeves .. . (c. 16.) ‘There being many women (as there are many women), you will find one bad, and another with noble spirit.’ IV. Accusative Absolute, lf the verb of the participle is an impersonal verb (see c. 26), instead of going into the genitive absolute in the circumstances mentioned above, it is put into the accusative case of the neuter singular—e.g. Seov drropevyeiv Exavoay Thy Toki, ‘It being necessary to escape, they burnt the city.’ So similarly mapacyov, an opportunity having offered, elpqpevov it having been told them, &5vvatov év it being impossible, 2€ov, it being possible. V. Participle Completing Sense of Verbs. (a) The participle continues the meaning of certain verbs such as ‘continue’, ‘cease’, ‘begin’, ‘ be ashamed ’ and so on. &p” otk aloyuver TorouTa Agyoov; (c. 14.) « Are you not ashamed ¢o say such things?’ ouSetrote Travoel SAopupopevos. (c. 14.) * You will never stop wailing.’ (6) The participle is used with the object of verbs of finding and perceiving, denoting the state in which the object is found or perceived.XXVIII. PARTICIPLES 275 "Epos trot” év poSoict KOIPOPEVTY PEAITTAV ou eiSev . 2. (c. 15.) “Love once failed to see a bee sleeping amid the roses.’ (c) The verbs Tuyyaves, AavOaves and pbcve are used in an idiomatic way in Greek, so that the main force of the expression is thrown on to the participle— AavOaves, ‘escape notice of ', EAabe Tous puAaKas SiaBatveov Tov TrotTapov. ‘He crossed the river without being seen by the guards (lit. he escaped the notice of the guards, crossing the river).’ pave, ‘anticipate’, épSacav Tous Tepoas d&eiKo- Bevol. ‘They arrived before the Persians (lit. they antici- pated the Persians arriving).’ Tuyxaveo, ‘ happen ’, éruxev Eyyus trou KaGnpevos. ‘He chanced to be sitting somewhere near.’ VI. Participle after Verbs of Knowing and Perceiving. When a verb of saying or thinking takes the nominative and infinitive or accusative and infinitive construction (see c. 26) verbs meaning to see (aloGevoyor), know (ofSa), hear (dxouw), learn (yryveooxw), remember, forget, show, appear, prove, acknowledge, and announce, take the participle instead of the infinitive. The question of whether the participle is nominative or accusative is decided on the same principles as those laid down in c. 26. Trapoxnkoa Se Kal Tapa TOUTOIS KPUTTTOLEVOV TIVE. (c. 12.)276 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK ‘T have heard on the side, moreover, that someone is in hiding in their house.’ yapiv AcBoov penvnoo Kai Sous eiAadou. (c. 21.) ‘Remember that you have received a favour, and forget that you have granted one.’ (Nominative participles, because the subject of the verb ‘remember’ is the same as the subject of AaBov, etc.) PAIVETAL LALVOLEVOS. “He is obviously mad.’ Sagacious Elephants (from Plutarch) 1, "Ev ‘Peon ot raat, TroAAw@y Ekepavtav tmpob1- BaoKxopevoov ? otaceis tivas iotacba1? mapaBporous,? Kar Kivnoets Suce€ehixtous dvouKAet,4 eis, 6 Suoua- Seotatos, d&kouwv KaKks 5 éxactote Kal KOAcZOEVOS TTOAAaKIS, OpOn ® vuKtos atrros i” Eautou 7 trpos ThHv oeAnuny ® dvarrattopevos Ta abate Kor PeAETOov. 1. Genitive absolute; 1po-, ‘ beforehand ’—i.e. before the performance. 2. Lit.‘ to stand certain standings’ , oragels being what is called a cognate accus. after the verb—i.e. an object suggested by the verb itself. otacis, which means “an uprising’ in the sense of civil warfare, had a sinister meaning in the fifth century p.c.—that propensity to violent political faction which has dogged the Gks. throughout history. 3. ‘ Difficult’, even ‘dangerous’. The adj. is one of those which has no separate feminine ending. 4. Tr. ‘to execute in a circle complicated movements’, cvakuKAsiv, ‘to go through a cycle’, is a word appropriate to a circus. Words beginning $uc- mean ‘hard to’ or ‘ difficult at’. The prefix implies difficulty or distress; cf. ‘dyspepsia’ of indigestion, or ‘dysentery’ of bowel trouble. Svce§eAncros means ‘hard to unwind’. Later ‘8vopaGns’, ‘slow of study’. 5. Kokws déxouw is an idiomatic phrase meaning ‘ I am reproached’, Literally ‘to hear badly’, it has the sense of ‘to be spoken ill of’. 6. See dpaco. 7. ‘Himself of him- self "—i.e. it was his own idea. 8. mpos, ‘ by the light of’.XXVIL PARTICIPLES 277 2. "Ev S Zupig Tpotepov, Tpepouevou Kat” oiKiav fAepavtos, 6 Emiotatns AcuBavey Kpifev petpov Upaiper Kat ypecKotrer? yepos fpiov Kad” fuepav.3 émet Se, Tou Seotrotou Tapovtos! tote Koi Gewpevou,? Trav TO WETpOv TrpowSnKev,* EnBAcwas Kal Siayoywv Thy mpoBockiba tawv xKpiOcov,5 dtroBiecthoe, Kar BSiexwpice To uepos, ws évnv Aoylw@tata® KecTerToov Tou émotatou Thy &Sikiav. VOCABULARY Gina (f.), guilt, wrong- doing. évoxukAew, go through an evolution. évaterrouc, rehearse. éroSuoThu, separate in half. Siacyw, draw through. Siaxwpige, separate off. BuvceteAiktos, hard to un- wind, complicated. Svopatns, -es, dull, stupid. tkaortote (adv.), on each oc- casion, tuBAerr, look earnestly at. Emoratns, -ou (m.), keeper. Secxouat, look at (cf. theatre). KoTayopeue (aor. Kecreltrov), condemn. kivnots, -eos (f.), movement. kpién (usu. pl.), barley. Aoy1os (adj.), verbal, in words. Leretaw, practise. mapafohos (adj.), difficult, dangerous. TrpoBooxis, -1805 (f.), trunk. mpodibaoxw, teach before- hand. “Poon, -ns (f.), Rome. oraors, -ews (f.), posture, stance. Uparpes, take away surrepti- tiously. Xpe@Kotress, defraud down a debt). (cut 1. Gen. abs. any way ‘ to defraud’. augment ¢ becomes trpov-. 2. Literally, to cut down debts, and so in 3. Every day. 5. The gen. is governed by the 4. ™p0 before the Sia of Siryw, ‘ Drawing his trunk through the barley’. éApira is the ‘meal’ of xKpién. 6. Lit. ‘as verbally as possible ’—i.e. as near in words as he could. _&s AoyiwtaTa by itself would do for this meaning, but frequently the impersonal env or tvnv was added.CHAPTER XXVIII THE SUBJUNCTIVE AND OPTATIVE MOODS 1. THE Greek verb has two more ‘ Moods ’, which it uses frequently to express such moods as those of possibility, uncertainty or desirability. In English we use words such as ‘ would ’ or ‘ might ’, but Greek expresses these by terminations of the verb. For instance, ‘Let us go’ is expressed by one word in Greek, iwpev, which is the rst person plur. of the present subjunctive (the traditional name in grammar books for this mood, but not an expressive one) of elu, ‘I go’. A wish such as ‘may you perish!’ can be expressed by the one word éAo1o, which is the 2nd person singular of the aorist opfative (this is a better name, as it comes from a Latin word mean- ing ‘ wishing’) of 6AAvpor, ‘I perish’ (which, in- cidentally, is the ‘ middle’ of 6AAuyi, ‘I destroy’). Although this book has deliberately avoided examples of these moods up to now (it has not been easy, because you will meet them on every page of a Greek author), and although their uses are a little com- plicated, it will repay you to master them if you want to appreciate the exactness and subtlety with which the Greek verb can express the finest shades of thought. Books have been written on the refine- ments of Greek syntax, but all we can claim to do in one chapter is to introduce you to the forms of these two moods and their commonest uses, 278XXVIII, SUBJUNCTIVE AND OPTATIVE MOODS 279 If you happen to have learnt Latin, you will recog- nise them as (roughly) the equivalent of one mood in Latin—the conjunctive (or, as now called in most grammars, the subjunctive), and you will understand when we say that the subj. is primary (corresponding to the pres. and perf. subj. in Latin), and the optative historic (corresponding to the imperf. and pluperf. in Latin). If this means nothing to you, no matter. But what does matter is that you recognise the forms when you meet them, and something of their significance. We will therefore deal with the subjunctive first. Look carefully at the following table, and note where the terminations differ from the indic, Learn, at any rate, the Aveo forms by heart, and you should have no difficulty with the rest. 3. How to Recognise the Subjunctive. The long vowel of the ending is the key in every case. There is no exception. Every person of the present subjunctive, except the rst, is different from the indic. As to the 1st person, in practice there is no ambiguity, as you will find in reading. To form the aor. subj. (which, like the imperative, has an instantaneous, and not a past sense) drop the augment of the aor. ind. and change the termination -« into -w. e.g. Aucopev SouAous means ‘let us set free slaves’ as a general rule. Auowpev SouAous means ‘let us set free slaves’ on a particular occasion.2. THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD , Present Middle Aorist Aorist Vers. Present Active. and Pass Active, Passive, rusca duo Ducane Avaw Auto ‘Loose’ — | dams a ivens Autos awn unre dvog avég Daveatscw DueanicBar Avowonce dubowee domte dunt Avante Atte dueoort Avestan duowot AuBenat ria (oa) te (ceouat) tux tunge, etc. | runo@um, etc | Tundo, etc. (as ‘Thonour’ | (ans) tuas fen) ng. (as Avew) {as vow | Rute (em) ripe fenten) riper wwe) (cccopev) -ripeomer eco) mpeoyeBer (envs) Tinos anche) -tanaxote {eas} tam (ocawrcn) —Ticowron pikes (eo) gthes feouen) §——giheoyien qiAnau, etc, giants, etc. ‘Tlove' | (ens) poke (0) ean (en) rt (eral) gata (eouer) gikcaouer | (eoueBa) grout (ents) qiknre (enote) —ptanate {ewot) gio (corr) goorton Bevioce fous) Bowen (ccauon) — Bovhcoyos © | BowAaoors, ete. | Bovheocuct, | Boudofa, etc. ‘Lenslave’| (ops) Eouhars on) Bovhot (on) Bouho! lontat) — Bouheaton WaaYD ATaSUNOA HIWILoumeta) Boureoueda: janet) Boukuods focovren) — BouRsovTan anon sWBkowan 8 conan relleo, ete, neq ens ay anita 8 oor “TiBeopeer Booty BeopeBer -nifinade Onre ‘@node aiSwvrat Son Sovran inn leo Teopert ua Ba, etc. tgs, ete, Ip, etc, etc. lorena ior Iotouc arnowuat, ratte, etc, lorps, ete. lorp, etc. etc, Bibcom Bibes Sbopan Beouen Babeo Bercvuut Benue Semuvouct Bake Befauar Berxho ely & = = = ‘Tam’ fs, ete. ety to - - - “Twill go’| tgs, etc. ene eo —, ol — U5, etc. alba 180 =_ = = —L | = “TAX ist SGOOW 3AILVIdO ONY JAILONATANS282 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK Middle and Passive. For the pres. subj, change -oyen into -copor, but the aor. passive subj. needs watching. As with the indic., you can always recognise it by the 6, but it is conjugated as if it were an active tense, AuOw, AvOns, Audn, etc. Subdjunctive of -u1 verbs. Verbs in -vyi form their subj. like Ave, but the other -u1 verbs drop the stem vowel and add -o— e.g. stem T18n-, pres. subj. T1800. 4. Three Ways in which the Subjunctive is used in Simple Sentences. (a) To express exhortation (1st person only), Negative pn. foopev, ‘let us go’. LT piAcpev, ‘let us not love’. (b) To express particular prohibitions (2nd pers. of aor. only), Lin TouTo troinons, ‘ don’t do this ’. (c) To express a deliberative question, i.e. one of doubt or uncertainty. ti pe; ‘what am I to say?’ TL un Toimow; ‘what am I not to do?’ 5. The Optative. The optative mood can be recognised, as in every tense and person tt has the letter 1 (in the case of -aw verbs, an iota subscript) inserted into the ending, making with another vowel a diphthong. StudyXXVIII. SUBJUNCTIVE AND OPTATIVE MOODS 283 carefully the following table, noticing especially the unexpected form in the act. pres. opt. of con- tracted verbs (termination -omv instead of -onn). Similarly, -emv, -ciny, or -omyv with the -p1 verbs. For the perf. pass. (both subj. and opt.) the perf. ptcple. + subj. (or opt.) of ein is used, e.g. subj. AEAU- eves 6, Ts, 1), etc., and off. AcAupevos cinv, but this tense is rare, just as in English. The alternative forms in the aor. act. (Avgois, Auooi, Avociev) are commoner in poetry than in prose. 6. Uses of the Optative. (a) To express a wish. Neg. un. pn yevorto, “may it not happen’, ‘God forbid!’ Wishes are sometimes introduced by eiée or el yap, with the opt. for a wish in the future, but the aor. ind. for a wish in the past (i.e. an unfulfilled wish). el@e yevoipny, ‘would I were!’ (9. 11). See Rupert Brooke’s poem, ‘Granchester’, but ei@e pn tAdov, “I wish I had not come’. (6) With é&v to express ‘ would’ or ‘ might ’—a * possibility “idea. 8om dv, ‘I might come’, or ‘I would come, if... The important little word év has no English equiva- lent, but is very common in Greek, and has several uses, The best way to understand them is by examples. It is never used with the present, fut. (except in Homer), perf. indic., or imperat., but with the aor. indic. it has the sense of ‘ would have’, and it can have a similar force if used with an inf. or participle.THE OPTATIVE MOOD , Present Middle Aorist Aorist Aorist Vers. | Present Active. | “ond mara | Active. Middie. Passive. Avouwny vero Auvoaipny Avsane Avola Avatias or woes | Avactio Avdeins Avorro Auaeis or Auosn | AvecrTo Aven Avotister Avseapey AusomueBes dudermiey oF aviemey Avoiote dugarre Avocnobe Audernte OF Duterre dvalta Avaniav or teary | Avecivto AuOeter TT (souwny) THeeny | THnFGUN, etc. Tynoomny, etc, | THnderny, etc, uggs etc, Tuyo men sugpro THcpuew Typed vipepre ‘rijscpote mp? mangyTo qidoiny | (eouny) gidowny] qianoam -giAnamuny iangeny prroins etc. qiAoio pron gAhorro qihorpey pikouetay gihorre gikorade gihowro fcouny) Soukowny) BovAoouu Sovkwoanmny BovAcotany ete, etc. WadgyD ATASHNOA HIWILnq mnéainy aideune ad ‘teuny iden mideins tidao, etc. Gers, etc. ‘tno, etc, Bein, sndemien miderre i8eiev ie feuine elny elyny Bene lio, ete. els, ete. lo orn torouny oraiqu No strong aor. | orodany lorauns, etc. lotmo middle omampny is trans, (place for myself) SrBcom SrBomy, etc. SiGouny, etc. Bomp, etc. Sony, ete. Botany ——l Sex Serwvous (like Avou) Bakous Serfouny Berydeny du ("be") | ety - - = — alns, ete. ety, (Twill | tout — _ = _ go’) tors, etc. ena pag, etc. | _ — _ _ ola sl8any, etc. | - - - =- Sgt SGOOW JAILVLdO GNV JAILONNENS "HIAXX286 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK (c) With &v in conditions. E.g. el Touto Trromoain, &yapToun cv. If I should do this, I should do wrong. (or were to) But ef touto éroinaa, fyaptov dv. If I had done this, I should have done wrong. When joined to ef (ie. gav) it introduces a future ‘if’ clause, and in this case takes the subj. fav TouTo Troms (or Tromons), 4uapTnoet. If you do this, you will be doing wrong. Other uses of &v will be found in the following section. 7. Other Uses of Subjunctive and Optative. (a) In purpose clauses. Introduced by iva or Sms (in order that). If the main verb is ‘ primary’ (ie. pres., fut. or perf.), the subj. is used in the * purpose ’ clause. TOUTO TTOIG) Traine fs & cyados. TETTOIN Ka I do | will do this, in order that I may be good. have dane! But if the main verb is ‘ historic ’ (i.e. imperf. or aor.), the opt. is generally used. Sometimes how- ever the subj. is used in historic sequence to obtain more vivid effect.XXVIII. SUBJUNCTIVE AND OPTATIVE MOODS 287 TOUTO ErolouV yn etn d&yabos, broimoa (or &) I was Goings this, in order that I might be did good. (b) After verbs of fearing. Mood as in ‘ purpose’ clauses. E.g. poBoupo pn teow, ‘I fear that I may fall’ (un here is equivalent to ‘ lest ’ in Eng.). époBoupnv pn ot oe iSoun, “I feared that I might not see you’. (c) In‘ -ever ’ clauses. Rule,—Primary sequence, év with subj. Historic sequence, opt. without dv. E.g. d0715 dv EAGD, evSonpover. ‘ Whoever comes, is fortunate ’, doris EAGo1, NUSoipover. “ Whoever came, was fortunate.’ Similarly with éte or étote (whenever), étrou (wherever), etc. dtav is written for éte dv. (2) Temporal clauses. When referring to the future, és (until, or as long as) follows the same rule. So does tow (before) when the main verb is negative. But when it is affirmative, mpiv takes the infinitive. peve Eas dv EAGco, ‘ Wait until I come’. vouize Troi Aeyev, ‘think before speaking ’*. un crreAGns trpw av oe iSw, ‘don’t go away before I see you’.288 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK (e) In reported speech and indirect questions. The opt. can be used, instead of the indic., in historic sequence; but the subj. is never used in primary sequence. tAcEa STi TOUTO dAnOes eln, ‘I said that this was true’, but Aeyo ét1 Touto dAnfes gov, ‘I say that this is true’. ovx 75n tov elnv, ‘I did not know where I was’. (f) ob un followed by the aorist subjunctive is a strong negation. ov un gorye, ‘I won't eat’. Note on ov and py Generally speaking, o dentes, wn forbids, Thus ot is used in direct statements (rout’ ot got éAndes—this is not true) and is the neg. of the indic. mood, yn is used in wishes, prohibitions, hypo- theses, etc., and regularly with the infin. except in Teported speech— bn KAetrte, ‘ don’t steal ’. tav un ToUTO Troins, OU Ge MIAnce, ‘if you don’t do this, I will not love you’. PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION, ILLUSTRATING SUBJUNCTIVE AND OPTATIVE MOODS I. paywpev? Kal Tiopev? atpiov yap daobvn- oxopev.—tr Cor, 15, 32, 1. Aor, subj. from éofiw (‘I eat’). 2. Aor. subj. from mie (‘I drink’).XXVIII. SUBJUNCTIVE AND OPTATIVE MOODS 289 2. of wev Kuves Tous 2x8pous Sakvouaty, tye Se Tous pidous, iva cwow.—Diogenes. 3. Tov evTuyelv SoKouvTa pn gnAoU, TpIv av Savovt’ {Sns.—Eur., Heracleide@, 865. 4. Un Kpivete iva pn Kp1Onte. Father to Son 5. @ Tra, YYEVOIO TXTPOS EUTUYETTEDOS, Ta & GAA’ Spotos: Kar yevor’ dv ot KaKOs. Soph., Ajax 550. The Athenians’ Reply to Xerxes 6. ’AtrayyeAAe MapSovico, as ’ASqvaio Aeyouat, tos dv 6 fAlos THY avTHV in 650v Ko vuV, UnTroTe Spodocynosiv tas Zep€t).— Herodotus. A Lover’s Wish 7 *H Tavradou’ trot” éotn Aibos * Douyoov 5 év dy fats, Kar Troag Trot” Spvis Errty? Tlavbioves ® yeAtSeov, tyw & écorrtpov elnv Stross der BAETINS LE, 3. The article with the gen. often means ‘the son’ of, so * TavtaAou= the daughter of Tantalus, Niobe, who boasted of her large family; whereat Apollo and Artemis killed them with their arrows. Niobe wept for them till she was turned into stone, from which her tears went on flowing. 4. Aifos, ‘as a stone’. 5. Goes with &y éyGons, ‘in the hills of the Phrygians’ (in Asia Minor). 6. Pandion’s daughter, Procne, was turned into a night- ingale, For her story (also called Philomela), v. a book of mythology, and countless references in Eng. Literature. 7. tm, 2nd aor. of irreg. verb Teropat, ‘flew away’,290 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK éyo yITov yevorny étress cel ops Us. USap OeAc yeveotat, Stress ce ypoota ® Aoucw HUpoy, Yuval, yevorsny, étras Eyeo o” KAeupoo.—Anacreontea. Tennyson’s poem, ‘ The Miller’s Daughter ’ echoes the same idea. ‘That I would be the jewel That trembles in her ear... And I would be the girdle About her dainty waist, And her heart would beat against me In sorrow and in rest... . A Bad Boy's Letter to His Father 8. There have recently been discovered in the sands of Egypt a number of letters written on papyrus by Greeks living there in the 3rd or 2nd century B.c., which throw much light on the daily life of that age. They include invitations to dinner and weddings, mothers’ letters to a son; and sons’ to mothers. One boy ends a letter home with the Tequest ‘Uvnpoveucate Tov trepiotepiBiev’, ‘ re- member our pigeons’, The following letter from a boy called Theon is full of spelling and grammatical mistakes here corrected (e.g. @eA1s for OeAeis, pet’ toou for peta cou), but it shows how little bad boys have changed in 2000 years ! 8. xpeota ace. of respect, ‘as to your flesh ’,XXVil, =SUBJUNCTIVE AND OPTATIVE MOODS 2zo1 Orwv Orwovi too wortpr yore? KotAws étromoas, !° ov érreveyKas 4 pe peta cou els TOA. ei wr GeAeis GrreveyKelv peta cou els "AAggav- Speiav, ov pn ype ? cor émiotoAny, ovte AcAw cat, ote Uyicives 1 oe eita. éav Se éARNs els “AAcEavSpeiav, ov un AcPwo yxElpa Tapa cou, ovTE TratAIV yalpw aE Aortrov.4 gov un CeAns crrevey Kon pe, Toute yryveTar,3§ Kot 4 untnp wou elie “ApyiAaco, ét1 dvaotatot ue cpov atrrov. KaAws Se éromoas. Seopa wor érrepwas heyoAa dpoKic.!® qemAavnKev qua exer 1? Th Hepa OTe ErAcvoas.1® Aortrov trepwov els ye,!? trapaKeAc 2 Ge. ECV LN TENWTS, OU UN payo, OU UN Trive. TouTa, Eppwoabat ®! ce etropan. The Prayer of Socrates g. In Plato’s dialogue, ‘The Phedrus’, Socrates and Phedrus have been walking on a spring morn- 9. Xaipetv, the inf. is frequently used as an imper., ‘ Greet- ings!” to. Sarcastic, 11. émeveyxas, aor. part of ém-qepa, v. 25. 12. For the force of ov un with the aor. subj. v.§ 7 f. of this chapter. Instead of continuing with the aor. subj., he changes to the present ind. (Ache, Uyiaive, and yaipw, tives later). Colloquial usage often simplifies syntax. 13. Uyiaive, here =I wish you good health. 14. Aorrov, abbrev. for ém1 to Aormov, ‘for the future’, ‘for the rest’. 15. Surprisingly like our modern idiom, ‘that’s that!’ So taura by itself four lines down. 16. dpoxia, ‘ beans’. The significance of a present of big beans to keep the boy quiet on the day his father went off is not clear. Anyhow, they ‘ diddled * him (temAavyxe). 17. éxet, ‘ there "—i.e. at home. 18. érAevoa, aor. of Ae. 19. els ue, here ‘ fo. me’. 20. Trapoxcthe ae (lit. “call to’, so ‘ invite’, ‘ invoke’), ‘I beg you’, This is still the mod. Gk. word for ‘ please!” 21. ippwoten, perf. inf. pass. of pcovvupt, ‘I make strong’. The pass., especially the perfect, is used idiomatically like the Latin ‘ vale’, ‘farewell’. tppaco imper. means ‘ good- bye’). x292 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK ing along the banks of the Ilissus, and at midday rest under a plane tree to continue their talk about love and beauty and the purpose of life. Before they part, Socrates offers this prayer to Pan and the other tutelary deities of so beautiful a spot, which gives us a glimpse of Socrates’ greatness of soul. *W) rds Tlav te Kori GAAOL dco1 THSe ™* Geo, Sointe ? Lor Kare yeveoGou TavSobeu"*4 ecobev Ge dcx tyoo, Tos tvtos elvan por o1Aic. =trAoucIov Se vopizoi Tov sopov To Be ypucou TrANGos ein Hol, Sov NTE gEpeiv ants dye Buvarr? GAAOs fh 6 Gwppwv.—Plato, Phedrus. VOCABULARY alpes, I raise, lift, take away éoomtpov, mirror (something (a00v, imperat, of aor, —_ you look into). . ipa). evyouct, I pray (evyn, a éAaiqw, I anoint. prayer). c&vacrtarow, I upset. Untote, never, a&nayyeAAw, I announce. pope, frequentative of gepa, aupiov (adv.), tomorrow. bear constantly,” so. émotoAn, -Ns, letter (epistle ‘wear’. —something ‘sent to ’). az, thBe, sc. eloi, ‘are here *, 23. Bote, aorist opta- tive (of wishing) ‘may you grant’, 24, tévBofev = Ta évSo(ev, ‘ as to the things within ' (ie. the soul), 25. o1Aia, ‘friendly to’, so‘ in harmony with ’, He prays that he may regard wisdom as the only riches, and that his wealth may be such as only the temperate can bear.VOCABULARY The figure after each word indicates the chapter in which it first occurs. car. ZY CHAP, A = Fo, sing, 2. 1. 4 4 15 dei, always. » 9 SBpés, | delicately . . 8 dnBeov, nightingale, f. » 10 "Ayatcr, Agatha. . . 3 &npaitvm 2. 1 1. 9 éyabds, good » . « 4 GOavetos,immortal. . 18 *Ayauéuvev, Agamemnon i des, not believing in av, too, much. . . 16 God 5 éyavaktee, grow annoy- aOAntns, athlete, m. 7 ed... . I &6Atos, wretched 6 &yarde, love - « 8 GOdov, prize, . . . 1g &yarrn, love, f. . . «. 7 GOpoizew, collect. . . 16 arya, report. . . 12 Afyumrtos, Egypt 8 ‘YyyeAos, messenger, m.. 5 “‘AtSns, Hades 3 &yewuetpytds, without aides, sense of shame! geometry . . . . 7 modesty, f. roe TS eynpards, ageless . . 22 alOnp,upperair,m.. . 9 aot, make holy . . 8 atpa,blood,m, . . . I0 1os,holy . . . . 8 alveco, praise, advise . 25 dykiotpov, hook,z,. . 10 alvrypa,riddle,z. . . 10 c&yxupa, anchor,f. . . 9 al€,goat,mandfi . . 9 ~&yvGs, unknowing . . 18 olpew,take 2. . . . 14 &yopd, market place, aloGavopna, perceive. . 25 ce +» + + 26 atoGnots, perception, f. . 13 éypa, hunting, if + + Io alefntikos, aesthetic . 5 & os, fieldjm. . . . 8 aloypos,shameful . . 14 @,bring . . . . 11 aloxvvopo, beashamed 14 dyav, contest,m. . . 9 oftew,ask, request . . 23 apixic, wrongdoing, f. . 27 altia,cause,f. . . . 7 &SoAws, without fraud . 23 dxeouat, remedy. . . 20 &S¢0vatos, impossible . 17 dun, peak,fi . . . 3204 CHAP, &Kos, cure, 4. . cxouc, hear chyew, grieve, feel pai’, éAyos, grief, pain, 7. éAcipw, anoint... dAnOns, true . “Adixapynoceus, of Hali- carnassus . . . éAioKopa, be caught =. AK, Strength, fi o. + AAG, but : GAANAOVS, one another . éAAos, another, other &AAws, otherwise. GAUVOITEAT S, unprofitable *AAga, Alpha éAgitov, barley, 7. éua, along with, at the same time . 5 duotns, unlearned . éuaptove, make a mis- take . . 2 cpuoptia, mistake, f. ° uBpoorc, ambrosia, f. duewoov, better. . éuuvonat, keep from self éug, around. . . . ugotepor, both .7 wk éva, up . dvayKaze, compel cvaykaios, necessary édvaykn, necessity, f.. cvayw, lead up . davaSena, anathema, 2. évaxopizopor, get back for self . avaKuKAge, go through evolutions . » 15 + 10 10 16 . 10 - 28 18 + 22 16 13 3: 14 6 14 1z 6 « 20 ™% IL - 16 . Ir 4 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK CHAP. dvaauals, loosing up, f. . 3 GvowipvnoKe, remind . 25 dvaTnSaw, leapup . . 20 dwacyetos, tolerable. . 26 dvatattouat, rehearse . 27 dvagopa, reference, f. . 12 dvayopen, retreat - 26 daveyeipoo, rouse up + 26 Gvepovn, anemone, f. . 3 évepos, wind, m.. 6. 1 3 dvefetactos, unexamined 6 dvev, without oo. Th dvnp,man,m . . . g vGeuov, flower,m . . 5 avbiotapa, oppose 16 avGos, flower,n.. 2. 5 Gv@pag, ashes,m. . . g dv@pwros,man, mm... 4 dviotnu,riseup. . . Ir dvoSos, way up, f. - 15 qvoryvum, open. . 17 avtexo, hold out against 26 évm1, instead of » 14 dvtiBohew, beseech, note 23 dvTifeots, opposition, f.. 3 dGvuTroSqoia, going bare- foot,fi. 2. 2 . 16 a€ios, worthy . . 5 &§100, think right, claim 20, éoidos, minstrel, mm... 15 a&tayyeAaos, tell . - 28 arais, childless . - IL atrokuvoe, soften . . 16 dtravtaw, meet . . 12 étraxé, once + 23 amas, every, all . . 13 amreipos, inexperienced . 16 airepyouat, Zoaway. . ILVOCABULARY 205 CHAP, CHAP, a&mexouot, keep away &pi8pos, number, m. - 5 from... . . 14 “Aptoteiins, Aristides . 23 amo, goaway! . . . 4 dpiotos, best re cmiotew, disbelieve . . 21 Gpiragw,seize . . . 4 a&vo,awayfrom . . . 15 dpioxtns,robber,m. . 24 droBaivw, goaway . . Ii Gptow,tie,bind. . . 17 atTopadAw, lose . . . 12 Gptos,loaf,m. . . . 20 crobepw, flay eT] apxatos, old... . 19 érobidopa, sell. . . 25 dpyn, beginning, rule, f.. 5 érobiSmu, give back . 8 dpxtemioKoTos, arch- érobtiornu, divide in bishop, m. . 7 half . + + + + 27 &pxoyon, begin 14 érobvoua, strip. . . 20 px, rule » oe 16 crofewors, apotheosis f. 3 dofeotos, unquenched . 3 érrofnkn, store, f. . . 24 dodpua, asthma, 2. 3 érrofvnoxw, die . . . 15 coos, bag, m. 4 étrokptvopat, answer . 12 Gomts,shield,f. . 9 dctroxteive, kill =. w=. 10) *Aortetos, Asteios . . 12 étrodAum, destroy . . 1m Gotnp,star,m. 2. 2. 3 ‘AtoAAwy, Apollo . . 19 éoTpamtet, it lightens . 26 &tromeptropai, dismiss . 14 Gotu, city, x. ee. 13 é&tropew, beat loss . . 17 &rAas,atlas . . . 1 3 crropia, perplexity, f. . 17 G&tpatos,path,f. . . 26 étroaTeAAw, send away . 22 av, back,again . . . 14 érroméni, put away » 9 atOis,back,again . . 14 étrotiowet, punish . . 14 avAn,courtyard,f. . . 16 é&rogepw, carry off . . 28 avAnrtns, flute player, m. 12 dtogevyw, escape . . 26 avplov,tomorrow . . 28 -étrpaypoves, easily. . 16 attoucrtov, self-moving. 3 aute,fasten. . . . 24 oattosself . . . . 6 épa,afterall. . . . 21 Gpoupeouc, takeaway . 14 épaniov, bean, #.. . . 28 dpavns,umseen . . . 26 Gpyos, lazy . . . . 26 d&pavige, destroy . . 15 dpyvupous, silver. . . 18 d@acia,speechlessness . 3 &oetn, virtue, f.. . . 7 &pinu, send away, drop *Apns, Ares. . . «16 16, 21 céprduntixes, concerning *Axaios, Achaean .. 14 mumbers . . . . 5 &x@ouo,bevexed . . 14296 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK cHaP. *AyiAaeus, Achilles . . 13 ayos, ache, 1. - . «10 &yupov, chaff,a.. . . IT @y, backwards . . . 13 B Pabos,depth,x.. . . 3 Powe, go. . 2 3 Th Boxtnpta, staff, f - > 3 Bodaveiov, bath,w. . . 12 BoAdAo, throw, aim . . 15 Patrte, wash,dye . . 13 PBapBapos, foreign . . 6 Papos, weight, . . 10 Papuve, weighdown . 15 Paotteia, kingdom, f. . 21 Paoideus, king, mm. . 12 Pacts, step, pedestal, f. 3 PBeAAG, leech, f.. . . Io PeAtiov, better . . . 16 BeAtiotos, best . . . 19 BnScBapa, Bethabara . 22 PiBAtov, book, m.. . . 5 Bios, life, livelihood, m.. 1 Biwtos, to-be-lived . . 6 Picwyv, bison,m.. . . 3 Paortrte, harm, hurt . Io Pareto, see,look. . . 9 Poa, shout, cry ~ . 12 BouAevoyat, plan. . . T4 PovAopo, wish . . . 14 Bous, ox, m.; cow, f.. . 8 Bpoxvs, short . . . 7 Boionis, Briseis . . 14 Peover, it thunders. . 26 Bpotos, mortal,m . . 3 Ppoxos, noose, m. . . 24 CHAP. r Podthaa, Galilee 22 YapEea, marry . 23 YoOros, Mairiage, Hi. . 5 yap, for 6 yaornp, stomach, f. 9 ye unv, yet, nevertheless 16 yeAws, laughter, m. . 9 yeven, birth, race,f.. . 8 yeveots, genesis, birth, f. 3 yevvatos, noble . 15: yevos, Tace, n. 10 yepaios, old 19 yepov, old man,m. . . 9 ‘yewueTpia, geometry, f.. 7 yewpyos, farmer, m.. . 5 yn, land, f. 5 ytyas, giant . 9 ytyvoua, become 8 yiyvecke, understand . 16 YyaAukus, sweet 18 yaupw, carve . . . 26 yAusoa, tongue, f. 5 yvabos,jaw,f. . . 10 yvoun, opinion, f. . 22 yvoots, enquiry, f. 3 yoveus, ancestor, m#.. . 13 ypanna, letter, 2 . 10 ypagw, write Io yuvn, woman, wife, f 7 yuy, vulture, m. . - 9 yovia,angle,f. . . . 21 Fay Saipov, divinity, m. & f. 9 Saxveo, bite «It Saxpu, tear, i. » 13VOCABULARY CHAP. SoaxtuAos, finger, m.. . 15 Saous,shaggy . . + 13 Aaovn, Daphne . I Se,and,but . . . . 8 Se, itisnecessary . . 12 Sekvuyl,show . 16 Seixvus, showing (part) . 18 Seivos, strange, terrible . 13 Sermvew,dine. . . . 20 Servo, meal, dinner, 2. 11 Sexa,ten. 2... TG Sexoxis, ten times . . 23 Sexatos,tenth . . . 14 Sercage, entice . . . 10 Beata, delta,n. . . . 3 Acago, Delphi . . . 19 SevSpov, tree,w. 2 2. 5 Seouor,meed . . . . IT Sepxopat, look =... 5 Sepua, skin,w, . . . 10 Seopos, cable, bond, m. . 17 Secuwtnpiov, prison, n.. 9 Sectrotns, despot, master, Me sw ww ee Seutepos, second. . . 7 Sexopa, receive... Ig Sew, bind. . . . . II Sn, indeed, of course. . 15 8yAow, show, make clear 20 Snpos, people, mm. . . 5 Anpocterns, Demos- themes. . . . . 13 Snta,indeed. . . . 16 SiaBatve, cross . . . IT SiaBacis, crossing, f. eels] SiaPipaze, convey across 17 SiaBoros, devil, slanderer 297 CHAP. Sicyvects, distinguish- img,fo 2. 2 ew ew 3 Stay, carry across, spend . + 17,27 Stafpurtw, pamper. . 16 Stata, way of life, ff. 7 SieKxooto1, two hundred . 20 Staroyos, conversation, Whe we ek we 22 Siavoia, thought, f. . . 22 diavue, bring toanend. 23 SiatrayKpatiage, per- form the pancratium . 20 Siaorapacow, tear in pieces . iS Siatpipn, Searing away, harangue, f. . 7 Siatpipa, spend (time) . 10 Siagpepopor, differ, quar- rel... - 2.4 Siagepoo, differ from . - 20 Siaywpizw, separate - (27 SiSackados, teacher, m.. 13 Bibaoke, teach 2... 13 Sidous, giving . . . 18 SiSou, give . . . . 16 Siepyagopo, kill. . . 14 Sinynue, story, 7 . . Ir Sixaios, just, right . . 19 Sixn, lawsuit, fi... 12 SiAnuna, dilemma,#. . 3 bitA@pa, diploma,» . 3 Aioyevns, Diogenes . . 24 Aiovuatos, Dionysius. 23 Sis,twice. . . »- 9 Sicyidio1, two thousand » 17 Soyua,dogma . . . 3 Soxei, it seems (good) . 26298 cuar. Soxeo, think, seem - 25 SoA1xos, long course, m#.. 20 Sones, house, wm. . Ir S0€a, opinion, f. . 5 Sopv, spear, #. . . 19 Sovacia, slavery, fo. . 8 Sourcve, beaslave . . 19 Bovaos, slave, m. 6 Spakev, snake | . 9 Spay, deed, acting, 7. 3 Bpaw, do. . - . 18 Bpopos, racecourse, +. 5 Bpovos, dew, f. . . Io Bpvs, oak, f. . » 13 Suvapa, be able . - 25 Suvauts, strength, power, TS) buvatos, able, powerful . 18 uo, two 21 BuasfeAnctos,complicated 27 SucKwoos, hard of hear- ing... + . It Suopabns, stupid * + 27 SuoTreyia, dyspepsia, fi. 3 Sabexa, twelve . . . 23 Soobexaxis, twelve times, 23 Sa@Sexatos, twelfth - 23 Scapa, house, 2. + 26 Awpo8ea, Dorothea . 3 Bepov, gift, 2. 5 E fov,if. 2. 1.) 21 tap, spring, 9 éautov, himself . IL éaw, allow . 12° {B5ounkovta, seventy + 23 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK CHAP. éBSauos, seventh tyeipo, arouse éyxpuTttw, hide . tyw, I myself . é5pc, seat, temple ew, wish, be willing é6vos, nation, race, 7. Gos, custom,” . . dif. . 0 el yap, would that eiSevean,toknow . . . elSov (I) saw . elSos5, appearance, 7. eiSwAov, shape, image, n. elGe, would that elkeov, image, fi . du,lam. . . elu, I go elven, to be fy elvep,ifinfact . . . eloyo, prevent elpnvaios, peaceful els,into . . els, one elaafpew, gaze on zy eioPiagouat, force way in- To. 4 oo elobuve, enter nr clogepe, bring into elta, then . eiwéa, I am accustomed to o 9 2x, out of, from coe éxaotos, each Eo ékaotote, on each occa- sion. 3 ixatov, one hundred a &Bawe, goout . . . - 25 » 10 . 10 - 15 -17 - a - 18 - 19 12 » Il . 10 » Io . 26 . Io oO aD - 14 » 21 14 + 20 16 27 23 Ioéxe1, there . éxerfev, thence ékeivos, that one, other... éxeioe, thither ixkaauTTT®, reveal ikAetr@, hatch éxovtl, willingly . exreAc, do thoroughly - 26 ixtos, sixth “Extwp, Hector tAacowy, smaller tAouveo, drive fAayiotos, smallest . theeco, pity EheuGepos, free EAeubepow, set free thepas, elephant, wm. . éAKos, wound, #. . Axo, drag : “EAAas, Hellas, f. “EAAnv, Greek, a. Ems, hope, f- tuovtov, myself Ps épPorve, stepin . VOCABULARY CHAP. » 22 «24 the . It + 24 + 13 . 10 . 26 ae) . oI + 19 + 25 + 19 ez 9 9 9 . 15 » Io 3 9 » 9 + 24 22 tuBAeta, look carnestly at éuBpuovixos, embryonic . 5 éurriptrAnu, fill éutpocte, before, in front 15 éyos, my eupacts, emphasis, f év, in . . * . év,one,#. . s évaxis, nine times + 23 EvecroAeitre, leave behind in... éverros, ninth . 299 CHAP, éySeeoTepos, more in need of . . évSens, lacking 2 évbexa, eleven évBexernis, eleven times évSexatos, eleventh . évSotev, within . . . évSuouar, put on . évexa, for the sake of éve, Lam in dvevnxovta, ninety évepyeia, action, f. éveoti, it is possible . évéade, here év@ev, thence . _ = évOuunua, thought, 2 . éviautos, year, me évtauéa, then évteuSev, thence . évToAn, command, f.. évtos, within . Evtuyxaves, meet && six. % tEayo, lead, cary, out &Eaxts, six times . E€epxouai, come out . t€eot1, it is possible . &nxovta, sixty &€nxovtovTns, sixty years old . an: &€ns, in order c 9 9 #0505, a way out, f. &€ouoic, power, resources, &€w, outside . . 1 2€wobev, from without évawveo, praise . 4... étratvos, approval, m. - 26 ‘3 + 24 - 16 9 . 23 . 23 + 23 28 . 21 . 14 - 18 a2) 7 9 17 23 To 16 » 22 . 10 8 8 + 23 - 14 . 15 » 23 - 23 16 3 16 Ir + 28 20 . Ir300 Har. trraxove, listen, obey . 15 trayons, annoying, of- fensive. . . . . 20 étei, when, since. . . It étrerta, next, thereupon . 10 évevteives, going round, spread. . . 12 émt, on, against, towards 5 éimpPawo,goonto . . 22 impBadAw, castupon =. 17 émiBerfis, recital, fi. . . 11 tmi8upen, long for, covet 8 Emxoupew, help against . 16 EmiAauBevopat, catch holdof. . . - 2 émiaavOavouat, forget . 21 imipedcia, office, ministry foe ee ee 20 Emiousios, enough for the day. . . . . . 21 Erippew, flowover . . 22 éqtoKomros, Overseer, mM... 7 émotapai, understand . 16 émiotatns, keeper, mt. . 27 ématoAn, letter, f. . . 28 émitagaw, give orders to 16 émitagios, ON or over a tomb . . . . 5,20 EmitnSe105, necessary (supplies). . iy imitnSevpa, way of ‘life, n. , : . 12 emineny, ‘put upon, in- flict. 2... - 16 émipavns, conspicuous - 9 émipepw, taketo. 2. . 28 EmipSovos, odious =... 20 émpopew, putupon . . 17 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK CHAP. émxaptos, rejoiced over 20 Erouat, follow . . . 14 twos, word,n, . . . 10 émta,seven .. + 23 émToxis, seven times. + 23 Ewa, supervise . . 20 paw, love . . . . 20 épyagouor, work. . 8 tpyoAapos, contractor, mM. . . . . . » 12 Epyov, work,#. 2. . . 5 Epeco, future ofAsyoo. . 16 tpnuie, desert, fi... 18 tpnuos, deserted, unat- tended. . . . . 2 épis, Strife, fi. . 1. 1 og “Epuns, Hermes. . . 15 ipmw,creep . . . . 26 épxoua, come, go... 25 tpws,love,m. 2. 2 . 9 épwtaw,ask . 2... 12 tofie, eat . » . 10 éo8Aos, noble, good - . 16 égottpov, mirror, . 28 tomepa, evening, fo . . 7 toni, (he, she, it)is . 6, 22 toyotos, last. . . . 6 étaipos, companion, m.. 8 étepos, theother. . . 7 froises, ready =... 26 étos, year,m.. . . . 10 euwell . 2. 7 eayyeniKos, giving good news. 5 woyyehiov, gospel, Me. 22 evyevns, noble . . . 18 evdcapovess, behappy . 24 evéaipovic, happiness, f. 7VOCABULARY jor CHAP, evScapov, fortunate, happy . evdoxipew, have good re- putation eveATis, cheerful . atmvevos, serene . ebdeia, line, f. euus, immediately EvxacSns, Euclid . . euvous, kindly . . . Evpimins, Euripides . eUpioke, find . « EvpuSixn, Eurydice . euTuyew, be lucky, suc- ceed sbTuxns, lucky euppaivopuat, enjoy avyopal, pray, wish for . elooyew, give a feast . épnuepos, short-lived éginut, command . Egiotn, set up, ap- point . se 8 2y8pos, hostile 4yo, have ‘ #wos,of Dawn . . os, while, until . Z yao, live . gevyvunn, yoke together, join ‘ Zeuvs,Zeus wl. gnot, live! (imperative) ‘ 3nres, rivalry. jealousy, m., gnhow, | envy . 18 . 16 - 18 » It + 20 + 12 2r 18 19 + 25 - 15 . 18 . 18 - 16 28 cHaP. gndkwrns, tival mm . . 8 gnAwtos, enviable . . 22 Znvov, Zeno. . «+ 23 quwypew, takealive . . 12 zon, life, f. . . - 3 2@UOS, Soup, sauce, m. . 12 gavn, girdle, f. . . 3 zmov, living being, ani- mal,w.. . 1. 1 eS qmwos, living . . . . 10 H t,either,or . . . 12,19 4, feminine article . . 4 t,where. . . 0. . 24 tBow, be young. . . 10 tyenov, leader, mm. . . 10 tyyeouon, consider, lead . 20 fe, this (fem.) . . . 6 76n, already . . rt HSouc, enjoy oneself - 15 fSovn, delight, f. . . 18 fSus,sweet .. 18 #805, accustomed place, habit . . 1. . . 3 tkiota, least. 2... mg f\kw,havecome . . . 12 AA10$, sun, 7. 5 oe o @ Hees, we. kk OS tyuepa, day, fi... Intro. TyMetepos, our. =... 2g tutov, half,7z. 2... Ig f,was . - 5 Ateipos, mainland, f. -u fpivos, in the spring - at Tpwov, hero’s feast, m. . 20 Tpws,hero,m. . . . 3oz qoav, they were . “HatoSo0s, Hesiod faccwv, weaker, less . tix, echo, f. . twos, dawn, 9 @adacoa,sea,f. . . Baracoios, of the sea SarAw, flourish @aAdtros, warmth, #. . Saveatos, death, 2. Gavev, having died Bate, bury . fapoew, be of cheer . » « + Baupaze, wonder Geayevns, Theagenes Sexopcn, view, behold BeAnua, will, 2. . GeAw, wish, be willing feos, god, m. or f. Sepatroov, Servant, mm. Sepiges, reap, harvest Seppos, hot Geots, placing, f. . Gewv, Theon . Bewpew, be a spectator . 8nkn, tomb, box . 8np, wild beast, 22. OneeuTns, hunter, m. Oncaupos, treasure, m. Gvnoxe, die 6vntes, mortal Opr€, hair, f. Gpovos, Seat, mt. . Suyetnp, daughter, f. 3 good. > EB + 20 . 27 . 2 6 19 - 19 3 12 16 24 - 28 16 . Io + 25 . 18 . 13 8 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK CHAP, CHAP. Gupa, door, f.. . 7 Boopaé, breastplate, m i. 3 I iaopen, heat 16 *‘lacos,Iasus. «lk IL tatpeus, heal 15 latpos, doctor,m. . . 5 Pts, ibis, ff? . 3 {Sec, form, f.. . 3 lSiq, privately + 16 iStos, private . IL jepeus, priest, m. . 13 lepos, sacred . » 5 inu,letgo . . . 17 *Incous, Jesus. le I -ikveoyon, arrive . 25 ipatiov, cloak, 7. ~ «Iz iuepos, yearning, m7. . 10 iva, in order that 8 jov, violet, 1. . . 6 ‘lopSavos, R. Jordan 22 *lovicuos, Jew » 22 inrtrevs, horseman, m. =. 13 intros, horse, #2. 5 5 Ipis, rainbow, f. . . . 3 loos, equal rr? IoooxeAns, with caval sides - 3 fotnu, set up, stand. 16 fotopia, learning by in- quiry er) 7 loyupes, strong . . 16 Ioyve, bestrong. . . 19 {teov, one must go . 26 iy8us, fish, m. I "leovvns, John 22VOCABULARY CRAP, K xaBapize, cleanse . . 8 xabapicpos, cleansing, m. 22 xaflapos, clean, spotless. 5 KabeSpa, seat, fi. . . 7 KoOnpaisit . 2... 17 kaGiornm, appoint 16 kaGoos, according as . 16 kor, and,also,even . . 5 Kalvos, new rele Kalpos, occasion, m.. . 24 Kone, burn - . 14 kaxos,bad 2. ww 4 KaKoos, badly . 14 KaAcoo, call 16 KoAAixpoteia, Callicratea KQAAIoTOS, most beauti- 23 ful 19 KaAAIwv, more , beautiful 19 KaAAos, beauty, 7. - Io KaAos, beautiful. . . 5 Kadyas, Calchas . - 14 Kapveo, labour, be weary 25 Kave, Cana 22 xaveov, bar, rod, ruler, 2. 3 Katrepyooup, Capernaum 22 xapSia, heart,fi. . 6 7 xaptros, fruit, m. .- . 6 Kaptepos, strong . . Io KacavSpos, Cassander . 12 kato, according to, down 37,8 kataBoives, come down . 15 KoTaPorAw, cast down, drop 12 KOTOyOPEUW, denounce +. 27 Kataduveo, sink 17 c KaTabvnoke, die . KaTakopws, immoder- ately , KaToAeitreo, leave behind KaToTaUe, assuage . katotive, swallow . . KatatmiTTo, fall down katTaotpepopar, subdue . kKaTactpopn, catastrophe, KaTacupe, sweep down . katexa, hold, possess KaTopfocw, succeed Kate, below, downwards Ketpat, lie down keipevov, lying KeAeven, Command kevos, empty . kepaueus, potter, m. . Kepavvunl, mix. KepBepos, Cerberus, m. xepdos, profit, gain, n, xepoAn, head, f. . . . knos, garden, m. Kn pUTTe, proclaim «iGapizeo, play the lyre xiGapeSos, singer, mm. evar s, adventurer, m. ' Kivew, Move Kivyba, something mov- ing, ». 6 2 0 0 xivqjots, motion, fi... KAciw, weep. . «eos, glory, fame, ». xAeTTINs, thief, m. kAeTTTo, steal - KAtuag, ladder, fi. . 303 HAP, + 26304 cHar. KAivn, bed, couch, f.. . 7 KAivikos, todo with beds 7 KAiveo, bend, incline. . 25 KoIves, common . . » 21 xoAage, punish, check . 16 Kopize, bring, carry. . I1 xopn, girl fi. . . - 4 Kopiv6os, Corinth, fi. . 9 Kopugn, apex, vertex, f. . 21 KOoUNTIKOS, Cosmetic . 5 Koopos, order, world, m. 3 Kpatew, rule, conquer 5 Kpatnp, mixing bowl,m. 3 Kpatiotos, strongest, best 19 Kpatos, power, strength, nh . . . . . » 10 Kpatuve, make strong . 16 Kpexs, meat, 7. . IL Kpeicocov, stronger, better 19 Kpnvn, spring, fountain,/. 26 kon, barley, f. . - 27 kptveo, distinguish, judge 25 Kptots, separating, event, hoo o cs 6 c 3 KpIthpiov,standard, 2. 3 Kpits, judge, m. o o KpitiKos, able to discern. 7 KpoKxobeihos, crocodile, m. 10 8 Kpouvos, Spring, mw... xpuTtos, hidden. . . 5 KpuTTT@, conceal. . . 12 xtaopar, get for oneself . 14 -ktewoo, kill 2... 25 KTNVvoS, property,m.. . 8 xuBepvnots, steering, f. . 18 kuBepyntns, ain Mo. ET xuSos, glory,4. . . . TEACH YOURSELF GREEK KUKAOS, circle, 2. - 2 § KuxAwy, Cyclops . . 3 Kua, wave of the sea, 7. 10 Kunpis, Cyprian = Venus, S. mee le eG kvpios, with authority . 8 Kuo, dog, m. & ff. . . HI KooSev, bell, wz. . 2. I kwAov, limb,w, 2... 3 KwAUw, prevent . . . I7 koopa, deep trance, n, 3 kon, village, f.. . 7 Kepos, revel, #2. 7 kKwp@bdia, comedy, f.. 7 A Aayxaveo, get (by lot) . 25 Aciwnpos, swift . . . 16 AakeScinovios, Spartan . 16 AaKtize, kick, trample on 11 AqAew, talk 2... 1 IG AapBaveo, take . . . 8 AauTras, torch, f. - »« Aaptre, shine ~ 2 « & Aavéaves, elude, _ escape notice . «4 25 Aapuy€, larynx, m. 3 Aatpeuw, serve . . . 8 Acyo, say . : 4 Agtuoov, meadow, 1 m. . 9 Acitto, leave... es 24 Aeoxn, conversation, f. . 24 Aeuxos, write. - » 5 Aeucow, look, gaze at - 4 Aeyos, bed, ». . . . IO Acc, lion, m. oe e gD An6n, oblivion, f. - - 3VOCABULARY car. Anzovei, plunder Anna, Spirit, courage, 1.. Anatns, robber, m. a Anyone, fut. of AauBaves Alav, very, exceedingly . Ai€ivos, made of stone Aifos, stone, mm. ne] Aipnv, harbour, m. 2. Aiyos, hunger, m. Aisooua, pray, beg . Aoyios, Skilled in words . Aoyotrona, tale-making f. Aoyoro1os, tale-teller m. hoyos, word, speech, story,m . . . Aotyos, plague, #. Aoiros, remaining Aovw, wash . . . Aoyayos, captain, mt. Auy€, lynx, m. & f. AuKos, wolf, a. Auxoupyos, Lycurgus Avukav, Lycon Avopal,ranmsom ., .. Autn, pain, f. 2... Avpa,lyre,fiw wk Avos, Setting free, f. . AvorteAet, it profits .. Avtpov, ransom, ”. . . Avw, loose . . . M Hate, learning, . . LadrT7¢s, learner, disciple, Meo we ke pPoivopar, be mad . Hakapioyos, blessing, m. - 14 ae . 16 - 16 y 22. - 14 16 7 15 13 + 22 & 9 - 16 - 14 27 12 12 28 17 14 13 20 14 » IO 22 - 26 18 305 cnar, pakpos, long . 5 padiota, most, especially 13 LaAAov, more, rather G7 paviaves, learn . 16 bavia, madness,f. . . 7 Havtevoat, prophesy . 14 Havtis, seer, prophet . 14 bapyapitns, pearl,m. . 7 MapSovios, Mardonios . 28 Laptupe, witness . 22 haptupic, testimony, f.. 3 baptus, witness, mw. & ff. 3 pbaotryopopos, whip- bearer, mz. . . . 16 haotiyow, whip . . 16 Lataios, foolish 8 batny,invain . . . Iq voy, battle, f. . 12 bayopua, fight 8 beyas,great . . . . 6 Heylotos, greatest . . I9 uehiotnm, shift, move . 21 uebodos, following afterf. 5 HEIYVULI, MIX. . 2. . 17 perSiaco, smile . 12 petgav, bigger . 19 pedas, black . . 8 peAsi, it concerns » » 16 peAetae, practise - 27 weAeTH, care, attention f. 7 Hedioca, bee, honey, f. Il MeAitonos, of Malta. . II pedAw, intend, delay, . 12 peAos, limb, ». + 10,15 BEeLVnLa, remember. . 21 beuTTos, contemptible . 20 vengonoar, blame. . . 14 ev, on the one hand. 9306 cHar, Lev oly, now, indeed .19 Hevos, strength,” . . 10 wevtol, however. . . 16 Heveo, wait. 5 q vepis, share, portion, fh. 20 Bepos, part, share, ”. . 10 pecos, middle eee) weotos, full . . . . Io peta, with, after. . 14,15 petaBoArAw, change . . 12 HetaBoAn, change, f. . 16 betauenet, it repents (me) 26 HeTaty, between. . 18 eteoT1, there is a share for. 2. . 2 + + 26 petexoo, Share =... 15 wetewpos, in mid-air. . § WeTpelv,Measure. . . 7 HETpNTNS, Measure, m, . 22 HeTpov, Measure, #. . . 10 un, no,not . . . . I4 bnAov, apple, #. . .) . 23 Bnv, month,m. . . . 10 Mnvis,anger,f. . . . 14 untnp, mother,f. . . 3 Mntioxos, Metiochos . 20 LntpotroArs, mother-city, untpuia, stepmother, f. . 24 unxavn, instrument, way, f. Cn, Bia, one, BF . 23 piacpa, stain, pollution, piyvunl, mix... 1 17 uikpos,small. 2. 1. 5 bikpotepos, smaller . . 19 pina, imitation, ». . 26 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK cHAP. pipvneKe, recall, remind 22 hioavépwrros, hating mankind . . . . 5 wicew, hate 2. . 2. 8 pioGos, pay, reward, m. . 17 pic8@tos, hired man, mm. 16 pioos,hate,z . . . 10 uvnun, memory, f. . . 22 pvjodnt, remember . 8 pvnois, memory, fi. . 13 po, toorforme. . . 6 voryeucs, commit mnaeey, 8 poves, alone . . - 5 popos, death, fate, mz, . 24 vouoa, muse, fi . . . 7 pouoikn, music, f. . . 16 pia, fly,fi . . 2. wuAoov, mill,m. .. Ir puplakis, ten thousand times . . - 23 Lupio1, ten thousand. - 13 bupov, sweet oil, myrtle, Hn. . . . . . » IT Luotnplov, secret rite, #. 11 WuotiKos, secret. 2. 5 HUXOS, Corner, , » « 16 Hwpos, fool,w. . . . 26 N vaveyos, Shipwrecked man,m . + 24 VUPEX Ie, sea-battle, fi. 12 vaus,ship,fi. . . . 13 vouTns, sailor, #1. no W vautikos, ofaship . . 7 veawias, young man, 7m... 7 vexpos, COrpse, wm. =. . 15vekTap, nectar, # VOCABULARY 307 CHAP. a VELECIS, just indignation f, 3 vepo, allot, distribute veoyvos, new-born veos, young, new vnoos, island, f. vnpw, be sober vikaos, conquer vixn, victory, f. Nixtas, Nicias vopigzes, think . vouos, law, m. voonpa, disease, 7. vooos, sickness, f. + 25 . IL 3 5 « 21 . I2 voooize, separate from . vous, mind, m. vuxTop, by night vupon, bride, f. vuy,now . . vuv 5, but as it is vu§, night, f. . veotov, back, chine, 7 Eewvo y stranger, fevos Jf and guest EepEns, Xerxes oO 6, the,m.. . SySonkovTa, eighty . Sy5oo05, eighth é5c, this one, #7. . d505, way, fi. - 66ous, tooth, mz. . é6ev, whence . host 21 21 + 23 + 23 » 10 » 20 caraP. ol, who (rel, pron, m. Bh) 24 oléa,[ know. . IL olxeco, dwell, livein . . 18 olkos, house, m. . . 5 olkouyevn, inhabited . 18 oluczo, lament, regret . 20 olvos, wine,m. . 3. 9 . OT oloua, think. . . . 25 olos,suchas . . . . 12 otos 7’ elu, lamable . 12 ois, sheep, m. & fe. . 13 olyopol, be gone... SIL éxvec, hesitate, shrink . 26 Okrakis, eight times. . 23 Okt, eight 2. 2... 23 dAryiotos, least . . . 9 éAtyos, small, little . . 16 oAiobave, slip . . . 17 OAAU, destroy, lose . 24 6Aos, whole . . . . 5 Sdopupenat, beware. . 14 "OduuTikos, Olympic . 5 éyiMic, converse, f. . . 18 Ouua,eye,w 2 2 1 wg opvupl, swear EE?) éuotos, like . . 1. OS épormopa,image,m. . . 8 pores, in like manner . 18 dpokoyew, confess, agree 26 dyes, nevertheless 2 . 14 éveipos, dream, #. . . 26 ovnygis, profit, fi. . . 8 évopa, name, . . . Io évos,ass,m. & fo . . IT évug, claw, nail,m. . . 3 é€us,sharp . . . . 10 én, where . 2... 24 émicGe, behind . . . 15308 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK cHaP, émow, after, behind OomAith5, hoplite, m. . StrAcv, tool, arms (pl.) 7. otrofev, whence étro1, whither étro10s, of what sort . étrogos, as great (many) MM 6 co 9 o © a étmote, whenever. . « étrotepos, which of two . étou, where. . . .« émws,how . . . « Opaw, see. . 6 ee épyn, anger,fi . . épyizoyai, grow angry . "Optica, Orthia 2. Ce 6p0os, straight . . . épize, define. . . . dpizeov, defining, horizon dpxos, oath, a. dépuce, start towards épuize, anchor . . dpvis, bird, m. & f. épos, mountain, m. . *Opoeus, Orpheus épynotpa, orchestra, f. . és, who, which écakis, how often . éc05, how great . éot15, whoever, who éte, when . 6m, that, because ov, ouK,mot . . ov, where . ovbe, not even, neither . ovSe1s, no one, no owSetrote, never. . . ovKeTt, no longer . » It » 24 . 24 + 22 17 5 + 24 + 24 - 24 24 24 24 24 14 Ir 7 14 16 5 Ir 3 5 17 9 . Io - 15 3 5 8 + 24 + 24 5 6 20 . Io 14 - 14 otmote, never, ovpg, tail, f. 9 CHAP, oupavic 5, of heaven, sky ovipavos, heaven, m ous, ear, 7. ore, neither, eral not ovtos, this ' ottws, thus,so . . Spethetns, debtor, m. SpetAnua, debt, 7. ogetkw, owe . . . opis, serpent, m. . Spbaanuos, eye, m. Sphoxave, incur a charge of . 9 6x6n, hill, bank, f 9 oyts, face, f. « 21 éyov, non-cereal food, fish, 7. éworreAta, fish- market uf Tl TayKpatioy, pancratium, n . . . . weonpa, suffering, » mraGos, suffering, 7. . Tasaywyos, slave, tutor m. TroSeic, education, f TraiSeveo, educate, rear tmroudiokn, maiden, f. TraiSovoyos, supervisor, m. 20 . 10 16 - 16 Traize, play with, mock . trois, boy, son, slave, m. Toi, strike TraxAaios, agedVOCABULARY cHaP. Takciotpa, gymnasium, adv, back again Tlav, Pan . : Tlavé1ev, Pandion travénp, panther, m. TravettAia, full armour, f. Travtoios, of all sorts Tovy, very, exceedingly . Tapa, beside, with, to, from Trapapanaro, throw be- side, compare . trapaBoados, difficult . Tapaytyvopct, come from Tepakokew, summon. Tapaxovw, hear on the side. Tapaokevazopat, prepare Tepe, be present . Tapeoti, it is possible Tapeyo, provide, offer trapevos, maiden, f.. TlapGevev, Parthenon tapoikeo, dwell near was,every,all .. Tracy, suffer, be treated Tratacow, strike. . tatnp, father, m. . Tatpts, country, f. Tratpwos, paternal Travoyai, stop (intr.) trayus, thick . Tregovayia, infantry- battle, f. treiWopai, obey Trei6eo, persuade . qreipaopat, try, test . - 16 meer . 28 . 28 12 . Ir - 27 12 22 » 12 » 21 La 309 CHAP. Teipacuos, temptation, Tedexus, two-edged axe . TeAcYyos, sea, #. . tTeptrtos, fifth Tepe, send, escort , Tevns, poor man, m. . TrevOew, mourn trevOos, grief, n, Trevia, poverty, f. TevTakis, five times . trevTe, five TevtTnKovTa, fifty TrevTnKooTos, fiftieth Trepav, ACTOSS . Trepaco, Cross . Tepi, round, about arepiPAetron, look round . TlepixaAns, Pericles Trepiodos, sequence, f, Tepitrates, walk around Trepiotaais, crowd, f. + 21 13 - 13 » 12 - 15 - 18 . 22 . 15 - 13 + 23 - 23 - 23 23 » 22 - 17 7 = . 20 20 15 » 12 Tepixopeves, dance around 18 tetopan, fly wetpa,rock,f. . . my, which way mAos, mud, #. . TinveAotrn, Penelope . Tego, press, pinch . TiOnKos, ape, mm... miGos, cask, jar, 7. . -TipTAnut fill . . ThvSapos, Pindar . tmve, drink Timpackopat, be sold mite, fall mioteveo, believe, trust . mots, trust, f. . . 16 . 10 + 24 7 7 . 24 9 3 25 + 19 8 . 25 + 25 12 . 13310 CHAP, TAavaw, mislead, wander . mAavn, etror, f. TAotTe, mould, invent . qTaAeiotos, most TaAeiov, larger TA, Sail rs TAnyn, blow, lash, fh TAnGe, be full TAn§os, number, 7. TAny, except . TAnpens, full . TAN SIov, near TAncpovn, fullness, f. wAoiov, boat, 7. 5 TAOUS, VOyage, m. 4s WAovoios, rich . . aTAouTecs, be rich TAouTOS, wealth, mt. TlAcutav, Pluto . arvevpe, wind, spirit, n. . arveuLovia, pneumonia, f. atvew, breathe Trvon, wind, f. qro8ev, whence qroGos, desire, m . tot, whither . Trois, do, make . Trointns, poet, m7. Tony, shepherd, m. troiuvn, flock, f. Troios, what sort of troxn, wool, /. troAeuios, hostile, enemy TOAELOS, War, m.. toMts, city,fi . TroArteia, citizenship, f, qwoAitns, citizen, m. . (mid) + 28 19 1G . Ir . 19 - 24 16 . 13 10 . 18 - 16 Io TEACH YOURSELF GREEK CHAP. TroAitiKos, political, ere garious . ToAAaKis, Often . . troAv, much, far. . . TloAvotrepyav, Polysper- chon... o joAus, much, many . Tout, escort, proces- sion,f.. . Tovnpos, wicked TWovToTopew, pass over sea. . TTOVTOS, sea, m7. TOpEVOual, go, march tropife, supply . TlogeiScav, Poseidon, m. . trooos, how much, great ToTapos, tiver, m. qtote, when, once , totepos, which of two . qrou, where, somewhere , tous, foot, m. Tpaypo, affair,n. . . tpagis,deed,f. . . . TeatTte, do er Teetre!, it beseems tpecBus, old man, m. trew, before, formerly mpopata, sheep, x. pl. tpoBcoxts, trunk, f.. . tpotiSacka, teach be- forehand tpos, to, in addition ‘0. mpocetifonar, accustom oneself . Trpocepyouat, approach. . TIPOGEVXOLAl, pray to Tpoonkel, it is fitting . 6 12 5VOCABULARY omar, TpOoHAVTHS, newcomer mi... . 8 teootey, before . Ir Tpockuves, prostrate oneself . . 8 Tpootraize, play with . 11 Tpootionu, putto . . 16 Tpootpexes, run to . 12 Tpoopepouat, find . . 20 Tpocotrov, face, nm. . 4 Tpotepos, earlier =. 19 Tpotiént, put before . 20 TTPOTPEX ca, outrun . Ir Tpoontns, prophet, m. . 7 Tpwrtos, first. . . 6 mrepué, wing, ff... 9 mTuypun, boxing,f. . . 20 Tufev, python, 7. 3 TVAov, gate, om. 10 TruvOavopal, enquire, learn + 22 Tp, fire, 1. ~ . . G ttupa, funeral pyre, f. . 14 TrewAcco, sell . 25 tas, how, somehow. . 12 P fabioupyew, take it easy 16 Ogbios, easy . . . . 9 bobies, easily . . . 10 faotos, mosteasy . . 19 baev, more easy . - 19 feupa, river, . . . 10 bnyvun, break + 25 fnua, command, word . 21 pnrecs, must be spoken . 26 Pntopikn, rhetoric, f. I 311 CHAP. frtwp, public speaker, m. 9 fitto, hurl . . . . ro foSov,rose,m, kk puopat, deliver 2 . . 21 “Poun, Rome s « «= 2 fPovvunl, strengthen. . 28 = caBBatov, Sabbath,#. . 8 cap€, flesh, f. s 2 « Q cagpnvige, explain ., . 16 cans, dear, distinct . 16 geautov, thyself (acc.) . 8 Zepyy, Siren. sw. 3 ceAnvy,moon,f.. . . 8 sehivoy, parsley, 2. . . 6 onua, mark, . . 19 OT|MEIOV, point, sign, n. 12,21 Onuspov, today . . . aI oGevos, strength, 7. . 10 oryn, Silence,fi . . . 7 Zivemeus, of Sinope. . 24 oitos, wheat, mm... 0. 5 ciataw, besilent . . 19 oxaios, left 2... . 16 oxedSavvunl, Scatter. . 13 oxeActov, skeleton,2, . 3 oxchos,leg,m. «1. 3 oxevos, vessel, tool, 2. Io oxnvn, tent,fA . ww 8B oxnmtpoy, staff, 2. 5 oxia, shadow, fo... 7 oxitroy, staff, m.. . 23 oxiptac, spring, leap . 11 oxoTrew, inspect, con- sider + 25 OKOTOS, darkness, ™. - 16312 CHAP. oxvOperes, scowling . 14 cos, thy, thine » 15 sogia, wisdom, f. 6 copos, wise, clever 6 ZopoxAns, Sophocles . 19 OTEIpe, SAW . + 24 omrevd00, pour a libation . 25 omepyar, seed, n. . to omAny, spleen, m. . . 3 onodia, heap of ashes, jf. 24 otrouSatos, earnest 19 orouSazo, bein a hurry 22 otacis, posture, revolt . 27 -oTeAAw, send forth. . 25 Trepavos, Stephen 5 otepavos, gatland, m. . 20 otiypa, mark, prick,#.. 3 otoa, porch, f. 12 otoryeiov, element, ». 2r oToAn, dress, robe, f. 3 otopa, mouth, 2. 10 otpatnyew, be a general 20 otparnyos, general, m.. 5 otpatiotns, soldier, m.. 7 otpepe, twist, turn . 25 ov, thou, you 8 ovyyevns, inborn, kin 18 ovyroTmn, cutting short, f, 3 oupgepo,, agree with, suit 24 ouppiAew, join in loving . 26 oupoopa, event, f. . 16 oupgesvecs, be in harmony 12 oupgevia, harmony, f. . 18 ouvayo, being together . 24 ouvemi, be with . . . 17 ovvex$, join in hating . 26 ouvécais, composition, f. 12 ovvinnt, understand. . 16 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK CHAP. ouvoyis, synopsis, f. . ouvTiénui, put together . ovpty€, pipe, fi. . GUPpETOS, Sweepings, #2. ouyediov, bench, n. . opaipa, ball, globe, f. opadAonan, fail ogadhAw, trip up, cheat opens, themselves . opotpa, very, ingly . . oyXeTAIos, rash, stubborn, eynuc, form, 2 SXOAcoTIKOS, man,m. . . gwz0, Save, keep Zexpatns, Socrates . sepa, body, » swppoveo, be discreet cw@ppoouvn, moderation, exceed- learned cwppav, moderate . T tahaitwpes,hard . , taAkavrov, talent, 2. . takas, subir oe | wretch- edd... 9 tains, steward, mt. . Tovtodos, Tantalus . tagis, rank, line, f. . . Tapacow, disturb Tapoeus, of Tarsus taupos, bull, mt... touTy, in this way tapos, tomb, burial, m. . TeXloTa, soonest soe . 10, - 18 + 24 16 20 - 23 - 20 . 25 + 23 15 14 26 - 22 . 13 . 13 . 10 . 16 I2 - 17 - 18 : 7 . 28 13 15 + 23 16VOCABULARY 313 CHAP, Tayus, swift . . 18 te, and, both . ~ 15 Teyyo, melt, soften. . 15 terxos, wall, », . 10 texvov, child, n. 8 Tedeios, complete 7 TeAew, complete, pay . 25 tedos, end, n., at last 6, 14 ‘TEWVOD, Cut - 15 Teos, Yours=cos. - 24 Tepua,end, 2. =. . 10 tepyis, gladness, f. - 13 tTetaptos, fourth . 8 tetpaxis, fourtimes. . 23 TeTpaxioyiAio1, four thou- sand os + « 1F TeTpaTraAat, long, tong ago . + 24 TETTAPAKOVTE, forty . + 23 TeTTapes, four + 23 teTT1€, cicada, m. 12 texvn, skill, art, f. 7 tews, for a while . Ir tn Se, here . 21 wnAe-, faroff . . 7 THAEpovn, Voice from far, . 3 THAapeona, telephone, eT Ti8e15, placing . 18 TONE, put . . 16 TikTw, beget, bear . . 10 Tipac, honour . 8 Tivwpeopaa, punish . 16 tivo, pay, requite + 25 Ts, Someone, anyone . 24 tis; who? . - 24 TITpwoKw, wound » 15 Tunders, Cut, severed 7 15 omar. to, neut. article, the . 6 tobe, this, . . . 6 Tor, mark you, indeed. - 16 tToryapouv, therefore . 14 voiooSe, of sucha kind . 24 toiovtos, ofsuchakind. 11 toryos, wall, m. . . . 23 ToAUNTHS, daring man . 22 tomikos, local ns ToTros, place, m.. 1. 5 Tocoos:,sogreat . . 24 TosouTos, so great . . 17 tote,then . . - 24 tpxywédia, tragedy, f. o vpes,three . . . . 22 Tperow, turn... 25 Tpepw, nourish, rear. . 24 TREX, Tun . . . . 25 Tpiaxovta, thirty . 23 tpiaKocio1, three hundred 23 Tpinpns, galley, f. . . 13 tps, thrice . . . 23 tpitos, third. 2... 8 Tponepos, trembling. . 23 Tpoos, way,m.. . . 5 TpoxtAos, sandpiper, m.. 10 tuyyave, happen, hit . 25 tutto, strike 0 290A Tupavvos, tyrant, m. . 5 Tupos, cheese, m2, - . 16 Tupaos, blind - . . IO tuyn, fortune, fi. . . 20 Y WBprs, pride, violence, fi. 3 UBpiotos, insolent . . I Uyiaive, be in good health 23314 TEACH CHAP, uyteia, health, f. . *Y6pa, Hydra, f. . U8pia, water-pot, f. Sep, water, 2. Uel,itrains . ulos, son, m1. WAaktew, bark UAn, wood, f. . Upers, you, pi. tuetepos, your Guveoo, sing of Uuvos, song, m2. Uiaye, move, go one’s way. Umapxer, it belongs to Urrerxes, yield , urrep, on behalf of Urrepex@, protrude above Uirnpeteco, serve . Umicyveouai, promise ttrvos, sleep, m7. Uo, by . 1... 5 . 16 OrroSnuc, sandal, 2. . urreguyiov, beast of bur- den, 2. z Unrobeais, foundation, principle, f. Uroxpitns, interpreter, actor, . . GrrokapBaves, undertake Urovootew, sink to . us, pig, m. & f. totatos, last torepo s, latter upaipeco, take away sec- retly Spaptrages, snatch away. vo,raim . . . - 22 - 26 - 15 -17 + 24 + 24 + 22 7 3 3 8 5 . a . 26 . 26 9 17 . 16 . 14 5 15 Ii » 20 » 19 19 27 15 » Il YOURSELF GREEK CHAP. o gaeivos, bright - 13 paivoAts, light-bringing . 13 ~aivoyai, appear. . . 25 pave, show . - 14 paday€, phalanx, f. 3 gavtacia, display, f. 3 aos, light, 2. . Ir Pappakoy, drug, ” - 5 pauaros, base, mean. . 18 geyyos, light, #. . . Ir epoca, win . - 14 gepa, bear 6 geu, alas! . . »- 3 geuyo, flee, be exiled + Io gnun, speech, f. . 16 nut, say. . - 14 piave, anticipate . 25 p8eipw, destroy, corrupt. 18 gdiois, decay, f. - 3 poovepos, jealous . . 24 giaia, love, friendship, f. 7 pidtos, friendly 7 plats, ina kindly way . 14 qiAopoucic, love of the Muses . I @prAovelkos, contentions . 20 @iAoTroAs, patriotic. . 18 giaos, dear, loved . 6 gtAccogia, philosophy, fi 1 giAoTtipes, ambitious . 20 pacy, vein, fo. 2 6 2 9 prog, flame,f. . . . 9 poPeopa, fear - 28 goBos, fear,m. . » 5 ®o1Bn, Phoebe = Diana . 3 poiwrg, purple-red, m. 3VOCABULARY CHAP, goveus, murderer, mm. gpoveuos, kill povos, murder, mi. popew, bear constantly . pny, heart, f.. ppoveo, be minded, think Ppovipos, wise . povtis, thought, care f.. Mpvé, Phrygian . gun, nature, f. guaakn, is guard, f. , ae Quadé, guard . 0 ‘ guAaocoual, be on one’s guard : guAccon, watch. . gucaw, blow out puois, nature, f. . puw, beget, 2. geovn, voice, f. gos, light, 7. pwopopos, bringing light x xaipw, rejoice, bid fare- well yaos, chaos, 7. Xapaxtnp, mark, charac- ter, m1. . yoprers, pleasing . yapis, thanks, delight, f Xeaprs, (pl.) Graces YaoKe, gape . yaoua, chasm, x. yelros, lip, x nr yetnoov, winter, storm, m1. yeip, hand, f. . 17 . 13 8 - 26 28 to 26 19 19 - 28 23 . 26 9 4 8 17 10 16 3 16 16 » 2I 9 . 23 . 10 . 10 . 10 Io 315 cHar. XEIpIOTOS, worst . 19 XEIPoov, worse . 19 xeArSaav, swallow, f. . 23 xSoov, earth, f. 10 x!Aio1, thousands, 20 XIToov, tunic, m. . 10 Xlov, snow, f. . 10 yAevacpos, scorn, m. 20 XAon, Chloe 3 yorepa, cholera, f. 3 yopeues, dance » . 8 yopos,dance,m.. 2 1 3 Kpaopar, use . » + 17 ypeoxotew, defraud. . 27 xpn, itis necessary . 26 xprue, thing, matter, ”.. 9 xenicuos, oracle, m. . 19 yenotos, useful . 7 Xpiotos, Christ . - ot ypovixes, concerned with time . 5 xpovos, time, m. . 5 xpuvaos, gold, m.. 5 ypucous, golden . . 1 ypoua, colour, 2. 10 ypws, skin, 2. 16 ywpa, place, Sace’ f 7 Xwpew, go, make room fot 0 22 Xwpizo, separate 15 " yeyw, blame . 16 wevdns, false . 8 wevSouaptupew, be false witness. . . 8 wevdos, falsehood, n. 10316 cHar. witos, bare . . . 4 6 wooen, ring,sound . . 11 wooos, sound, m1. oa wuxn, spirit, breath. . 3 wuxotroptres, escort of ghosts... . . 15 wuxos,cold,2, . . . 16 i) ®, Ol (interjection) . . 4 ode, thus. . - 14 @6n, song, strain, fi. . + 7 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK @teo, push . *GhSerov, Odeon . kus, swift *@usye, Omega . @por, Ah me! . ov, being (participle) @veoua, boy. . @ov, e883," 2 . . pa, season, hour, f.. @s, as, when . oorep, just as @ore,sothat,as. . @perew, help, benefit CHAP. + 25 16 + 15 +13 - 12 25 - It 26KEYS KEY TO EXERCISES, CHAPTER | Tue word seen by the rustic was Theseus, the title of the play, written probably with an ancient form of the Theta, not very different from the later form. Note the C form of the sigma: @HCEYC Eat a bit o’ pie! CHAPTER Ill Exercise 1. Key to Greek Words Hector cinema diagnosis crisis character Daphne drama analysis catastrophe Nemesis metropolis climax genesis ambrosia scene Criterion Daphne psyche anathema acme ambrosia coma dyspepsia aphasia pathos nectar thorax zone nectar orchestra Hector asbestos stigma idea phew phew nectar echo Exercise 2. Key to Greek Words colon dogma stole syncope Chloe miasma ethos pneumonia delta Lethe antithesis hubris asthma kudos Cyclops bathos cosmos phthisis Hellas Phenix phalanx onyx chaos Penelope S(e)iren ibis hypothesis apotheosis Dorothea Acropolis emphasis canon diploma Zoe automaton thermos phantasia Agatha Exercise 3 Early one morning, taking her atlas, Daphne wandered down to the basis of the crater to write the synopsis of her thesis on the hydra of the Parthenon, The tris and anemone and aster were in bloom, and she thought of all the heroes who had trod this zone before. With this tdea in her “mous,” over the water came a chorus as if from the martyrs. Suddenly to her great dilemma near the horizon what should she see but a python, a panther, a 317318 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK dynx and a bison making their exodus from [ades. In herscreams she burst her larynx and was taken with acute paralysis of the spleen, Hearing her cries, Phebe hastened to offer her a telephone, but found she had succumbed already to the bacteria of cholera, leaving only an isosceles skeleton behind. CHAPTER V Key to Piece | Stephan was a young doctor who lived alone in an ancient house in the middle of the island. His brother George was a tyrant, and sat on an Olympic throne, but all the best of the people thought Stephan equal to a god, and worthy of a green crown. He had a secret weapon {in the form of) a drug, hidden, against the law, in a river. When his brother was in a long sleep, Stephan told the pure and beautiful Daphne that he would give her a whole egg if she would be his messenger and run like the wind, and get the treasure which was hidden under a white stone. Daphne began the work at once, but what should she see buta hostile bull with a face like a misanthropic general! But the image of the wicked animal frightened the good girl so much that she could not utter a word, but held up her evangelical hymn book in mid-air, which the animal swallowed thinking it was a giit of food. Key to Piece 2 Hector was a plutocrat and grew prize chrysanthemums, He kept a pet hippopotamus and owned the Hippodrome theatre. As if this wasn’t enough for one man, he studied orthodox theology, and what with walking among the rhododendrons brandishing a sceptre, declaiming topical epitaphs before the microphone, and calling upon the hierarchy to exorcise his bacteria, it was all too much for the poor creature, and he became an atheist and interested in polygamy. But after that it became worse, for he used to ride a cycle round the cenotaph, studying arithmetic and biology aloud and declaring that he was a mystical methodist. Then he tried cosmetics and strategy, contracted ophthalmia and chronic hydrophobia and turned a diabolical heliotrope colour. Limerick An author with fancy esthetic Once developed ambitions cosmetic After agonies chronic And results embryonic His exit was truly pathetic.KEYS 319 KEY TO SENTENCES. CHAPTER VI 1. A big book (is) a big evil. 2. The unexamined life is no life for a man. 3. Man is a political animal. 4. A friend is a second self. 5. The life of the godless is a wretched one. 6. Time schools the wise. 7. Sleep is the healer of sickness. 8. In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. 9. Iam Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, the first and the last. Page 55. Lines from Greek Plays . Bad friends bear bad fruit. Time is a cure for all inevitable evils. Among barbarians all are slaves save one. KEY TO SENTENCES. CHAPTER VII The tongue is the cause of many evils. Life is short, art long (vita brevis, ars longa). The good friend is the healer of grief. Silence is golden (lit.: has many beautiful things). God is love, and he who remains in love remains in God, and God in him. 6. A bad woman is a treasure-house of ills. 7. Happiness is activity of the soul in accordance with its right functioning in the complete life. 8, The sea and a woman have the same temper (lit.: isan equal thing in anger). KEY TO EXERCISE. CHAPTER VII The Archbishop It was the Archbishop's fault. If he hadn't started running a clinic, the children would never have developed a mania for geometry. Daphne was listening to a diatribe that Philip the was delivering at a late hour on history, in the course of which he said that the Archbishop was more like a machine than an ecclesiastic, Of course the tyrant George, who was now more of a despot than ever, and becoming something of a kleptomaniac, added his remarks on the tragedy. He said the Archbishop had cardiac trouble through bringing nautical expressions into his sermons in the cathedral. There had been an awful scene one Sunday, when, forgetting wh awn320 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK his usual pomp of manner, he had produced a lyre and discoursed on it in a very technical way; and even then, he made no apology for his lapse. He then quarrelled with the poet who was some- what of an athlete, and had written quite a good ode about diet, which really wasn’t in his sphere at all, This comedy was too much for Daphne, who being ephemeral and orthodox had an idea and married a critic of philosophy and finally took to hygiene and telephony. KEY TO CHAPTER VIII (1) The black earth drinks (i.e. the rain), The trees drink it (absorb the moisture). The sea drinks the springs, The sun drinks the sea. The moon drinks the sun. Why do you quarrel with me, messmates, Myself too wishing to drink? (2) Exodus, XX. Iam the Lord your God, who led you out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of slavery. There shall not be for you other gods apart from me. You shall not make for yourself an idol, nor yet a likeness of anything, (of) all the things that (are) in the heaven above, and that (are) in the earth beneath, and that (are) in the waters underneath the earth. You shall not make obeisance to them, nor be a servant to them; for I am the Lord your God, a jealous God, referring the sins of fathers upon children, until the third and fourth generation, for those that hate me, and shewing (lit. making) pity to thousands for those that love me, and those keeping my commandments. You shall not take the name of the Lord your God for a vain purpose, for the Lord your God will not consider unspotted the one who takes his name for a vain purpose. Remember the day of the Sabbath, to keep it holy. For six days you shall work and do all your tasks, But on the seventh day, (it is) Sabbath to the Lord your God. You shall not do on it any work, you and your son, and your daughter, your servant, and your maidservant, your ox, and your beast of burden, and any animal of yours, and the stranger that lives with you in your house, For in six days the Lord made the heaven and the earth and the sea and all the things in them, and he rested on the seventh day, Therefore the Lord blessed the seventh day, and he made it holy. Honour your father and your mother so that it may be wellKEYS 321 for you, and that you may become long-lived upon the good earth, which the Lord your God gives you. You shall not commit adultery. You shall not steal. You shall not do murder. You shall not give false evidence against your neighbour. You shall not set your heart on your neighbour's wife. You shall not set your heart on your neighbour's house, nor his estate, nor his servant, nor his maidservant, nor his ox, nor his beast of burden, nor any animal of his, nor all the things that are your neighbour’s, KEY TO CHAPTER IX . Not every man can go to Corinth, . The Greeks are always children, and no Greek is an old man. . Old men are twice children, He makes the elephant out of a fly. . Children are a mother’s life-anchors. . All the earth is a grave of famous men. . Hand needs hand and foot foot. . Ye children of the Greeks, forward! Free your fatherland and free your children, wives, the temples of your paternal gods and the tombs of your ancestors. Now everything is at stake (lit,: the contest is on behalf of all), 9. Ye Greeks that have devised barbarous evils. ro, Philip, a father, laid here his twelve-year-old boy, his great hope, Nicoteles. 11. You are gazing at stars, my Star; would I were Heaven that I might look at you with many eyes ! 12, Formerly you shone as the Eastern star among the living, but now having died you shine as Hesperus among the dead. ON AbD KEY TO CHAPTER X 1. Man is the measure of all things. 2, The sphinx had a woman’s face, a lion’s breast and tail, and a bird’s wings. 3. How to catch a crocodile. In the Nile are many crocodiles, for the Egyptians do not kill them, thinking them sacred. The nature of the crocodile is as follows :— During the months of winter he eats nothing; but lays eggs on the ground and hatches them. For most part of the day he lives on land but spends all night in the river; for the water is hotter than the air and the dew. The crocodile has the eyes of a pig and large teeth in pro- portion to its body. Alone of beasts it has no tongue, nor aed322 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK it move the lower jaw. It has also strong claws anda thick hide. In the water it is blind but in the air it sees keenly. The other birds and beasts fly from it, but the sand-piper is at peace with it. When the crocodile is in the water, it has its mouth full of leeches, but when it comes out on to the land from the water, then it opens its mouth. Thereupon the sand-piper entering its mouth swallows the leeches, and the crocodile does not harm it. There are many and all sorts of ways of catching crocodiles, but I write only of this way. The hunter puts a pig’s chine as a bait on a hook and throws it into the middle of the river, while he himself having on the bank of the river a live pig beats it. The crocodile hears the pig's cries and dashes after it, and when it reaches the chine swallows it. Then the hunter drags it ashore. Thereupon he first smears its eyes with mud, and having done this he easily kills it. KEY TO CHAPTER XI ZEsop. Dog and Master (1) A certain man once had a Maltese dog and an ass. And he always used to play with the dog. And if ever he had dinner out, he used to bring something (home) for it and throw it before the dog as it approached. And the ass grew jealous, so that he himself ran forward as well. And while skipping about he kicked his master. And the latter became angry and gave orders to beat it (lit.: beating it) and take it to the mill, and tie it up to this. Dog and Shadow (2) A dog who was carrying meat was crossing a river, And when he saw his own shadow on the water he supposed it to be another dog holding meat. Accordingly he threw away his own meat and started forward to grab the other’s. So that he lost both. For the one did not exist, and the other was being swept down by the stream. Strabo. “Caller Herring ”’ Tasos lies on an island, lying close to the mainland. And it hag a harbour, and for the inhabitants the greatest part of their livelihood comes from the sea. In fact, they invent stories of the following kind against it. Once upon a time a singer was playing the lyre, giving a recital. And for a while all listened to him, but when the bell rang for the fish-market, they abandoned him and went off for the fish, except one very deaf man. So the singer approaching him said, ‘* Sir, I feel great gratitude towards you for the honour you do me and for your appreciationKEYS 323 of music, For the others, as soon as they heard the bell were off and away.” ‘‘ What’s that you say?” said he. ‘' Has the bell gone already?” Upon the other saying (that it had), “ Good for you!’ he said, and he got up and went off himself as well. KEY TO CHAPTER xiIl Theophrastus. Rumour-mongering Rumour-mongering is the putting together of false stories and events just as the rumour-monger feels inclined. The rumour- monger is the kind of person who upon meeting his friend, immediately dropping the wonted expression on his face, and breaking into a smile, asks ‘‘ Where are you from? " and ‘‘ How is it with you?” and “ Have you any news to tell me about this? ’’ and not allowing you to reply he says, *' What’s that you say? Haven't you heard anything? I'm going to give you a feast of the latest stories.” And he has either some soldier or the servant of Asteios the bandsman, or Lycon the contractor, who has just come from the battle itself. ‘' I have heard it from him,’ he says. Now the references for his stories are such that no-one can lay hands on them. He says that these tell him that Polyperchon and the king have won the day and that they have taken Cassander prisoner. And when someone says ‘‘ Do you believe that? ’’ he replies ‘‘ The thing has happened. Every- body in the city is shouting it, and they agree. The story is gaining ground, All say the same about the battle. It has been a shocking mess, A sure sign for me is the faces of those in affairs. I observe the faces of them all have changed. I have also heard on the side that with them in hiding in their house is a certain person who has been there now for five days, having come from Macedonia, who knows all of this, But you yourself must be the only one to know."” And he has run up to everybody in the city saying that. I have marvelled at such people, whatever they mean by their rumour-mongering. For not only do they tell falsehoods, but they actually invent things that bring them no profit. Many a time some of them by causing crowds at the baths have lost their cloaks, and others in the Portico, while winning (imaginary) land-battles and sea-engagements, have let lawsuits go against them in default of their appearance. Indeed theirs is an exceedingly hard life. The Cicada. Tettix What a happy little tettix ! Like a monarch on a treetop324 TEACH YOURSELF GREEK You imbibe a little dewdrop, And indulge in operatics. You are lord of all the manor, Of the things howe’er so many Seen in field, or grown in spinney; And we mortals give you honour, Sweet fore-runner of the reaping, And the darling of the Muses, Whom himself Apollo prizes, Whom he gave a treble piping. Whom old age will never wither, Son of Earth, and sage musician, Body void of blood and passion, Why, you're all but God’s own brother ! T. W.M. KEY TO CHAPTER XiIll 1, A city consists of men, not walls or ships empty of men. 2. The ignorant move about in life as it were in the sea and in the night. 3. Parents and teachers are deserving of respect. 4. Revealing time brings everything to light. 5. A man washing his head lost his hair (itself), and though he was (lit.—being) very shaggy he became all of him an egg. 6. Terrible is the might of sea waves and terrible the blasts of rivers and hot fire, and terrible is poverty, and terrible ten thousand other ills, but nothing is such a terrible evil as a woman, 7. Man saves man and city city. 8, Every country is a fatherland to a noble man. 9. Evening, thou bringest everything that bright dawn scat- tered. Thou bringest the sheep, thou bringest the goat, thou bringest the child back to its mother. 1o. The stars around the lovely moon hide away their bright light (lit.—form) when the moon at her fullest shines over the whole earth. KEY TO CHAPTER XIV The Wrath of Achilles. For ten years the Achzans fought around Troy. And already in the tenth year they had neither forced their way into the city, nor subdued the Trojans. For others and Hector always kept them off, And in other respects too the affairs of the Achzans were going badly, For Agamemnon and Achilles, being leaders of the Achwans, nevertheless had a difference with each other about a certain maiden, And how this happened you will hear at once.KEYS 325 Chryses, the priest of Apollo, whose daughter Agamemnon had won as spoil, when he wishes to retrieve his maiden, plans thus. “I myself shall go to the Achaans, bearing many beautiful gifts. If they (shall) receive my gifts I shall assuredly ransom the girl. But if again they do not free her, thou, O Apollo, for thus he besought the god, wilt punish them.” O stubborn Achwans! Why did you not receive the old man amicably? For you shamefully thrust him forth. Most of all, you, O Agamemnon, with what words did you make reply to the old man? For you appeared scowling in countenance, and said as follows—'‘ Are you not ashamed, old man, to say such things? For we Achwans do not fight fruitlessly. If we win any girl in fight, we never send her away from us.” “ But neither did I wish,” answered the old man, “ to get her without ransom. And for this reason I prepared these presents,” ‘See that we don’t catch you again near the ships,” said Agamemnon. “ For now you wail, but then you will never stop wailing. Such evil things will you suffer.” When, Apollo, thou heardest this, thou wert assuredly enraged and didst promise to punish the Achwans. KEY TO CHAPTER XIV The Wrath of Achilles.—t! Apollo was so angry with the Ach#ans that coming out by night he slew many. And many were the pyres of those being burnt from time to time. And at last Achilles said, ‘‘ We shall never escape from death unless we ask the god by means of some seer why he reproaches us. Then Calchas (for he was a seer) prophesied thus— ‘“¥ou indeed, O Agamemnon, neither received the gifts nor freed the daughter of the priest. Therefore you will not ward off the plague. But if you (shall) send her away from you, all will be well immediately.” Agamemnon was accordingly vexed and answered, “‘ Since you all beseech me, I will dismiss the daughter of the old man, but the daughter of Brises, the maiden of Achilles, I will take instead of her. For otherwise I alone of the Achzans will not have the prize which I won in battle.” In answer to this Achilles, showin, equal wrath, said, ‘ Will you take away from me my maiden But I tell you this. We did not accompany you to Troy because of your enemies but because of booty, so that if you take away this girl I no longer wish to fight on your behalf. And you will suffer many afflictions, but I shall refrain from the war.” And in this way, according to Homer, began the wrath of Achilles,